News and tips about adventure sports experiences

Helicopter Flight Experiences in the UK: The Guide

Martin Buxton — Thu, 14 Mar 2024 00:00:00 +0000

INTRODUCTION
TYPES OF HELICOPTER EXPERIENCE
WHO CAN HAVE A HELICOPTER FLIGHT EXPERIENCE?
THE BEST PLACES FOR A HELICOPTER FLIGHT IN THE COUNTRY

INTRODUCTION

What’s so special about helicopters?

A helicopter is a flying machine with a particular set of skills that makes it the best and only choice in a wide range of aviation situations. Instantly recognisable by their profile, their movement and - of course - their spinning blades (which have earnt them the affectionate nickname Choppers), helicopters are a frequent sight in the skies above the UK.

You might think that flying by helicopter is a pretty exclusive gig, that you might only ever see them from the ground and never the other way around. In fact, the reality is very different. In this article, we’re going to break down the different kinds of helicopter flight experiences that are open to members of the public in the UK and recommend some of our favourites. But first, the basics.

How do helicopters work?

All aircraft can move in three dimensions, but it’s the helicopter’s mastery of vertical travel that sets it apart from aeroplanes and other aircraft. Helicopters are able to take off and land vertically, without the need for long runways, and to hover at a fixed position relative to the ground. But when they’ve got to cover ground, they can really move, with even basic models capable of top speeds of well over 100 miles per hour.

These features and more make helicopters the go-to craft for activities as diverse as landscape surveying, search and rescue operations, air ambulance services and new coverage. Other uses for helicopters include dunking water on wildfires, airlifting materials and supplies to remote locations and carrying personnel to hard-to-access sites such as oil rigs.

TYPES OF HELICOPTER EXPERIENCE

Sightseeing flights

Crowded streets, noisy buses, tired feet - sightseeing can be a real chore. But not if you’re in the cabin of a helicopter! Imagine looking out on a city skyline in one direction and a coastal panorama in the other; whizzing over fields and farms before stopping to hover above an impressive monument. Helicopters can fly lower and slower than planes and, without a nose which obstructs downward visibility, put the world at your feet.

Helicopter tours are available all over the country. They range from very short “buzz” flights of just 5 to 10 minutes long, which are more about the sensations than the scenery, to longer pleasure flights of 30 minutes, 45 minutes or an hour. Wherever you fly, you'll find that a helicopter gives you a completely new way of seeing the world. For an idea of the kinds of things that look extra spectacular from an aerial point-of-view, pass your eye over our article titled What’s worth seeing from a helicopter in the UK?

Trial Lessons

Enjoying the views isn’t all you can do in a chopper. It’s very simple for you, who - we suspect - has no previous aviation experience or qualifications - to fly a helicopter yourself. Many aviation schools run trial lessons, introductions to the science and art of piloting a helicopter. These sessions are led by qualified pilots with the training and experience to coach budding aviators to control the aircraft, using helicopters with dual controls. The pilot will take you through a briefing and pre-flight checks, then execute take off. During the flight, which could last anywhere from 15 minutes to an hour, they will allow you to take control of the helicopter.

We could have a go at describing what it’s like to fly a helicopter, but we wouldn’t be able to convey the details, subtleties and - of course - excitement of the reality of the experience. We wouldn’t be able, for example, to explain the counterintuitive fact that hovering, the act of staying still, is one of the most difficult skills to master. What we can do is actively encourage you to book yourself one of these experiences. It could be a one-off treat, a chance to try your hand at something you thought you might never do, or it could be a practical step on the road toward a goal you’ve set yourself - becoming a registered pilot.

The types of helicopter

Helicopters come in all shapes and sizes, each designed for a particular purpose or set of purposes. We’re interested in the kind in which you can experience a flight in. These are usually small to medium craft with 2, 4 or 6 seats for general aviation and/or sightseeing. Some common names that you’ll see come up time and again are Robinson and Bell, but other manufactures include Guimbal, Eurocopter, Hughes, and Schweizer. To learn more about the types of helicopter on British tarmac and how many people they can carry, see our article in which we answer the question: How many people can ride in a helicopter?

WHO CAN HAVE A HELICOPTER FLIGHT EXPERIENCE?

Anyone who wants one! A lot of people don’t realise, despite our best efforts, that helicopter flights form part of the rich tapestry of leisure experiences on offer in the United Kingdom. Airports with helipads are found throughout the country and, on top of that, recreational flights can operate from a range of locations outside airfields, such as race courses and sports fields.

None of the activities that we list on our website requires the participant to have any kind of licence or prior training. There are one or two things to be aware of. The first is age, as some helicopters aren’t suitable for very young children due to the kind of seating they have. In addition, though there’s no legal limit on who can take part in a trial lesson, most schools offer these to individuals from 14 years old and up. Then there’s weight. Payload and balance are important considerations in the planning of a flight in a helicopter and weighing more than 15 stone or 95 kilograms can rule out the smallest helicopters, such as the two-seat Robinson R22 as an option. In a chopper with four or more seats, a combined weight limit is usually listed. This might be around the 35 stone or 225 kilogram mark.

THE BEST PLACES FOR A HELICOPTER FLIGHT IN THE COUNTRY

If you’re keen to see a beautiful part of the country in an entirely new way, we recommend taking a helicopter flight in Devon. This is the only English county with two separate coastlines,and there are airfields with flight operators close to both, including the world-famous Jurassic Coast to the south. In addition, interesting whirly birds are available for flights here, including the Hughes 500, a manufacturer better known for military helicopters, as well as a German model, the Schweizer 300. You can browse all the options by clicking here.

Those of us who are more at home in the city than the country will find the helicopter tours they’ve been dreaming of in London. It’s possible to overfly this great city, following the River Thames, marvelling at the skyline and beating the traffic! A helicopter flight in London is a VIP experience, and you can get it for yourself by following this link.

East Sussex is a location that combines stunning views and top-tier training. Take a trial flight from Brighton Airport in Shoreham-by-Sea and you’ll enjoy panoramic views that stretch from the Solent to the Seven Sisters while learning to control the aircraft from some of the best pilots in the business. Sounds good? Find out more by clicking here.

For anyone who’s worried about bad weather putting paid to their planned flight, Tyne and Wear is an option. Not only are there pleasure flights here that take in the beauty of the landscape and coastline of Northumbria, but there’s also a flight simulation centre. The wide range of experiences to choose from are accurate recreations of real flights, but they’re completely weather-proof! Take a look at our selection of activities here.

Last but in no way least is Cumbria. As if the natural beauty of the Lake District National Park wasn’t enough to tempt you to come fly with us here, there’s a unique flying machine to experience in Cumbrian skies: a gyroplane. These small craft combine elements of helicopters and aeroplanes. Best of all, they have open cabins, so you can enjoy the lakes and peaks of this captivating landscape in the round. To find out more, click here.

That should be enough to get your motor running! Take a spin though our full catalogue of helicopter flights in the UK and choose the experience that appeals most to you.

The Complete Guide to Skydiving in the UK

Martin Buxton — Tue, 12 Mar 2024 00:00:00 +0000

INTRODUCTION
WHO CAN SKYDIVE IN THE UK?
TANDEM AND CHARITY JUMPS
SKYDIVING TRAINING
THE BEST DROPZONES IN COUNTRY

INTRODUCTION

What is skydiving?

Skydiving is the kind of thing that, logically, you should never, never do. After all, what’s to be gained from jumping out of a plane? Having said that, it’s also absolutely something that you have to try! After all, what could be more exciting than jumping out of a plane? Its beauty is its simplicity. It goes like this: you, the jumper, get into a plane and rise thousands of feet into the air then jump out.

What follows is known as freefall, the state where you are completely untethered and unsupported. You accelerate towards the Earth until the braking force of drag cancels out the pull of gravity - at a speed of about 120 miles per hour. The physical sensations, not to mention the views of the Earth far below you, turn your body into an adrenaline factory. A word of warning before we continue - it’s highly addictive!

Skydiving centres are often referred to as dropzones. They are located at airfields and aerodromes up and down the country, which usually means that they are found some distance from cities in relatively flat landscapes. At the end of the article, we’ll give you tips on how to pick the best one for you.

Is it safe?

A skydiver’s key piece of equipment is their parachute. When this is opened, usually at a height of about 5,000 feet, it slows the descent of the jumper and allows them to control their direction of travel. Parachutes are highly reliable. Each one has a success rate of 99.9%, and a reserve chute is carried on each jump. This, combined with the strict checks and procedures in place at licensed skydiving centres around the country means that there has not been a single death during a skydiving experience in the UK from 2003 to 2022, the last year for which data is available.

A small number of minor injuries is sustained by skydivers every year. Most of these occur when landing and are preventable. Whatever kind of skydiving experience you choose (see more about the options below), listen very carefully to the directions of your instructor and you should be fine. All things considered, skydiving is safe.

WHO CAN SKYDIVE IN THE UK?

The safety regulations that govern skydiving in the UK determine who can take part in a jump. One of the factors to consider is age. Alongside a few others, skydiving is a sport that operates on the principle of informed consent - essentially, that the participant must know what they’re about to do, understand the implications, and want to do it all the same. You can give your consent yourself if you’re 18 or above, and with the countersignature of a parent if you’re 16 or 17 years old. And the upper limit? If you’ve read our article, Is 40 too old to go Skydiving?, you’ll already know. When it comes to tandem jumps, there is no upper age limit! If you want to undertake training, you need to be under 55 years of age.

To give your consent, you’ll complete a form which also includes a medical self-declaration. You’ll respond to questions about certain conditions and health and fitness indicators and, according to your responses, you may be directed to contact a health professional prior to completing a skydive. Weight is also a factor, as it is in any activity that involves flying. A general rule of thumb is that a weight of over 15 stone (around 95 kilograms) could rule you out of skydiving. However, your height-to-weight ratio can make a difference, meaning that tall individuals of up to 18 stone (roughly 15 stone) are able to jump at some dropzones.

TANDEM AND CHARITY JUMPS

The perfect introduction to skydiving

The vast majority of first-time skydivers face the thrills and challenges of the journey from aeroplane to solid ground with the help of an experienced and qualified skydiving instructor. And it’s more than just hands-on, you will be strapped to the front of your instructor from beginning to end. This is known as a tandem jump and it allows you to enjoy the ride while a professional takes care of the details - leaving the plane safely, assuming the correct position in freefall, opening the parachute at the right time and landing back at the skydiving centre.

For your average person, who goes to their day job, spends time with friends and family at the weekends and doesn’t often break out of their routine, a tandem skydive is a truly exhilarating, possibly life changing, experience. And there’s no reason to be put off by the scale of it, because you have control over the height of your skydive. Tandem jumps in the UK take place from altitudes of 7,000 feet to double that - 15,000 feet above the ground! If you’re interested in learning more about the different options, including how much time you’ll spend in freefall at each altitude, check out our article How high is the sky? Altitude options for your skydive in the UK.

The huge number of tandem skydiving experiences that take place in the UK every year includes a large number of charity jumps, in which selfless folk complete a skydive to raise money for a good cause. What makes skydiving such a popular choice for fundraising? It’s a double edged sword: the extreme act of jumping out of a plane for charity is enough to make people open their wallets, while the knowledge that people are making donations based on the assumption that you'll go through with the jump is the extra motivation you might need to commit to this hair-raising experience!

On the day

In general, when you organise a tandem skydive, it’s booked as a day experience, despite the fact that the actual experience (from take-off to landing) only lasts around 30 minutes. The reason is that the skydiving centre will have multiple jumpers booked in on the same day and aim to welcome them all and deliver a basic training session in the morning. Following that, flights will take off carrying several jumpers at a time throughout the day, weather permitting.

Some centres operate on a first-come-first-served basis, others will have staggered arrival times, the point is, you can’t be given an exact time for your jump in advance and you may have to wait on other participants and the weather before you get to jump. Don’t worry, you’ll find comfortable seating areas and usually cafês on site.

Multimedia packages

Skydiving is something that you’ll spend weeks or months getting excited about, and then find it’s all over in the blink of an eye. That’s okay - as we’ve said, a skydive fills you with adrenaline which will stay with you long after you’re back on the ground and memories which will be burned into your mind’s eye for even longer. But if you want a souvenir that will make the jump last forever, purchase a multimedia package as an additional extra and take home photos, videos or both.

There are various options offered at different dropzones around the country. A basic option will see your instructor capture either photos or videos of the skydive with a handheld camera. If you’re willing to pay a bit more, you can arrange for an aerial photographer to jump with you and the instructor and take images and video of the whole jump from a third-person perspective. You can purchase these packages on the day or, occasionally, in advance. It’s important to note that you will not be able or allowed to film the jump yourself.

SKYDIVING TRAINING

Static line

For those who dream of completing a solo skydive, it’s essential to undergo training. One option for a jump that doesn’t involve being harnessed to an instructor is a static line experience. If you choose this experience, you’ll jump alone with a parachute which is activated by a cord - a static line - attached to the plane. This means that the parachute opens automatically once you’re in midair.

A static line jump takes place at a lower altitude than that of an ordinary skydive, around 5,000 feet, and doesn’t involve freefall, but it does mean that you control the parachute and execute the landing all by yourself. Before the jump, you will spend most of a day in ground school preparing for the thrilling descent.

Accelerated Freefall (AFF)

But you’ll need an official certificate to fully cut the apron strings and become an independent skydiver, so look out for AFF courses. AFF stands for Accelerated FreeFall and is the training programme for aspiring skydivers. The course is divided into eight levels and takes several days, usually spread over a period of weeks or months, to complete.

You don’t have to commit to the whole programme at once. Many skydiving centres offer one-day tasters which can see you completing Level 1 before sunset. Most of the day will be spent in a classroom, learning the theory behind skydiving and parachuting, and with the equipment. At the end of the day, you’ll ascend to jump height with two instructors and alongside them, but with your own parachute. The instructors will communicate with you during the jump, making sure you open your parachute correctly and descend safely.

THE BEST DROPZONES IN THE UK

If you’re reading this in the UK, you’re more likely to be in London than anywhere else, so we’ll start with skydiving opportunities for residents of, and visitors to, the capital. For obvious reasons - restricted airspace, built environment, etc. - there aren’t any dropzones inside the city limits, but there are a good number within easy reach. The closest is Headcorn Airfield, just beyond Maidstone in Kent. Leaving London to the North can take you to Beccles Aerodrome in Suffolk and two airstrips outside Peterborough, Cambridgeshire. Hinton-in-the-Hedges Airfield in Oxfordshire is a similar distance away and, finally, there’s Old Sarum Airfield in Wiltshire. To learn more about these dropzones and what’s on offer at each, click here.

In the North of England, a top destination for skydiving is County Durham. Shotton Airfield is located at an old colliery, a reminder of the region’s industrial heritage, but the power no longer lies underground - it’s in the air. This is one of the places where you can take on the highest tandem jumps in the country, from a dizzying height of 15,000 feet. That means a full minute in freefall! Photo/video packages are on offer here, as is a one-day AFF course for beginners. Find out more and book your jump here.

Tilstock Airfield in Shropshire has been running tandem jumps for members of the public for longer than any other dropzone in the country. They’ve been in operation since 1964, so you know you’re in good hands when you skydive here. To join the long list of daredevils who’ve put their nerves to the test in Shropshire, follow this link.

Across the Irish Sea, your dropzone of choice in Northern Ireland is Movenis Airfield, in the area of Coleraine, County Antrim. You’ll look down on the beauty of the Emerald Isle, including areas such as the Giant’s Causeway and the Sperrin Hills - and that’s just from 7,00 feet. Choose a 15,000-foot jump and see even more. You can see all the options by clicking here.

Finally, we’re going to mention the surfing paradise of Cornwall. If the waves breaking on the beaches of Newquay leave you wanting more excitement, make a short journey towards Land’s End and you’ll find yourself at Perranporth Airfield. Here, you can skydive from 10,000 feet above the southwestern point of the UK, with or without photos and video, or undergo AFF training. All the details are just a click away!

Now that you’re in the know, it’s time to show you’ve got what it takes! Whether you’re jumping for the thrills or a good cause, doing something out of character or getting involved in the most extreme hobby around, visit our page for skydiving in the UK to find the right experience for you.

The Beginner’s Guide to Clay Pigeon Shooting in the UK

Martin Buxton — Thu, 07 Mar 2024 00:00:00 +0000

THE BASICS OF CLAY SHOOTING
DIFFERENT TYPES OF EXPERIENCE FOR FIRST-TIMERS
THE CPS LIFESTYLE
THE BEST PLACES FOR CLAY PIGEON SHOOTING IN THE UK

THE BASICS OF CLAY SHOOTING

What is it?

Clay pigeon shooting is a classic example of a British countryside pursuit. It relies on the quiet, open spaces of rural landscapes, emphasises tradition while not shying away from innovation and provides the perfect balance to a day's hard work - whether on the land or in an office. But more than anything, it’s all about the satisfaction of doing something properly in good company.

Now, the details. It’s a shooting sport that employs shotguns for the shooting and clay pigeons for the targets. These are disks of clay, about the size of an average saucer, which are launched into the air by a machine called a trap, making clay pigeon shooting one of the only sports that involves a moving target. Apart from the gun (cartridges included), targets and traps, the main pieces of equipment are those used for safety: glasses to protect the eyes from flying shards of clay, a peaked cap for added coverage, and ear protectors to help the ear drums deal with the blast of the gun.

From this simple premise comes a huge variety of shooting styles. Some of the main disciplines found at UK shooting grounds are:

Trap: A simple shooting experience, in trap shooting, the targets are launched from a trap in front of the shooter(s) and move away from them. There are several different kinds of trap shooting including ball trap and down-the-line (DTL).

Skeet: One of the most popular disciplines in the UK for recreational and competitive shooting, skeet shooting involves participants shooting from eight different positions, known as pegs, at clays which emerge from the left and the right and move across the range. The participants change positions at regular intervals, shooting from each of the pegs in turn. Occasionally traps on both the right and left launch clays simultaneously, so this is a real opportunity to hit two birds with one stone!

Sporting: Clay pigeon shooting evolved as a way to simulate live game shooting. Sporting clays imitate the movement of game animals - pheasant, rabbits, pigeons (of course), among many others. It’s a very popular activity on the clay pigeon shooting scene in the UK and shooting grounds put a lot of effort and creativity into creating interesting sporting clay experiences.

Simulated Game: One step further towards recreating the experience of hunting is simulated game. This kind of shooting does away with the formalities of shooting positions and well kept ranges, taking place in open landscape. Traps are often hidden in the undergrowth and let off their clays in such a way as to imitate an animal or bird breaking cover - that is, unexpectedly!

How do you shoot successfully?

Most of us don’t have a great deal of experience with firearms, and the idea of shooting a flying object out of the air can be somewhat intimidating. However, with the help of a qualified instructor, you’ll discover that there are a few key factors behind shooting straight and true. First of all, how you hold the gun. Secondly, your posture. And finally, how you track the movement of the target through the air. If you’re itching to find out more before signing up for a session, check out our article titled Tips for Clay Pigeon Shooting.

Aside from shooting technique, the following points are crucial to the success of your clay shoot. Clay pigeon shooting is an outdoor activity, so dress for the weather. More than other target sports - archery, for example - this is a social experience, so pick some companions to share the excitement. Finally, remember that the point is to have a good time! If at first you miss your targets, don’t worry! Enjoy the process and you’ll be smashing clays in no time.

DIFFERENT TYPES OF EXPERIENCE FOR FIRST-TIMERS

If you’ve never been to a shooting ground, you might have a preconceived idea about clay shooting and the types of people involved in it. Your first visit will dispel that notion. Clay pigeon shooting is a very welcoming sport which attracts a diverse range of people. On top of that, there are a number of ways to get involved in the sport.

Taster or have-a-go sessions

The simplest way to turn an interest in clay pigeon shooting into a hands-on experience is to look out for shooting grounds that offer taster or have-a-go sessions. Designed specifically for people like you, who’ve never participated in the sport or even held a gun before, these experiences start from square one. A certified clay shooting instructor will begin by assessing each participant, identifying their dominant eye and hand, and determining the correct size of shotgun. Children and adolescents are usually given a smaller gun, measured by the bore, to minimise the impact of the gun’s recoil.

Then you can get to the shooting! Basic shooting layouts will be used, usually a form of trap shooting, with the clays passing at close range. You can choose the number of shots you take in the session. Shooting schools usually offer packages of between 10 to 75 clays and an equivalent amount of cartridges, meaning you might spend anywhere from 15 minutes to 2 hours on the range. A taster session can be arranged for an individual or a small group. In either case, the instructor will be on hand to support each participant at every shot.

Clay pigeon parties

There are certain occasions that call for something different, memorable and exciting - stag and hen parties, landmark birthdays and corporate team building away-days, to name a few. Clay pigeon shooting is becoming an increasingly popular option for the organisers of these events, and shooting grounds around the country happily meet the demand. They can put on simple group taster shoots or more lavish events that include food and drink and sometimes combination activities. A large number of regulars at the peg nowadays had their first clay pigeon shooting experience as part of an organised party and decided to take it up off their own bat.

THE CPS LIFESTYLE

We’ve mentioned that clay pigeon shooting in the UK boasts a large, active and diverse community of participants. Each of them will have their own reason for enjoying shooting, but many will say that that the calm and focus that comes from shooting, the inventiveness and variety of different shooting styles, and the opportunity to spend time in the great outdoors, far from the noise and pollution of the city are the real draws.

Joining this community after having an introductory experience is very easy. You’ll want to find a suitable shooting school in the local area and look into the lessons they offer. Tuition on a one-to-one or one-to-two basis is common and after a few sessions you’ll start to really get your eye in and feel ready to experiment with longer ranges and different disciplines.

Most shooting grounds put on regular shooting events that you can sign up to. This is the perfect way to enjoy shooting in different styles and alongside a wide range of different people. After that, you might be interested in travelling to different venues around the country to see how they construct their shoot layouts and organise their events. You never know, you might even end up competing at national or international level!

THE BEST PLACES FOR CLAY PIGEON SHOOTING IN THE UK

There are around 600 clay pigeon shooting clubs and grounds in the UK and, though we’d love to mention all of them, that’s too many to list. But a good place to start with is Surrey. Not only is it a primarily rural county within easy reach of London, it’s also home to the National Clay Shooting Centre. This organisation boasts the largest shooting complex in the country, located in the village of Bisley, just outside Woking. As well as lessons and pay-and-play shooting, competitions are held here, including the Commonwealth Games. To learn more about shooting on the most prestigious ground in the country, click here.

Somerset is another fantastic location for clay pigeon shooting. There are just shy of a dozen shooting grounds in the county and a full range of experiences on offer. Whether you’re a novice or a veteran, an individual or a best man/maid of honour, you’ll find what you’re looking for here. The related sport of air rifle shooting is also an option in Somerset. You can browse all the options here.

At the opposite end of the UK, Stirling, Scotland, is among the best places in the UK for simulated game shooting. The wild landscape of the highlands lends itself to this bracing adventure, which sees groups led off away from the order of the range to shoot clays in open moorland and on sloping hillsides. If you like the sound of that, follow this link to find out more.

Luckily, it’s not necessary to travel to remote areas to enjoy clay pigeon shooting. The metropolitan county of Greater Manchester is well served by shooting grounds near the town of Eccles and Bolton and in the east of the county on the borders of the Peak District National Park. Choose clay pigeon shooting as your next countryside escape by clicking here.

In terms of diversity and accessibility in clay pigeon shooting, Essex is ahead of the curve. There's a shooting school here that puts on special shooting mornings for women, and, perhaps as a result, the mixed events are pretty balanced in terms of gender. Whoever you are, and whatever your background, we encourage you to get involved here.

Clay pigeon shooting is surprising in so many ways and satisfying in so many others. If, or rather when, you’re ready to give it a go, take a look at our clay pigeon shooting in the UK pages and find the right experience for you.

Aeroplane Flight Experiences in the UK: All You Need To Know

Martin Buxton — Wed, 06 Mar 2024 00:00:00 +0000

PRE-FLIGHT BRIEFING
TYPES OF AEROPLANE FLIGHT EXPERIENCE
WHO CAN PILOT A PLANE?
THE BEST PLACES TO FLY A PLANE IN THE COUNTRY

PRE-FLIGHT BRIEFING

What is a light aircraft?

We’ve all travelled on commercial airliners, but the experiences we’re talking about here don't feature Boeing 737s and Airbus jumbo jets. Instead, budding aviators in the UK will fly in a light aircraft, typically with two or four seats and a wingspan of 10 to 20 metres. Most of these flying machines are powered by a propeller and feature simple layouts and control systems.

The biggest manufacturers of light aircraft since the latter part of the 20^th century are Cessna and Piper. Both produce two and four seat models with similar specs, the main difference being that the Cessna have high-wing designs, with the wings sitting above the cabin, while Piper models favour the low-wing configuration. Other manufacturers whose planes can be found on British tarmac include Robin, Diamond and Mudry. Then of course, there are historic planes, flying machines of yesteryear that have been preserved by their owners, such as the classic de Havilland Tiger Moth biplane or the legendary Second World War fighter, the Spitfire. For a more detailed list of light aircraft available for flight experience in the UK, check out our plane and simple guide to the kinds of aeroplanes you can fly in the UK.

A subclass of light aircraft is microlights or ultralight aircraft, planes that put a premium on light-weight design. There’s no universally agreed upon definition of the weight limits of this class of plane, but in the UK it covers a number of different kinds of craft. There are microlights that look pretty similar to other light aircraft, with wings, closed cabins and standard landing gear. Then there are strange-looking machines that combine a hang glider wing with an open cockpit that resembles a motor tricycle.

How does an aeroplane work?

Whatever the exact design and specifications of the plane, the same principles govern its flight. The propulsion system, e.g. the propeller, makes it move forward, the design of the wings create lift, and changing the tilt of the plane facilitates movement in three dimensions. We recently published an accessible introduction to flight theory on this blog, in an article titled So you want to be a pilot? Here’s how to fly a plane.

TYPES OF AEROPLANE FLIGHT EXPERIENCE

The process of organising a flight experience

There are a number of different experiences on offer at flight schools and aviation centres around the country, but certain elements are common to all. Crucially, your experience will be private and personalised to you. In advance of the big day, you’ll be asked to supply details of your height and weight, and that of any other participants. The experience will be confirmed directly to you either the day before or on the morning of the flight when weather conditions have been assessed. Finally, you’ll be met in person by your pilot at the airfield, airport or aerodrome, a far more intimate welcome than you could expect on a commercial flight!

Pleasure Flights

The sensations of soaring through the skies in a small plane and the sights you get from the cabin are truly thrilling. That’s why a pleasure flight is highly recommended as a way to mark a special occasion, to do something different and memorable or to get a unique perspective on an interesting part of the UK. You, alone or with one or two companions, will travel as passengers, with your personal pilot taking care of the flight and acting as a tour guide. Most light aircraft have large windows, so visibility is excellent. You’ll be able to see a great deal, from the detail directly below you to distant landscapes that might be hundreds of miles away. Common durations for pleasure flights are 20, 30, 45 and 60 minutes.

Trial Lessons

If you’re going to be in the cockpit, you may as well have a go at the controls, right? That’s exactly what you’ll get if you book a trial lesson, an experience which lets you be a pilot for a day. A trial flight will include more time on the ground at the airfield, as you’ll be given a briefing on basic flying techniques by your pilot-instructor and you might be invited to take part in the pre-flight checks. The pilot will then take charge of taxiing to the runway and taking off.

Once in the air, you will be allowed to fly the plane. How is this possible? It’s simple, training aircraft have dual controls, like those you’d find in a driving instructor’s car. This means that the pilot can transfer the flight controls to you one element at a time, while keeping a check on things. Trial lessons often include airtime of 30 minutes or an hour, and, at the pilot’s discretion, you might be the one controlling the aircraft for the majority of the flight, excluding take-off and landing.

A trial lesson comes with a certificate and can become the first step in your journey to earning a Private Pilot’s Licence (PPL). If this is what you decide to aim for, you’ll need to undertake flight training for a period of several months. More often than not, training is offered by the same providers who’ll take you for a trial lesson.

WHO CAN PILOT A PLANE?

The really extraordinary thing about a first flying experience is that it’s accessible and easy to organise. You don’t need to have a licence or sort out any kind of insurance, as all the paperwork is handled by the provider. On top of that, it’s open to people of all ages. There’s no fixed minimum age for participation in a trial flight but most flight centres put the bar somewhere between 12 and 14 years old. In other words, teens can pilot a plane in the sky before they are allowed to drive a car on the road!

Weight is always a consideration when planning a flight of any kind. In a light aircraft, the human element can be a significant proportion of the total payload, so the limits are pretty strict. In a two-seat plane, the maximum weight for a participant in a pleasure flight or trial lesson is usually around 18 stone or 115 kilograms, depending on the model. In a four-seat plane, the weight of all passengers will have to be considered and it might only be possible for two participants to enjoy the flight alongside the pilot.

THE BEST PLACES FOR AN AIRCRAFT FLIGHT IN THE COUNTRY

If you’re interested in seeing a beautiful part of the country from the area, you can’t do much better than flying over the first designated Area of Outstanding Natural Beauty in the UK, the Gower Peninsula. This dramatic spur of land, fringed by sandy beaches and impressive rocky stacks and formations, extends into the waters of the Bristol Channel a short distance from Swansea, South Wales, Pleasure flights and trial lessons are on offer at the city’s airport. Flight durations range from 30 to 90 minutes here, so you can see as much or as little as you like. To find out more, click here.

If sightseeing for you doesn’t mean landscapes but points of historical and cultural interest, we recommend that you organise a flight experience in Warwickshire. The county town is home to the imposing Warwick Castle and the spiritual home of British racing, the Silverstone Circuit, is also in the country. Both can be observed from the air on flights that depart from Coventry airport, also one of the best places in the Midlands for flight training. You can see what’s on offer by clicking here.

A great deal of flight experiences, including some unique ones, are on offer in Kent. As the closest county to the European continent, Kent saw a lot of action during the most famous aerial episode of the Second World War, the Battle of Britain. You can bring the drama, daring and history of this event to life with a flight experience in a historic aircraft and even see the famous Spitfire in action. There are plenty of flights in modern aircraft available too, including landaway trial flights, where you complete a return trip to an airfield outside the county. You’ll find all of the options here.

Devon is another county with a full range of flight experience to choose from. There are sightseeing flights along the Jurassic Coast, trial lessons and aerobatic experiences spread across several aerodromes. On an aerobatic flight, you’ll be in the passenger seat but that doesn’t mean it’s not exciting, because this is your chance to feel what it’s like to complete crazy airborne stunts. A crack pilot will take you on a 15, 30 or 60 minute white-knuckle ride, completing loop-the-loops, barrel rolls and more. If you’re brave enough, you can find out more details by following this link.

We all know that the weather in the UK can be somewhat less than reliable. A foolproof option that rules out the risk of rain stopping play is a flight simulation. Bedfordshire is home to one of the biggest flight sim centres in the country which welcomes those interested in aviation as well as trainee pilots to take part in a highly realistic recreation of flying. The really cool thing about flight simulators is that they offer you the opportunity to choose from dozens of different aeroplanes and locations for your flight. To arrange a flight of fancy, just click here.

Seats back, tables up, secure your hand luggage and it’s chocks away! The time has come to organise your aircraft flight in the UK. Have a safe flight, we can’t wait to hear all about it.

The Top 9 Coasteering Locations in the British Isles

Martin Buxton — Tue, 05 Mar 2024 00:00:00 +0000

INTRODUCTION TO COASTEERING
ST DAVID’S, PEMBROKESHIRE
ANGLESEY, GWYNEDD
THE GOWER PENINSULA, SWANSEA
THE GAZZLE HEADLAND, CORNWALL
CROYDE, DEVON
ARBROATH, ANGUS
BALLINTOY HARBOUR, COLERAINE
KILKEE, COUNTY CLARE
GREVE DE LECQ, JERSEY

INTRODUCTION TO COASTEERING

A home-grown adventure

The British Isles, made up of the islands of Great Britain and Ireland, as well as the countless smaller islands that surround them, are defined by their relationship with the water. That relationship comes into sharp focus on the long, complex and spectacular coastlines of these islands. It’s no surprise that the sport of exploring the zone where land meets water, coasteering, originated here.

Coasteering was developed by a couple of adventurers in Pembrokeshire, Southwest Wales, about half a century ago and offered as an outdoor activity experience for the first time in the late 1980s. In the decades since then, it’s spread throughout Wales, to Southwest England, Scotland, Ireland and the rest of the world. We believe that the best coasteering in the world is still to be found in the United Kingdom and Ireland, and we've put together this list of highlights to back up our case.

Coasteering in practice

Coasteering involves water-based activities (swimming), land-based activities (climbing, scrambling), and activities that combine the two (cliff diving). The coast is an ever-changing environment, shaped by tides, waves and weather, which means that there’s no right way to go coasteering. No two excursions - even to the same place - are the same, and you, the coasteerer, have to choose the action that seems most appropriate at the time.

The wild, variable, unpredictable nature of the sport also makes it essential that you go prepared. First and foremost, you should always go with a guide who knows the local area. You should also use the correct safety equipment - a wetsuit, helmet and buoyancy aid at least - and plan your trip well. To learn more about this side of coasteering, see our article titled “Wave, Tide and Rock - how to stay safe when Coasteering.”

When you’re happy with the basics, you just have to choose where you’re going to go. The UK and Ireland have thousands of miles of coastline, but we’ve made it really simple for you, picking out the nine best places in the British Isles to go coasteering.

ST DAVID’S, PEMBROKESHIRE

If you like origin stories, make a beeline for Southwest Wales, where you’ll find Britain’s smallest city. Not only is St David’s the resting place of one of the country’s founding figures, St David, it’s also the birthplace of coasteering. It sits on a peninsula that has been battered and abused by the forces of the Irish Sea, leaving a never ending series of cliffs, coves, caves and more. Porthclais is one of the best places to start out. The coastline here is characterised by slabs of rock that tumble down to the breaking waves, ideal for climbing up and plunging back down.

There are tours on offer here to suit different kinds of coasteerers. Beginners or those with young children, from the age of 8 or even younger in good weather, will stay in more sheltered areas, whilst teens and adults with more experience can go further, moving more quickly and discovering the exposed parts of the coast. Porthclais is part of the Pembrokeshire Coast National Park. Other areas of coasteering interest within the park are the Blue Hole at Abereiddy and Stackpole Quay, near the seaside town of Tenby.

ANGLESEY, GWYNEDD

Anglesey is an island separated from Gwynedd on the Welsh mainland by the Menai Straits. In recent years, it’s become an increasingly popular destination for coasteering due to the rugged beauty of its cliff-backed beaches and clear waters. One of Anglesey’s most popular coastal attractions is Porth Dafarch. This slice of sand, surrounded by a fantasy land of rock and water, is actually on the separate island of Holy Island. Do you like the idea of coasteering on an island off and island off an island? Then look no further!

Porth Dafarch is a good entry-level location for newcomers to coasteering, including children. If you’re after a more adrenaline-pumping excursion, try Trearddur Bay, just along the coast, where an extreme, multi-activity adventure takes place. Reserved for over-18s, it starts with a abseil down the cliffs, includes coasteering par excellence and ends with a zip wire!

THE GOWER PENINSULA, SWANSEA

But you don’t have to travel to the western extremities of Wales in order to find fantastic coasteering opportunities. Right outside Wales’ second city, Swansea, the Gower Peninsula is one of the most picturesque places in the country for this kind of experience. Its dramatic cliffs, pristine beaches and marine wildlife - including seals and dolphins - led to it earning the first Area of Outstanding Natural Beauty title in the UK. At locations such as Rhossili Beach and Oxwich there are caves to explore and tunnels hewn out of the rock to traverse.

There are experiences of 2 and 4 hours available on the Gower Peninsula. The shorter ones involve a boat ride and are suitable for less confident/experienced participants. If you’re up for a longer trip, it’s advisable that you’re able to swim confidently in sea water for up to 10 minutes at a time.

THE GAZZLE HEADLAND, CORNWALL

While most visitors to Newquay will be waxing down their surfboards and vying for space in the breakers, you can beat the posers by exploring the natural theme park which is the Gazzle Headland. It juts out into the sea, separating Newquay town centre from Fistral Beach and sheltering the lee side from the famous Cornish surfing swells. This means that the Gazzle is not only a safe choice for first-time coasteering, but also a haven for wildlife, with populations such as important nesting populations of kittiwakes and other seabirds. This is the perfect place to experience the thrills of traversing the coast while you learn something about the natural world.

The great thing about traversing the shoreline of the Gazzle is that all the obstacles, including jumps into deep water and longer swims, are optional - there’s always another way to make progress! This means that children from 8 years old and first-timers are welcome to join guided groups.

CROYDE, DEVON

The north coast of Devon is known for the wildlands of Exmoor, the quaint harbour of Ilfracombe and the sandy expanse of Woolacombe Bay, but it’s at Croyde Bay that things get really interesting. The stretch of rocky shoreline out to Baggy Point is characterised by gently sloping ridges of rock which descend to the water and occasionally rise back above the surface some distance offshore. Whether the tide’s high or low, there’s an intricate labyrinth of cliffs and pools to discover. When you reach the headland, the views over nearby beaches, the Bristol Channel and out to Lundy Island are hard to beat.

As with most locations, there are a number of different routes and experiences on offer in and around Croyde Bay that range from child-friendly fun to intense sessions that include big jumps and cave exploration.

ARBROATH, ANGUS

Now to Scotland and the bracing water of the North Sea. The fishing village of Arbroath sits at the foot of impressive sandstone sea cliffs, which have become the most popular coasteering site north of the border. This is a real choose-your-adventure opportunity, as there are cliff jumps that range in height from 5 to 12 epic metres above the water. On top of that this part of Angus is one of the the sunniest places in Scotland, so don’t let the frigid waters put you off!

If you want it to be, coasteering in Arbroath can be one of the most extreme experiences in Scotland and there are trips for adults only that take in the wild side of the area. But more gentle tours are an option too, so you can enjoy the majesty of the Arbroath cliffs even if it’s your first time coasteering.

BALLINTOY HARBOUR, COLERAINE

Across the Irish Sea, the island of Ireland provides numerous opportunities for amphibious adventure. In Northern Ireland, you can’t do better than taking on the Causeway Coast, site of the famous Giant’s Causeway. Ballintoy Harbour is probably the best place in the area for a good coasteer. It’s a place where an archipelago of rocky islets stretches along the coastline, creating a maze of water channels and plenty of hiding places for sea creatures and birds. Not far away is the Carrick-a-Rede Rope Bridge, which connects a small rocky island to the mainland. At the base of the cliffs are caves used by fisherman and smugglers, will you dare enter?

Families, stag and hen parties and school groups are welcome to sign up for a coasteering session here. No previous experience is required to sign up, but if you want to pull off some daring stunts once you're on the rocks, check with your guide first and go for it!

KILKEE, COUNTY CLARE

In the Republic of Ireland, the Wild Atlantic Way follows the dramatic west coast of the country, one of the most exposed parts of the British Isles. Make a stop at Kilkee in County Clare if you want to see what happens when the full force of the Atlantic Ocean meets the Irish landmass. Coasteering here can see you open water swimming in oceanic swells, scrambling on rugged cliffs and following the water through tunnels and arches that it has carved in the rock. That’s the extreme end of the scale, but there are also secluded coves and sheltered inlets where beginners can find their sea legs.

In fact, the minimum age for participation here is just 6 years old, so you can baptise your children in the world of adventure sports sooner rather than later!

GREVE DE LECQ, JERSEY

We know that some people feel the cold more than others. Don’t let that put you off having a go at coasteering! You’ll be surprised by how the combination of a thick wetsuit and intense activity can keep your body running hot, but if you’re still not convinced, choose the warmest waters in the country for your first experience. The Channel Islands are a group of islands in the English Channel, closer to France than they are to the South of England, and Jersey - the largest - is our recommendation for warm-water coasteering.

But it’s not just the temperature of the water that makes coasteering in Jersey an unmissable experience. The coast around the beach known as Greve de Lecq is a genuine coasteering paradise, with jagged rock, pools full of life, and a secret cove that can only be reached by a tunnel that cuts through the cliff. While the shoreline has some dramatic gullies and jump platforms that are 10 metres above the water, excursions for youngsters can be found here alongside the more extreme options.

We hope that’s enough to get you started! Take a look at our complete catalogue of experiences related to coasteering in the UK and choose the one that suits you best. Special prizes for anyone who ticks all nine locations off this list!

The 8 Best Rivers for White Water Rafting in the UK

Martin Buxton — Mon, 04 Mar 2024 00:00:00 +0000

INTRODUCTION TO WHITE WATER RAFTING
1. RIVER GARRY
2. RIVER FINDHORN
3. RIVER SPEAN
4. RIVER ORCHY
5. RIVER TAY
6. RIVER TUMMEL
7. RIVER DEE
8. AFON TRYWERYN
BONUS WHITE WATER EXPERIENCES

INTRODUCTION TO WHITE WATER RAFTING

What’s so good about riding down a wild river, with all of its rapids, falls and spray, in the most rudimentary of watercraft, a raft? If you don’t have an answer to the question, this might not be the right outdoor adventure for you! White water rafting is a thrill seekers dream. It puts you at the mercy of the forces of nature but allows you to come out on top, clinging on for dear life and soaked to the skin, but with a huge smile on your face.

White water rafting can’t just happen by accident. Getting enough water to create rapids, whirlpools and falls, takes specific conditions. The landscape plays a large part in this. Uplands with high rainfall are where rapid rivers are born, so the best rafting opportunities in the UK are found in the Scottish Highlands and North Wales. Before we get onto the best rivers in these locations, we’ll cover the basics.

Grading rapids

The International Scale of River Difficulty classifies rivers by how rough they are. There are six Grades, I to VI, the first describing a lazy river without white water or obstacles and the sixth reserved for the most extreme torrents of water which should only be tackled by experienced adventurers.

In the UK, the most intense rivers tend to have stretches that reach a maximum of Grade IV. This means that there are rocks and other obstacles in the watercourse and rapids and falls that present a risk of capsizing. Most rivers will be given a range of Grades, for example I - III, as the intensity and difficulty of the route will vary from one section to the next.

The different types of raft

When you picture white water rafting, you probably see a large inflatable craft with 6 or 8 people sitting in a double row, using paddles to control the raft and led by a guide sitting at the back. This is your standard white water raft, but it’s not the only kind. For more experienced rafters, a funyak is an option. This is essentially an inflatable kayak with space for two people who each use a double bladed paddle. Then there are a couple of raft shapes for individuals: tubes, which are beefed-up rubber rings, and bugs, which are either horseshoe-shaped open rings or inflatable tablets that the rafter uses like a bodyboard. To find out more about the options, read our article titled “Up a creek without a raft? We’ve got 5 to choose from!”

What to pack for a rafting excursion

The rafts used in this sport are pretty specialist pieces of kit, but you don’t need to worry about getting your own. When you book a white water rafting experience from an outdoor activity provider, the raft is included, as is the safety equipment. You’ll be given a helmet, a wetsuit and a buoyancy aid. Some providers will also give you footwear, more often than not, you should bring a pair of lace-up trainers to wear during the trip. You’ll also need a swimsuit and a towel, as well as a set of warm, dry clothes to put on afterwards. There’s more information about this in our article “What - and what not - to wear when white water rafting.

THE HIGHLANDS REGION

The Highland council area covers a huge area of the north of Scotland - a wild land of mountains and glens, lochs and, of course, fast-flowing rivers. The rafting hotspots are Fort William in the west and Aviemore in the Cairngorms National Park.

1. River Garry

Fort William is the base camp for Ben Nevis, but it’s not just hikers who flock to this town on the shores of Loch Linnhe. Watersports fanatics are found here in droves, and those with an appetite for white water rafting won’t be disappointed by the River Garry. Located about half an hour’s drive from the town, this river contains rapid sections of Grades II - IV which have been affectionately named by white water guides with monikers such as Surf’s Up, the Tunnel of Love and Double or Quits. Want to find out the stories behind these names? You’ll have to experience them for yourself!

Runs down the Garry are available once a week in the spring, summer and autumn. That regularity is due to the fact that it’s a dam-release river, only possible to raft when water comes tumbling down the course from a highland loch. Though that means you don’t have so much choice over the day of your experience, it does mean that rafting it isn’t dependent on the weather.

2. River Findhorn

Rising in the Monadhliath Mountains in the central Highlands and meeting the North Sea in the Moray Firth, the River Findhorn is among the longest rivers in Scotland. It’s also one of the fastest-flowing, and the only river in the country to offer Grade III rapids throughout the year. These rapid stretches - Carnage Corner a Dragon’s Tooth, to name a couple - are all-natural and they alternate with calm sections, making the Findhorn a fantastic choice for adrenaline junkies who also know how to appreciate the majestic scenery of Scotland.

3. River Spean

The headwaters of the River Spean are in the same area as those of the Findhorn, but they flow in the opposite direction, to the west coast. And how do they flow! The rafting opportunities on the Spean are exciting and appropriate for all ability levels. However, they are also weather dependent; after a dry spell, rafting isn’t possible. Keep an eye on the forecast and take advantage of rainy periods!

4. River Orchy

The River Orchy is actually in Argyll and Bute, but trips run from Fort William and other outdoor adventure hubs in the Highlands. We have to mention it because it offers the wildest white water ride in the British Isles, with rapids that reach a whopping Grade V. To make it even more challenging, the level of the river drops significantly in summer, so this is a cold-water experience. As such, the Orchy is reserved for veteran rafters.

PERTH AND KINROSS

Perth and Kinross is in Northeast Scotland. Although not part of the Highlands administrative region, it doesn't lack mountainous terrain or upland rivers for rafting. If you want to experience white water in this area, your best options are the towns of Aberfeldy, Grandtully and Pitlochry, where many outdoor activity providers are based.

5. River Tay

Flowing east and then south from the largest loch in the region, Loch Tay, the River Tay carries a high volume of water. This means that, although there are points where the water flows very fast, the going never gets particularly tough. With rapids that rarely exceed Grade II, the Tay is an excellent choice for first-timers and families with young children. Some rafting rides on this river are suitable for children as young as 6 years old.

6. River Tummel

Although a tributary of the Tay, the River Tummel is a different story. It rises at a higher altitude and so descends faster, churning the waters into a white water torrent. Rafting the Tummel is an exciting experience which features rapids of Grades II to IV, with the possibility of Grade V depending on recent rainfall. If you’ve had a go on the Ray and want something more, and you're over 16 years old, this is the river for you.

WALES

7. River Dee

You didn’t think they were all going to be in Scotland did you? Anyone who knows the geography of the United Kingdom can tell you that some of the highest mountains and most dramatic landscapes are found in Snowdonia National Park, North Wales. A large part of the rainfall of the area ends up in the River Dee which, on its way to the sea (meeting the Irish Sea in Cheshire), creates some of the best - and most reliable - rapids in the country.

The best stretch is the final few miles before the river reaches the Denbighshire town of Llangollen. There’s a ruthless series of rapids and falls here, starting from Horseshoe Falls and passing through Tombstone Falls, the Serpent’s Tail and Factory Falls. The intensity ranges from Grades I to III, or possibly IV depending on conditions. Rafting of three kinds - standard, tubing and bugging - is available here.

8. Afon Tryweryn

Number 8 on our list is a rafting route of 8 kilometres, found on the Afon Tryweryn in Gwynedd. Unlike the Dee, this isn’t a natural rapid route. In fact, rafting can take place because of the reservoir known as Bala Lake. There’s a regular programme of dam releases, each of which fills the watercourse of the Tryweryn to the perfect height for white water, which knuckle, descents.

The first part of the route is pretty intense, containing Grade III and IV rapids. After that, there’s a more leisurely Grade I to II stretch which can be experienced separately before, finally, the river plunges down Bala Mill Falls where it joins the young River Dee. Afon Tryweryn is one of the few places in the country where you can have a go in a funyak. These kayak-style inflatables are on offer alongside standard rafts.

BONUS WHITE WATER EXPERIENCES

We know what you’re thinking, these rivers sound beautiful and exciting, but also pretty remote. Have no fear! The biggest cities in England, Wales and Scotland have urban white water centres featuring artificial rapid routes suitable for rafting, canoeing and kayaking. The most impressive is probably the Lee Valley White Water Centre which was built to host the canoe slalom in the London 2012 Olympic Games. It’s a 300-metre course that involves a 5.5-metre drop from start to finish, and plenty of splashes, swirls and spray on the way.

Cardiff International White Water was built around the same time. It’s also an Olympic-standard facility, located in the redeveloped Cardiff Bay area and hosted numerous Olympic teams as they prepared for the 2012 games. In Glasgow, Scotland, you’ll find the Pinkston Watersports where, alongside kayaking, you can try white water tubing.

So there you have it, eleven locations for white water rafting. Will you start close to home at an urban watersports centre before making the journey to the mountains, or jump straight into a white water river? You'll find that we have an extensive list of opportunities for rafting in the UK, so the choice is your hands.

Complete Guide to Quad biking in the UK

Martin Buxton — Fri, 01 Mar 2024 00:00:00 +0000

THE ALL TERRAIN VEHICLE
QUADS THAT GROW WITH YOU
THE DIFFERENT KINDS OF EXPERIENCES
WHAT YOU NEED TO KNOW BEFORE YOUR EXPERIENCE
TEST A QUAD IN THESE RUGGED UK LOCATIONS

THE ALL TERRAIN VEHICLE

What is a quad bike?

What’s that coming over the hill, is it a monster? If it’s got four large wheels, a saddle like that of a dirt bike and a load of mud flung up in its wake, that’s a quad bike. Chances are it’s going to come right off that hill, plough through a stream and blast through some dense woodland without skipping a beat. These machines are more properly known as All-Terrain Vehicles, ATVs, which gives you an idea of what they’re capable of. Designed for agricultural and reconnaissance work, their potential for fun hasn’t gone unnoticed and quad tides are now a thrilling staple of the UK leisure scene.

How do you ride one?

One of the secrets of quads’ success is their simplicity. Unlike an off-road bike, you don’t lose balance at low speeds. Unlike 4x4s, you don’t have to deal with locking differentials, low range gear boxes and pedals. Unlike a mountain bike, your legs won’t turn to jelly after the first uphill stint.

At a basic level, all you need to get familiar with on a quad bike is the throttle, which you operate with your thumb whilst holding the (usually right) handlebar. All quads that you’ll find at outdoor adventure centres will have automatic gearboxes and the brakes work just like those of a bicycle. What comes next is more intuitive: using your bodyweight to keep the vehicle stable , with all or as many wheels as possible on the ground, as you tackle uneven terrain.

QUADS THAT GROW WITH YOU

Just as you can’t have a child ride a 18-hand horse, standard quad bikes are too big for youngsters. But, just as there are ponies for young horse lovers, so there are mini quads for pipsqueak petrol heads. The majority of quads owned by outdoor experience providers come from the factories of Suzuki, Yamaha and Kymco, though other manufacturers, such as Polaris, Kawasaki and E-ton are also represented.

Kids’ and junior models

Quads for kids are much smaller than their grown-up equivalents. The reason is obvious, children have smaller arms and legs and need to reach the handlebars and footrests comfortably. As such, they’re far lighter and have much smaller engines. The smallest come with 50 cc engines and are suitable for children from the age of 6 years old and up. The next size is usually 90 cc, about right for children of 10. Those designed for teenagers usually have 125 or 150 cc engines. Some of these machines, especially more modern models, have an inbuilt safety feature, a remote kill switch which an instructor can activate from afar to cut the quad’s power if they see a little one getting into trouble. To find out more about junior quads, read our article titled Why kids never forget riding a quad bike.

Full-size machines

These are the big guns, built to beat the toughest terrain and carry or tow the heaviest loads. The bigger size means a few things: bigger wheels that can tackle uneven surfaces, a wider wheelbase that gives the vehicle more stability, and, of course, bigger engines. Quads with 200 and 250 cc engines are common, but they’re not the biggest. There are quads out there that have huge engine capacities of 350 or even 400 cc. That might be less than half the size of the engine in a typical hatchback, but quads weigh in at far less than half the weight of a car, so the power-to-pound ratio is seriously high! Some of the quads can go at speeds of 60 ph! In general you’ve got to wait until your 16th or even 18th birthday to ride one of these beasts.

THE DIFFERENT KINDS OF EXPERIENCES

Track riding

Riding a quad bike around a track is a fantastic way to get a feel for these vehicles. In general, track experiences are the shortest quad experiences out there, lasting from as little as 15 or 20 minutes. You’ll be introduced to a quad that suits your age and size, given some instructions and supervised as you whizz around a dirt track, all by a trained instructor. There are some tracks that are specially set up for children, with inflatable crash barriers, while others are larger and feature bumps, hills, muddy sections and old car tyres - exciting for riders of all ages.

Quad trekking

This is what quads are made for: leaving behind roads and tracks and taking on the landscape. Trekking is usually a small group activity, with up to about 6 or 8 riders being led on an adventure by a guide. The route will take you across fields and meadows, through woods and water, on hillsides and hilltops and maybe even onto obstacle courses that the outdoor centres have built. If you want to spend some more time in the saddle and experience riding on different surfaces, while seeing a good chunk of an unspoilt part of the UK, this is the choice for you.

Combo activities

It’s not uncommon to find package deals and activity days that combine quad biking with another activity. We can’t recommend these experiences enough. Chances are, you’ll have to make a journey to a quad biking venue, so it makes sense to make the most of your time there. On top of that, and take our word on this, you’re going to get a better deal buying two activities together that separately.

A classic accompaniment to quad biking is that other great countryside activity, clay pigeon shooting. Another combo that will see you letting loose in the morning and switching to aim and focus in the afternoon is quads with archery. For off-roading fanatics, a day of quad biking and 4x4 driving will be like heaven and earth, while for real thrill seekers, we recommend mixing quads with high ropes or an assault course.

WHAT YOU NEED TO KNOW BEFORE YOUR EXPERIENCE

A few key points to bear in mind as you prepare for a quad bike experience.

No licence of any kind is required.
All quad bikes will have a maximum load weight, so be prepared to be asked for your stats in advance of a ride.
It’s unlikely that your session will be cancelled due to the weather, unless it’s really extreme.
Prevailing conditions will affect your choice of clothing. Many providers will kit you out with overalls, but these won’t stop every drop of mud. Wear sensible outdoor clothing!
Though there are some providers that will give you boots, most won’t, so choose your footwear wisely. Sandals are out of the question, while walking boots are best. Wellies might be needed in very wet weather, while trainers might do in the summer. Bring a spare pair with you!
You will be given a helmet.

TEST A QUAD IN THESE RUGGED UK LOCATIONS

North Yorkshire is the largest and one of the least densely populated counties in England. Add to that the wild landscapes of the Yorkshire Dales and North York Moors National Parks and you’ve got a perfect destination for quad biking. On top of that, the eighties game show The Krypton Factor was shot here and the assault course is still in place. You can book a combo activity day that includes a quad bike trek and a go on this famous course. Find out more about all the quad biking options in North Yorkshire by clicking here.

We can’t recommend places to go quad biking without mentioning the Scottish Highlands. In fact, it’s in the region of Perth and Kinross that you’ll find the best opportunities. You’ll believe that quad bikes were built specifically for the Scottish wilds if you go trekking by the River Tay, in the Tummel Valley or over the Ochil Hills. Don’t believe us? Book a session here and find out for yourself.

Another wild area, but a bit less remote, is Nottinghamshire, home of a large part of the Peak District National Park, There are plenty of quad experiences here and, if you know anything about Robin Hood, you won’t be surprised to learn that quad biking can be combined with archery throughout the county. To find out more, click here.

Can’t decide between track and trek quad bike experiences? The largest quads venue in Wales is outside Tenby, Pembrokeshire, and offers both! They also have bikes of all sizes, to suit families with children as young as 6 years old and larger groups as well. Browse their activities here.

And, just if you thought that there were no good quad biking locations in the South, allow us to inform you that one of the longest treks in the country is found in Devon. It’s a whopping 12 miles long and is found in Escot Park, not far from the county town of Exeter. For more information about quad biking in the whole county, follow this link.

Ready to get into it?Check out our full range of quad biking activities in the UK and find the one that suits you! You can search by location, price or novelty, so we know that you’ll find the adventure you’re looking for.

The Watertight Guide to Scuba Diving in the UK

Martin Buxton — Mon, 26 Feb 2024 00:00:00 +0000

WHY YOU SHOULD WANT TO GO SCUBA DIVING IN THE UK
DIVING OPPORTUNITIES IN THE UK
YOUR FIRST SCUBA DIVING EXPERIENCE
RECOGNISED COURSES FOR SCUBA QUALIFICATIONS
FURTHER TRAINING
MEDICAL REQUIREMENTS - "FIT TO DIVE"
THE BEST DIVING LOCATIONS IN THE UK

WHY YOU SHOULD WANT TO GO SCUBA DIVING IN THE UK

A nation of islands, a limitless coastline, a network of rivers and canals, lakes and reservoirs, the UK’s intimate relationship with water makes it a perfect place for scuba. Anyone who calls themselves an adventurer should have an interest in exploring the world below the water’s surface, and diving is the best way to do it.

Dive schools and scuba clubs can be found in cities and towns throughout the four nations of the United Kingdom, serving a large community of divers of all kinds. And that community is always welcoming of new members, to learn to dive or to join trips to fascinating dive sites.

But what really sets this country apart from the rest is the wealth of shipwrecks in British waters. From the English Channel to the Orkney Islands and the Irish Sea to the North Sea, hundreds of ships of all shapes, sizes and classes are waiting to be discovered. You can learn more about wreck diving in the UK here. If that’s not your thing, read on to find out about the steps you need to take to achieve a diving qualification, so that you can jet off to the Maldives, Thailand or Mexico to enjoy scuba in warm waters.

DIVING OPPORTUNITIES IN THE UK

Schools

If that’s enough to pique your interest, you’ll be wondering how to become a scuba diver. A word to the wise: you won’t get very far trying to do it off your own back. You need to learn the techniques and theory associated with diving from an expert, who’ll also help you navigate the equipment, certification and planning aspects of the sport. Luckily, there are schools all around the country that are ready and waiting for newcomers to join them on a voyage of subaquatic discovery. For a full list of scuba diving experience providers in the UK, click here.

Organisations

There are three organisations that oversee scuba diving instruction in the UK - PADI, SSI and BSAC.

PADI, the Professional Association of Diving Instructors is the biggest recreational diving organisation in the world and has a large presence in the UK. It provides scuba experiences to all groups, including the very young (from the age of 8 years old), the highly experienced and everyone in between.
SSI, Scuba Schools International, is another international organisation. It’s not as well represented in the UK, but it's a highly regarded provider of scuba instruction.
BSAC, the British Sub-Aqua Club, is the homegrown organisational body. Its courses have a reputation for being thorough and good value for money. Best of all, BSAC qualifications are internationally recognised.

YOUR FIRST SCUBA DIVING EXPERIENCE

Whether PADI, SSI or BSAC, taster scuba sessions are advertised as a Try Dive or Discover Scuba Diving. In most cases, you’ll be invited to an indoor swimming pool, where you’ll meet a certified dive instructor. During the one-hour session, you¡ll be introduced to the scuba equipment, briefed on the basic techniques and then guided through your first submersion. The conditions of the pool - comfortable temperature, plenty of light, absence of currents and obstacles - allow you to focus on the sensations of diving and to decide whether or not to take the next step.

The aimed at teens and adults eyeing a future in diving. For children who are interested in scuba, there’s a much more fun route into the sport. Diving organisations run kids’ clubs, such as the PADI Bubblemaker club, in which children of 8 - 10 years old are introduced to scuba equipment and practices through fun and games. Once they turn 10, they can join the Seal Team and continue to develop their skills.

RECOGNISED COURSES FOR SCUBA QUALIFICATIONS

So, you’ve dipped your toe in and confirmed that scuba is for you. What next? You need to sign up for a course. The entry level options are the Open Water Diver (PADI/SSI) and Ocean Diver (BSAC) courses. They involve practical and theoretical training, the latter of which is almost always completed as an e-learning course nowadays. The practical part involves a number of dives in pools and open water at a variety of depths, led by trained instructors, in which you’ll learn about different aspects of diving. It’s possible to find intensive courses, but most will take place on a number of days, spread over the course of a few weeks or a month.

Once you’ve completed your course, you’ll receive a certificate that allows you to join dive trips and rent scuba equipment anywhere in the world. While there are limits on the kind of fiving you're qualified to do, including a maximum depth of 18 metres, this is where you become a member of the worldwide scuba community.

FURTHER TRAINING

You’ll soon discover that the end of your first course is very far from the end of your scuba diving progression. To get the most out of this sport, you should build experience, completing as many dives as possible, and start thinking about continuing your training. There are progression courses for general development offered by the three organisational bodies, such as the PADI Advanced Open Water Diver, in which you'll dive to depths of up to 30 metres, learn new skills and get a taste of three specialties.

Beyond that, a popular choice is to become a dive instructor - by taking a Dive Master course - and bringing more people into the world of scuba. Teaching isn't for everyone, and there are plenty of other ways to specialise. If you want to learn how to dive deeper, for longer, or at night, there’s a course for that. If you want to become a commercial diver or a rescuer, there’s a course for that. If you’re interested in underwater photography, spearfishing or rebreather technology, well, we don’t have to repeat ourselves endlessly. As with the general programmes, these courses often with certificates, ensuring your skills are recognised around the world.

MEDICAL REQUIREMENTS - “FIT TO DIVE”

Scuba diving is an extreme sport and places the body under stresses and strains. As such, the health of the participant is a key factor in assessing risk. You will have to complete a self-declaration form when you sign up to a scuba course which consists of a number of yes/no questions and some open questions. Depending on your responses, you may be required to have a medical examination to determine if you meet the minimum criteria to dive, if you are Fit to Dive.

In basic terms:

If you are extremely overweight or out-of-shape, or you have a coronary disease, epilepsy or a cold/the flu, you shouldn’t dive. It almost goes without saying that you must be under the influence of drugs or alcohol either.

If you have a respiratory condition (such as asthma), heart disease or a chronic medical condition, you should consult a health professional before diving and continue to do so regularly. This is also the case if you take medication, excluding birth control and anti malarial medication.

If you are taking a flight in the next 24 hours, you shouldn’t dive. Flying before scuba diving is safe, but you should leave a full day between coming out of a dive and getting on to a plane.

THE BEST LOCATIONS IN THE UK

The UK is blessed with fantastic places to go scuba diving. In some areas, there are outdoor bodies of water that are so diver-friendly that you can skip the swimming pool and have a taster session in open water. One such place is within easy reach of London. The Holborough Lakes in Snodland are artificial lakes with a surface area of 13 acres. They are a diver’s paradise, with a variety of interesting objects sunken below the surface at different depths for divers to explore. If you’d like to know more about scuba diving in the Holborough Lakes, click here.

For natural beauty, you can’t do better than Northern Ireland’s Causeway Coast. Famous for the rock formations of the Giant’s Causeway, the rugged coastline boasts spectacular scenery and thriving populations of marine wildlife. Seals slip off rocks into the water, seabirds circle above the Carrick-a-Rede rope bridge (of Guinness fame) and submerged sea caves provide hiding places for strange creatures of the deep. Find out more about diving on the coast around Coleraine by clicking here.

But, as we mentioned before, the headline sites for divers in the UK aren’t of natural origin. Shipwrecks are truly breathtaking to behold and thrilling to explore. Devon’s position between the Bristol Channel and the English Channel makes it one of the best places in the country to go wreck diving. Hundreds of years of maritime trade, warfare and, of course, disaster have left the seabed littered with wrecks of kinds, from the SS Perone, sunk by Torpedo in 1917, to the HMS Penylan, a Destroyer-class warship, which sunk to the inky depths (66 metres below the waves) in 1942. If you’d like to know more about wreck diving in Devon, click here.

Cornwall is also an excellent destination for diving. The standard Try Dives and Open Water Diver Courses are on offer, but there are some really exciting opportunities for experienced divers too. The waters are incredibly rich in marine wildlife, including ocean giants such as basking sharks, bluefin tuna and migratory whales. You can also take a guided spearfishing tour in the waters around Newquay. If that sounds good, click here.

Hopefully that’s given you an idea of the opportunities on offer in the UK for a budding scuba diver. Now it’s up to you to take the plunge and begin your subaquatic adventure! Look up our offers of diving in the UK, then come back and let us know how you get on in the comments.

The best watersports on Loch Ness - Monster hunting isn’t one of them!

Martin Buxton — Wed, 14 Feb 2024 00:00:00 +0000

PADDLESPORTS

When you see a lake like Loch Ness - a huge expanse of calm water, surrounded by woods and mountains and decorated with fairytale castles - it’s natural to feel a strong desire to walk out onto the water and see nature’s beauty in the round. Walking on water, however, is about as reliable as Nessie sightings, so we recommend the next best thing, paddlesports.

There are watersports centres around the loch which offer kayaking and canoeing trips to members of the public. Loch Ness is also at one end of the Great Glen, a huge valley which cuts across Scotland, from Fort WIlliam to Inverness. Guided trips of the Glen, by kayak or canoe, are offered by specialist guides. These are multi day expeditions which involve carrying gear and, often wil camping - a true adventure!

BOAT TRIPS

If you want to see the views of Loch Ness in style, and without having to work your arms too hard, we recommend taking a boat trip in the Highlands. Numerous companies offer cruises on the waters of the lake, most of which depart from Drumnadrochit, at the midpoint of the long lake, or Fort Augustus, at the southwestern extreme. Tours typically last between one and three hours, time enough to travel a good distance.

Another bonus for boat trips is that they can be an educational experience. Aboard ship, there’ll be a knowledgeable guide who will provide commentary on the sights of interest and tell the stories of the area. From the geological processes that created the Great Glen, the history of the clans and castles of the area and, yes, some Nessie lore, you’ll learn a lot on the voyage.

POWERBOATING

Boat trips on Loch Ness don’t have to be sedate, serene and, for some, a little dull. The lake is 23 miles long so there’s plenty of space to build up speed and have some fun. This is where powerboating in the Highlands comes into its own.

You can take a highspeed tour of Loch Ness on board a powerful RIB (Rigid Inflatable Boat) which can blast across the water’s surface at speeds of up to 45 miles per hour! There are 12 seats, some of which are located in “splash zones” to make the trip even more exciting.

MOUNTAIN BIKING

Don’t like getting your feet wet? No problem! You don’t have to be on the water to experience Loch Ness. If you’re more of a landlubber, we recommend mountain biking in the Highlands. Cycling all the way around the loch is possible, but quite a feat. If you’re after something you can do in a few hours or a full day, there are fantastic routes that follow the lake shore or rise high above it on mountain roads and paths.

Best of all? You can save yourself some work and increase your range by renting an ebike. These clever pieces of kit feel just like a traditional bike, except somehow the uphill stretches of your route seem much easier than you’d expect. That’s because an electric motor kicks in when you start climbing and stops you running out of speed - perfect for exploring this dramatic part of the Scottish Highlands to your heart’s content.

How high is the sky? Altitude options for your skydive in the UK

Martin Buxton — Tue, 13 Feb 2024 00:00:00 +0000

All heights are listed in feet above sea level, as is standard in aviation and air sports.

STATIC LINE JUMPS

The lowest altitude at which you can jump out of a plane is, surprisingly, the only option listed here that isn’t a tandem jump. A static line is a cord that connects your parachute to a static point on the plane you’re jumping out of and releases the parachute automatically when fully extended, which is pretty soon after you leave the plane. These jumps typically take place from a height of around 3,500 feet.

The point of a static line jump is that it gives you the chance to practise using a parachute to descend safely to the earth from an aircraft, without taking on the responsibility for opening it at the right time. If you take part in a static line experience, you’ll have about 6 hours of ground training before completing your jump.

THE LOWEST HEIGHT FOR SKYDIVING

A skydive proper involves freefall, that state in which the only forces working on your body are the downward pull of gravity and the (weaker) braking force of air resistance. It’s an amazing feeling, a strange mix of weightlessness and velocity - in fact, you can reach speeds of about 120 miles per hour in freefall.

Handling these extreme forces and maintaining the presence of mind to operate a parachute requires training and certification, so you’ll be taking part in a freefall jump in the company of a skydiving instructor. These tandem jumps can take place from a minimum height of 7,000 feet, as it’s necessary to open the parachute at 5,000 feet. That gives you about 15 seconds of freefall. Feel it for yourself by skydiving in Coleraine, Northern Ireland.

AVERAGE JUMP HEIGHT

The most common choice for tandem skydiving is an altitude of 10,000 or 11,000 feet. Compared to the lower options, this gives you twice as much time in freefall, 30 seconds or more before the parachute opens. Of course, you’ll also get more expansive views over the country - if you can keep your eyes open!

One thing to bear in mind is that an increase of 15 seconds in freefall is reflected by a much longer increase in flight time. This is because the aircraft that you’ll take to reach the jump height gains altitude at a much slower rate that you lose it in freefall. While a 7,000-foot jump might be the better option if you’re trying to get it over and done with as soon as possible, if you’ve got your heart set on a 10,000-foot jump, we recommend going skydiving in Cambridgeshire.

THE HIGHEST JUMPS IN THE COUNTRY

While professional skydivers complete jumps at heights of 20,000 to 30,000 feet and more - who remembers Felix Baumgartner’s record-breaking jump from the stratosphere? - commercial skydive operators are limited to slightly lower altitudes. But that doesn’t mean that you can’t take part in a truly legendary feat of bravery just because you’re not a daredevil by trade.

You can experience the thrills of leaving the plane at an altitude 13,500 feet, enjoying around 45 seconds of freefall with skydiving centres in Wiltshire. And, if that’s not enough for you, book a skydive in Lancashire or a skydive in Lincolnshire and do the big one - a jump from a height of 15,000 feet. It’ll be you and the elements for a minute or more!

ZERO METRES ABOVE SEA LEVEL?

You’ve got to go up in a plane in order to experience the sensation of freefall, right? Wrong! You can do it at ground level. Remember - freefall requires just two things: gravity and air resistance. There’s plenty of gravity down here, and the upward force can be simulated in a wind tunnel.

Indoor skydiving is an incredibly convenient option for thrill seekers who are short on time or funds. There’s far less hanging around waiting for a plane and far lower costs - also due to the lack of a plane. Even two minutes in the wind tunnel is going to give you twice the freefall time you can expect from the highest skydives in the country and so, if you can live with missing out on the views you get when you’re suspended above the Earth, this may well be the option for you.

Tank Tours - The ultimate driving experience

Martin Buxton — Mon, 05 Feb 2024 00:00:00 +0000

HOW DO YOU DRIVE A TANK?

A tank is an armoured vehicle, designed for ground offensives in combat situations. They have heavy defences, that’s the armoured part, heavy firepower in the form of guns and cannon, and the ability to tackle harsh, uneven terrain. Not much like your standard hatchback then.

One of the biggest differences between a car and a tank is that tanks usually have segmented tracks, known as caterpillar tracks, in place of wheels. Located one on either side of the vehicle, they are controlled independently of one another. This means that a tank doesn’t have a steering wheel; changing the speed of one track relative to the other is what makes the tank turn. The system also allows tanks to turn on the spot.

Another difference is that a tank is driven and operated by a crew of several people. As well as driving, there are many jobs to do, including navigation, observation and operation of the guns. If you’re interested in a tank experience where you can choose whether to ride as a passenger or have a go at the controls yourself, we recommend a tank tour provider in Northumberland.

HOW DOES A TANK DRIVING EXPERIENCE WORK?

You might think that tanks are the exclusive playthings of the armed forces, and completely off-limits to members of the general public. Let us be the ones to tell you that, on the contrary, almost anyone who wants to drive a tank can do just that. There are numerous experience providers around the country who offer punters the chance to live out their battlefield fantasies.

These providers have genuine ex-military vehicles of all shapes and sizes, some of which may even have seen combat. Unsurprisingly, they’re found in remote, sparsely populated areas. You need a lot of space to keep these fleets, not to mention to enjoy ragging them around the countryside. We know of a tank operator in Northamptonshire where you can have 6 different tank-related experiences in a day, including the opportunity to crush a car under the formidable tracks of one of these behemoths.

HOW DO YOU PREPARE FOR A MILITARY VEHICLE EXPERIENCE?

First things first, you don’t need to have a driving licence to get your hands on the controls of a tank! This is because your experience will take place on privately owned lands, far removed from the constraints of the highway code. What you should prepare carefully is your outfit. There’s no showing off on special ops - wear comfortable, practical clothing that you don’t mind getting dirty and heavy duty footwear.

We recommend organising a tank driving experience with a group of friends. As we mentioned, there are jobs in the cabin for several people which you can have a go at in rotation. Activities like this are a perfect choice for stag and hen parties, birthday celebrations and other special occasions.

One thing to bear in mind - and you’ll know this if you’ve seen war films that feature tanks prominently such as Lebanon (2009) and Fury (2014) - is that the interior of a tank can be cramped and uncomfortable. If you’re prone to feeling claustrophobic, maybe this isn’t the activity for you. Finally, age. Military vehicles are designed to be operated by soldiers and tanks in particular usually aren’t suitable for children or teenagers. Don’t worry, other vehicles are an option for youngsters. At a tank centre in Kent, you can drive a Unimog or armoured jeep from the age of just 12 years old.

So you want to be a pilot? Here’s how to fly a plane

Martin Buxton — Thu, 01 Feb 2024 00:00:00 +0000

PARTS OF AN AEROPLANE

Let’s start with the basics. The main part of an aeroplane is the body, properly called the fuselage. It holds the crew, passengers and cargo, as well as the engine in most light aircraft, and holds all the other external parts together. It should be streamlined, to reduce air resistance and lightweight.

In terms of making flight happen, the most important part of the plane is the wing or wings. Wings are designed in such a way that air travels faster along the curved upper surface than the flat lower, because it has further to go. This means that there is less air at any one time above the wings, and the higher pressure air below pushes the wing upwards, generating what is known as lift.

Propulsion is the driving force acting on the plane. This comes from a propeller in light aircraft and jet engines in larger planes. It’s essential for getting air to move over the wings in the first place, so that they can generate lift.

Like the rudder of a plane, the tail is crucial in controlling the direction of the plane. It has something that looks like a small vertical wing which moves side to side, bringing about an equivalent response in the plane’s trajectory.

Inside the fuselage, in the cockpit or cabin, are found the controls and flight instruments. These are used to measure and change the aeroplane’s speed, bearing (direction of travel) altitude and more.

These parts come in different shapes and sizes according to the model. There are plenty of opportunities to get to know aircraft of different kinds and enjoy aircraft flights in Oxford.

TAKING TO THE SKIES

In order to take off, an aeroplane has to overcome the force of gravity. What’s the force that acts in the opposite direction to gravity? Lift. All that needs to happen is for the lift to become stronger than the force of gravity.

To achieve this, the aircraft needs to accelerate along the ground (when an aircraft “drives” using its wheels, it is “taxiing”) to force air over the wings. We already know that air travelling over the wings creates lift, so when this upward force overcomes the downward pull of gravity, the plane gains altitude and takes off.

The need to build up speed on the ground explains the need for runways. An aircraft like a helicopter can generate lift while static because it moves its “wings” - the rotor - independently of the fuselage.

AERIAL MANOEUVRES

As a car can move either forward or back, and either left or right, a plane can move in three dimensions: forward or back, left or right, up or down. There is an axis that describes movement in each of these directions.

Imagine a model aeroplane with a rod that runs from the nose to the tail and extends a short distance outside the plane. Holding onto this rod, you can move the plane so that it moves wing over wing, clockwise or anticlockwise. This is the roll axis.

A rod that passes from wingtip to wingtip, when turned, will move the nose of the plane up and down relative to the tail. This is the pitch axis. The final axis is yaw. It describes the movement around an invisible line running vertically through the fuselage of the aircraft, shifting the nose (and the rest of the plane behind it) to the left and right.

Any manoeuvre that a plane executes in flight will involve movement in one or more of these axes. With the exceptions of a loop-the-loop (all about pitch) and a barrel roll (100% roll) it’s almost always two or three.

If you want to get an idea of the limits of what aeroplanes can do, try an aerobatic flight experience. A professional pilot will take you for a ride, swooping, whooshing and soaring in all directions. There are flight experiences in the West Midlands which have an aerobatic focus.

RETURNING TO EARTH

Landing an aeroplane is essentially taking off in reverse. The pilot has to change the speed of the plane so there is less air travelling over the wings and less lift is generated. As gravity gains the upper hand once again, the plane begins to lose altitude, approaching the earth.

The challenge is to make the plane descend at a safe rate - too fast and the plane hits the ground too hard, resulting in disaster. Speed is lost by reducing the power input and using airbraking, usually carried out by raiding flaps on the trailing edge of the wings.

If you think you’ve got what it takes to pilot a plane, we have good news for you. Trial flights are offered by flying schools around the country. The flight experiences in Kent include numerous options for trial flights, in which you’ll be able to take control of the plane and feel the thrill of aviation first hand.

Is laser tag better indoors or outdoors?

Martin Buxton — Wed, 31 Jan 2024 00:00:00 +0000

INDOOR VS OUTDOOR - IN BRIEF

	Indoor Laser Tag	Outdoor Laser Tag
Location	Town centres,shopping malls, idustrial estates	Out of town, often in woodland
Duration	From 10 minutes for a singe game	From 15 minutes for a game, 1 hour for a session
Design aesthetic	Sci-fi, smoke machines, neon lights	Usually military theme
Minimum age	Usually between 5 and 7 years old	Can be the same, but is often a bit older
Best feature	Immersive, action-packed fun	Expansive arena encourages strategic play
Worst feature	Can be a little claustrophobic	Laser beams are less visible so aiming is harder
Top locations	London, Plymouth, Preston	Surrey, Yorkshire

WHAT INDOOR LASER TAG IS REALLY LIKE

A labyrinth of twists and turns, booming sound effects, and laser beams cutting through the fog, there’s something incredibly cinematic about indoor laser tag. There’s a good reason for that - The inventor of the game wanted to recreate the blasters and battles of the Star Wars original trilogy. Just like the films, laser tag appeals to children and adults alike.

The indoor version of laser tag is particularly good for children. It combines high-excitement gameplay with safety. Indoor arenas are set up to reduce the chance of injury. They favour ramps over steps, highlight corners and changes in level with lights and fluorescent materials, and are free from trip hazards. The equipment is child friendly too, and some centres even use CCTV to keep an eye on things. The fact that you can pop in for little more than 10 minutes, play a game, and then continue shopping is just a bonus!

Of all the cities of the UK, it’s no surprise that the laser tag experiences in London are the most numerous. There are also highly recommended indoor laser tag venues in Lancashire, especially in the city of Preston.

THE OUTDOOR EXPERIENCE

Laser tag utilises infrared beams, wavelengths of light invisible to the human eye, that are emitted from a gun and set off sensors on the opponent's gun or vest. The kinds of gun (or tagger, phaser, blaster) used by indoor venues also fire a laser like the ones used in a laser pointer to allow you to aim and to make the game more visual. In daylight, those beams are invisible, but the infrared still does its job. In fact, unaffected by air resistance, the beams in laser tag are hihgly accurate, much more accurate than the projectiles used in similar sports like paintball and airsoft.

So what’s the attraction of outdoor laser tag? It’s got to be the size and the real-feel of the battle zone. Most outdoor laser tag games take place at paintball venues, so you can imagine the varied terrain and built structures that you might encounter. Laser tagging offers you all of this without the pain and bruising that can come with paintball, so it’s a family-friendly way to enjoy strategic gameplay in the great outdoors.

You’ll find some excellent laser tag experiences in Surrey that take place on outdoor sites and are suitable for everyone from the 6 years of age and up. If, however, you're not afraid of a bit of pain, why not try Hypershock? In this new game, when a hit is detected on your laser vest, you receive an electric shock! Try this 18+ version of outdoor laser tag in Essex.

VIRTUAL REALITY?!

The latest trend in leisure and gaming is virtual reality, the use of special devices and technology to transport you to a whole new world of adventure. Imagine playing your favourite shoot-’em-game, like Fortnite or Call of Duty, but you’re really in the game, controlling the action with the movements of your body. This is VR laser tag. You put on a headset which displays the virtual world in front of your eyes and moves it according to where you direct your gaze. Wearing a vest with movement detectors and wielding a controller in the shape of a gun, you can explore the environment, aim your weapon and fire at the enemy!

This immersive experience is becoming more accessible, with VR gaming and esports venues opening in cities and towns around the country. You can try your hand at blasting zombies or space robots to kingdom come by checking out our list of laser tag activities in Greater Manchester.

Wave, Tide and Rock - how to stay safe when Coasteering

Martin Buxton — Tue, 30 Jan 2024 00:00:00 +0000

HAVE SOME RESPECT

For the activity

Coasteering is one of those things that your parents told you not to do as a kid - and for good reason. Coastlines, cliffs and intertidal zones are dangerous places. Navigating the water and rock of the coast also involves climbing, scrambling and open-water swimming. Add in some cliff diving, for fun, and you don’t need us to tell you that there’s a risk of getting hurt. That’s why we don’t recommend a casual or DIY approach to the sport. Join a group with a registered outdoor adventure company and you’ll be able to enjoy the thrills of coasteering without worrying about injury. You’ll find many highly respected companies on our page for coasteering in Pembrokeshire, the birthplace of the sport.

For the guide

The coasteering experience that you book will be led by a trained, and often highly experienced, guide. They are going to be your guardian angel on land and sea, so put your trust in them. Before starting the excursion, they’ll give you a safety briefing and go through the things to do and do not do on the coast. Listen! These people know what they’re talking about and, for personal and professional reasons, are very keen for your experience to be an enjoyable one. Remember the briefing, follow their instructions during the activity and don’t go out of their sight.

For nature

For us, the environment where the land meets the sea is inhospitable, but that’s not true for other lifeforms. Plants like seaweeds, crustaceans, invertebrates and more make their homes here meaning that we are just visitors. Again, your guide’s advice about reducing your footprint will be important, but so will common sense. Treat your surroundings with respect and they will do you the same favour! There’s an opportunity here too: there are coasteering experiences in Cornwall that have an educational element to them, showcasing the beauty of the ecosystem to participants.

EQUIPMENT IS KEY

Wetsuit

One of the biggest challenges that coasteering presents is staying warm and active when sea water and winds constantly suck the heat out of you. The answer is a wetsuit. Coasteering guides will provide you with a thick wetsuit, often with padding on the knees and elbow, to keep your temperature up. Depending on the location and the season, the suit might have a built-in hood and you might also use neoprene socks. The most important thing about a wetsuit is it only keeps you warm when it’s wet, so dive right in!

Helmet

In the washing machine of tidal surges, breaking waves and spray, a knock to the head would be disastrous. Make sure that the helmet you’re given fits well, including when you shake your head around, and don’t take it off!

Buoyancy aid

The third element of the protective trilogy is a buoyancy aid. Coasteering often involves crossing open stretches of sea and swimming long distances is a very draining activity. A buoyancy aid, or life jacket, will support you, allow you to rest and give you a boost when climbing out of the water onto rock. Like with the helmet, adjust the straps before setting out to make sure it hugs you tightly and keep it on for the duration.

WATCH THE WEATHER

The British Isles, flung out in the Atlantic Ocean, feel changes in season and weather keenly. It’s unsurprising that most - though not all - coasteering experiences are offered in the warmer part of the year only, when sea temperatures are higher and the water tends to be calmer. Having said that, it is possible for weather and sea conditions to make coasteering in a given location dangerous on any day of the year, and excursions can be cancelled or postponed for safety reasons.

Another consideration, not so much in terms of safety but certainly comfort is temperature. Some people feel the cold more than others, especially in and around the water, and there’s only so much a wetsuit can do about that. If you'd like to try coasteering but you’re put off by the possibility of spending the whole time shivering, why not try coasteering on the Channel Islands? Much further south than any other part of the UK, they enjoy warmer waters, and are blessed by fascinating coastal landscapes too. The islands of Jersery and Guernsey offer amazing, accessible coasteering opportunities.

Many strings, many bows - the different bow shapes in archery

Martin Buxton — Mon, 29 Jan 2024 00:00:00 +0000

THE TRADITIONAL ENGLISH LONGBOW

A powerful weapon that proved decisive on the mediaeval battlefield, most famously at the Battle of Agincourt in 1415, the longbow is traditionally fashioned from a single piece of yew. There are no surviving longbows from this period, but estimates suggest that they were up to two metres in length and had draw weights - the force needed to pull back the string - of over 100 lbs. That’s about the weight of 20 bricks or a newborn foal!

Since the middle ages, improvements in design have largely left the longbow behind. But they retain a dedicated following among history buffs, DIY archers and reenactors. Modern versions of the bow generally have draw weights of around 60 - 70 lbs, a testament to the prowess of the archers of yore.

THE MECHANICAL CROSSBOW

To shoot a longbow, an archer must be strong enough to hold the bow at full draw while aiming, a feat which requires training and skill. Crossbows are an option for unskilled archers. The first step in firing one of these bows is to draw back the string, then the weapon can be held comfortably against the shoulder, like a rifle or shotgun, to aim. The arrow - bolt when it’s a crossbow - is released at the pull of a trigger.

Crossbows originated in China over two thousand years ago, but they had spread to Europe by the time of the Ancient Greeks. In fact, the longbowmen of the English were a thing of the past in most of the continent by the time of the Agincourt. In the modern world, crossbows are used by hunters and for fun - you can have a go yourself at an archery range in North Yorkshire and other locations around the UK.

RECURVE BOWS

Nowadays, the most typical bow used recreationally and competitively is the recurve bow. This design has a middle section which curves inwards, while the ends point away from the archer when unstrung, and more or less vertically, or perpendicular to the arrow, when under tension. That flick, or recurve, packs a lot of power into a shorter space with no compromises on accuracy. Most modern recurve bows are composed of three pieces: the riser, the part you hold, and two limbs, the extremities. The draw weight of the bow can be changed by substituting one set of limbs for another.

Apart from these three basic elements, a great deal of accessories - sights, stabilisers, etc. - can be added to the bow, usually attached to the riser. If there are no accessories on the bow, it’s called a barebow. Recurve bows are the weapon of choice for almost all activities around the country. You can have a go by booking an archery experience in London, for example.

Archery Tag or Combat Archery

There’s a new trend in archery which injects the dynamism and competitiveness of combat sports like paintball into the ancient tradition. It’s known as Archery Tag, Battle Archery or Combat Archery, and involves using low-draw weight recurve bows and safety arrows to hit your opponents! It’s becoming popular around the country, especially in the big cities. Why not have a go in the land of Robin Hood by booking an archery experience in Nottinghamshire.

MODERN COMPOUND BOWS

Compound bows look pretty strange to the untrained eye. Squat, complex bows, multiple strings and pulleys are just some of the things that seem out of place. But the reality is that these bows, pioneered in the 1970s, have many advantages over traditional designs. The pulleys, cams and cables are part of a lever system and allow a greater force to be built up in the bow without extra effort on the part of the archer. They are more energy efficient, accurate and resistant to changes in temperature and humidity that recurve and longbows.

You might have seen compound bows in the Paralympic Games or other specialised competitions. However, in their native USA, they are most popular among hunters.

INTERNATIONAL BOWS

Horse Bows

On the Eurasian Steppe the horse played an important role in ceremony, daily life and warfare. A longbow of the English style would be impossible to use from a horse, so the feared horse archers of the Mongols and other steppe peoples used bows designed to be used on horseback. They had been short, and compensated for this by employing an exaggerated W shape. The materials - usually a composite of bone, horn and wood - also gave them a high power-to-length ratio.

Yumi

The yumi is one of the bows associated with the Japanese martial art of archery, Kyūdō. They are instantly recognisable by their size - over 2 metres in length - asymmetric design and handle position. Unlike in any other archery discipline, the archer shoots from a point below the centre of the bow. The practice of Kyūdō originated in the Samurai period and places an emphasis on contemplation and beauty.

Rally Driving for Junior Racers

Martin Buxton — Fri, 26 Jan 2024 00:00:00 +0000

Rally driving is a motorsport in which road legal cars - albeit highly modified and souped-up versions of production models - compete to set the fastest time on roads and off-road stages. In spite of that, it’s possible for children and teens to get involved in the sport before turning 17 and getting their licence. Here’s how…

PASSENGER RIDES

The sensations you get from riding in a rally car around a track are very different to those produced by their more conventional cousins on public roads. It’s something that not even video games can replicate. If your son or daughter is convinced that they want to be a race car driver when they grow up, we recommend you give them a taste of what that might involve before committing to a fairly expensive hobby.

This is where passenger rides come in, the opportunity to sit in the front seat of a rally car as a professional instructor takes it for a spin. You can organise a passenger ride in Hertfordshire at a driving experience centre and request a rally car like a Nissan 350Z or a Toyota Supra. They’ll take kids from the age of 5 years old around that track, and it should be enough to confirm their petrol-headed intentions, or make them reconsider.

DUAL CONTROLS

So, your kid’s ridden in a rally car and that's supercharged their desire to get into motorsports. You might well find the idea of them getting behind the wheel of a full-sized car, with plenty of power under the bonnet, pretty unnerving. Never fear, there’s a way for them to have a totally safe introduction to the world of rally driving.

A dual-control vehicle doubles up the pedals and other key levers and switches in the cabin, meaning that the responsibility for driving can be transferred safely, and even incrementally - one element at a time - from one person to another. In this case, that will be from a trained and experienced instructor to a junior driver. In this way, youngsters can get a feel for controlling a car without ever having full responsibility over its trajectory. There’s a rallying centre in Worcestershire where instructors will even take children who can’t even reach the pedals (so longs as they are 8 years of age or older) for a ride, working the accelerator, clutch and brakes while the little one steers.

AWESOME RALLY TECHNIQUES

Of course, rallying isn’t just about driving, but controlling a car with precision, skill and flare. Some of the most iconic images of rallying feature huge jumps, sideways cornering and clouds of smoke. How do the drivers learn to do that?

One answer is at a rally driving centre in Gloucestershire, where the Cotswolds Hills provide the backdrop to child-friendly driving experiences. Sessions here begin with an assessment of each child’s abilities.If it’s their first time at the wheel, they’ll go on to learn the basics of car control. If they already know what they’re doing, the team of professional-standard racing drivers will introduce them to some tricks of the rallying trade, including powerslides and handbrake turns. The minimum age to go drifting here is 10 years old.

Britannia Rules the Caves - the best caving destinations for beginners in Great Britain

Martin Buxton — Wed, 24 Jan 2024 00:00:00 +0000

NORTH OF ENGLAND - GAPING GILL
SOUTH OF ENGLAND - SWILDON'S HOLE
WALES - PORT YR OGOF
SCOTLAND - FINGAL'S CAVE

NORTH OF ENGLAND - GAPING GILL

The Yorkshire Dales is one of the best caving locations in the country, thanks to the limestone landscape known as karst which abounds in this area. What’s special about Yorkshire’s caves is their size. As well as the longest cave system in the country, there are huge caverns beneath the ground here. The best example is the aptly named Gaping Gill, whose main chamber measures 129 metres long and 25 metres wide. The roof is around 30 metres high, but the most common entrance is through a shaft which opens 111 metres above the cave floor.

Obviously, the main attraction here is the size - it’s said to be large enough to house St Paul’s Cathedral - but the stalagmites, stalactites and falling torrents of water give it an alien beauty that’s hard to find anywhere else on, or under, Earth. You can witness this sight without the squeeze and scrambling usually associated with caving. Twice a year, local caving clubs set up a winch at the shaft entrance and allow members of the public to descend into its depths, where flood lights illuminate the incredible space.

SOUTH OF ENGLAND - SWILDON'S HOLE

The longest may be in Yorkshire, but the largest cave system in the UK (calculated by volume) is in the Mendip Hills, Somerset. One of the most interesting, and most accessible, parts of the system is Swildon’s Hole. If Gaping Gill is impressive for its dimensions, this cave is characterised by water. Exploring the cave involves following underwater streams, abseiling down waterfalls and marvelling at the rock formations sculpted by running water.

It’s possible to visit this cave on a guided tour. You’ll be kitted out with caving equipment - a helmet with a torch mounted on it, wellies and a waterproof one-piece suit - in order to withstand the inhospitable conditions. In this way, Swildon’s Hole is a great choice for anyone interested in caving not just for the underground sights to see, but in the techniques and practices involved in finding them.

WALES - PORTH YR OGOF

The classic image of a cave is usually a gaping entrance in a hillside, and that’s exactly what you’re faced with on the approach to Porth yr Ogof, on the edge of the Brecon Beacons National Park. At 8 metres high and 20 metres wide, this is the biggest cave mouth in Wales. Walking into Porth yr Ogof can feel like entering the lair of a Welsh Dragon, and the network of passages and tunnels that soon break off from the main atrium just add to the anticipation.

Porth yr Ogof is a wonderful cave to explore for newcomers to the sport, as there are no big drops or other dangers in the areas visited by groups. There is running water, the river Afon Mellte which is Welsh for Lightning River. Caving guides will take absolute beginners, including children, into this cave to explore part of the 1.5 mile system.

SCOTLAND - FINGAL'S CAVE

Our final entry on the list is a little different, as Fingal’s Cave is a sea cave. Its half submerged entrance can be spotted in the cliffs of the Hebridean island of Staffa from miles away, but it’s at shorter distances that the size and beauty of the cave becomes clear. The cave is cut into hexagonal basalt pillars - the same stuff that the Giant’s Causeway is made of, giving it an strange, almost artificial appearance. Views of the cave have inspired artists and poets such as J.M.W. Turner, James Macpherson and William Wordsworth, while the composer Felix Mendelssohn wrote an overture inspired by the echoes of crashing waves inside in the cave.

Visiting Fingal’s Cave isn’t a caving experience as such, because you have to take a boat trip. Nevertheless, it’s an incredibly exciting trip across the North Atlantic from the island of Iona, which is itself just off the larger island of Mull. It’s not uncommon to see dolphins, basking sharks and sea birds on the crossing, before the looming towers of basalt announce the opening of the cave mouth.

If that's whet your appetite for spelunking, take a look at our caving experiences in the UK. You can read the descriptions, or contact the providers, to find out which excursions will be suitable for you. Good luck!

What makes a 4x4 capable of off-roading? The jargon-free answer

Martin Buxton — Tue, 23 Jan 2024 00:00:00 +0000

Clearance: Rise above the obstacles

Superficially and practically speaking, the difference between a 4x4 and a hatchback, saloon or estate is the shape. Off-roading vehicles are usually taller, and a lot of that height comes from their ground clearance. Basically, that’s the distance between the ground and the bodywork of the car. In a more real-world sense, it’s the three angles at which the body of vehicles intersects with a given obstacle, the approach, breakover (between the front and back axles) and departure angles.

You might think that higher clearance comes from bigger tyres, and while that’s part of the story, it’s also affected by the suspension. Another factor which plays a role here is articulation, which is the ability of the two wheels on an axle to move up and down relative to one another.

Tyres: Put the power on the ground

You can have the biggest engine in the world, the fanciest gearing and suspension system, whatever. At the end of the day, the ability for a car to move comes down to the interaction between the tyre and the surface below it. Off-roaders of all kinds - cars, bikes, quad bikes, etc. - need big tyres (unless they have tracks). This is because tracks and trails lack the uniform grip of a tarmacked road. Mud, gravel, wet grass and other off-road surfaces lack traction, but tyres with big grooves and ridges in them will be able to take advantage of what little there is.

Bear in mind that fitting a set of all-terrain tyres isn’t the end of the story. Tyre pressure is very important. To take on tricky terrain, you’ll want less air in them so that they can mould themselves to the uneven surface and generate more friction.

Differentials: Make your wheels work together

All cars have differentials. They’re essential for effective cornering, allowing the outer wheel to travel faster when going round a bend than the inner one by sending more power in that direction. Sometimes though, especially in off-road situations, that’s not what you want. If you’ve got one wheel spinning freely in mud, there’s no point sending more power that way. Having a locking differential means that you can force both wheels on an axle to turn at the same rate, which can get the power to place where there’s traction.

One step further than that, four-wheel drive systems allow you to essentially lock the front and back axles together, so even if only one of your wheels has any grip, it’s guaranteed to receive power from the engine.

Gears: One for every occasion

The series of cogs in a gearbox, the gears, change the way that power is transferred from engine to wheel. High gears allow a smaller power input to result in larger output, lower gears allow more torque, the driving force, to be sent to the wheels when the going gets tough. These are what you need when off-roading, to keep the wheels turning (avoiding stalling) when the wheel has to work hard to clear obstacles.

But the thing that 4x4s do that’s important isn’t just going off-road, it’s going both on and off the tarmac. In order to switch between the two, 4x4s have a low-range transfer case alongside their standard gearing, almost like a separate gearbox especially for off-roading. If you ride a bike, think of switching to low-range as changing down on the front derailleur (the cogs housed near the pedals).

Software: Where things get complicated

Everything so far has been hardware - stuff you can see, touch, take out and put back in with tools and elbow grease. Any off-roading vehicle built in the last 10-15 years, however, is going to come fitted out with high-tech gadgetry and computer programming that aims to put the physical parts of the car to the best possible use. A lot of amazing things can be done with these intelligent systems, but some critics complain that they’re either just hype for marketing purposes or a cheaper way for a manufacturer to boost their product's off-road credentials compared to improving the actual nuts and bolts of the machine.

Jargon and space-age names abound in this field: Quattro, 4Matic and Super Select to name but a few. It’s not our intention to get into the details of what these systems actually do, but we will give you two pieces of advice. First, hardware always beats software. It’s common sense - you can put all the computer power you want into a hatchback, but it won’t have anything on an old jeep on uneven terrain. Second, AWD, or all-wheel drive, is not the same as 4WD. Favour the latter.

Accessories: Add-ons, extras and customisation

If the word accessories makes you think about fashion, you might be reading the wrong article! We’re talking about bits of kit that will make your vehicle more effective in general, in certain circumstances, or in emergencies. From winches to pull you out of a tight spot to extra lights to improve your visibility and roof racks that let you take more stuff with you, there are plenty of things that can be attached to the bodywork of a 4x4 to make it a better off-roader.

Other items you might want to be carrying with you include sand ladders, which are placed under the wheels when the car loses all traction, spare tires, snow chains and a whole lot more.

If you book one of our 4x4 driving experiences, you’ll almost always get behind the wheel of a vehicle provided by the experience operator. While you don’t need to know exactly how the machinery works, a basic understanding of the challenges that off-road driving can present,and the solutions that manufacturers have come up with to allow their vehicles to deal with those challenges, will result in a more successful, enjoyable session.

We answer the internet's most searched questions about paragliding

Martin Buxton — Mon, 22 Jan 2024 00:00:00 +0000

What is a paraglider?

Imagine a kite that’s big enough to carry you into the air. Now imagine attaching a harness below and flying in a sitting position through the air, and you’re pretty close to picturing what paragliding involves. In order for the kite part, known as the wing, to generate sufficient lift, it’s composed of a series of chambers which fill with air and, along with the suspension lines, give it a crescent moon shape.

What kind of sport is paragliding?

An airsport. It’s a sport that involves flying, but - unlike most airsports - paragliders have no rigid bodywork and are unpowered. This means that there is no input of power either from a motor or a human. The paraglider is designed to harness the force of air currents. Generally, it’s a recreational sport, with practitioners flying for their own enjoyment, but there are also competitive events. Pilots can also use their expertise to offer paragliding experiences to the public.

How much does a paragliding experience cost?

The cheapest, most common and quickest way to feel the thrills of unpowered flight is to book a tandem flight with a paraglider pilot. A typical price range for an experience of this kind is £120-150, or more if you want to add a photo/video package to the flight. If you don’t want to be a passenger, you’ll need to take a course, learning to fly a paraglider yourself. One-day taster courses, which cost several hundred pounds, are an option, while multi-day training courses tend to cost £500 or more.

What does a tandem flight involve?

If you book a tandem flight, you’ll be contacted by the provider on the agreed upon date to arrange a meeting point, close to a launch site that’s enjoying favourable conditions. After arriving, you will normally have to walk some distance, usually uphill, to the upper slopes of a hill. Here, your pilot will talk you through the flight and set up the equipment. Finally, you’ll both be strapped into a harness and attached to the wing. The pilot will lead the flight, getting you airborne then taking you soaring through the skies for 20 to 30 minutes and finally landing safely at a convenient distance to return to the start point.

Is it risky?

For an experienced paragliding pilot who keeps their equipment in good condition and knows how to plan a flight in the prevailing weather (or call it off), there’s very little risk involved in this sport. For newcomers, it's essential to treat the practice with respect and listen to the instructions of veteran pilots.

Can a 100 kg person do paragliding?

Yes. In general, wings used for tandem flights can support crew weights of around 250 kg. Bearing in mind that you’ll be flying with a pilot, the weight for the passenger can vary. Most pilots will take people of at least 110 kg, with cut off points usually advertised as 120/125 kg.

Can a 14-year-old take part?

There are no rules on minimum age for a tandem flight. But each pilot will have their own preferences. Some will take passengers of any age, others will only fly with adults. In terms of training, you have to be 14 years old to undertake a course overseen by the BHPA, the British Hang gliding and Paragliding Association.

Who is the oldest person to paraglide?

The oldest person ever to record a tandem flight (as a passenger) was Yu Te-Hsin of Taipei, who took what may have been the ride of his life at the grand old age of 105 years and 58 days old. In more common practice, many recreational pilots continue flying into their sixties or seventies.

Do you have to be fit?

In order to take part in a tandem flight you will generally be expected to assist in the launch. This means attacking a few steps - at a run - down a hillside. You will also have to bring your knees towards your chest and brace at landing. When it comes to training, you will find that upper body strength is required, alongside a base level of fitness and stamina, but it’s not necessary to be a marathon champion or a rippling Heracles.

Can people with disabilities go paragliding?

In spite of the previous answer, there are paragliding operators who welcome people with limited mobility and other disabilities to fly with them in tandem experiences. It’s a case-by-case kind of game, but don’t hesitate to contact these operators in order to discuss your needs and abilities.

How far can a paraglider fly?

The longest flights on record are over 380 miles or 600 kilometres - that’s about the distance from Eastbourne to Edinburgh. Most tandem flights aren’t designed to cover a lot of ground as the aim is to land fairly close to the starting point, but there are some cross-country flights available in the UK which might take you on a journey of 20 miles or more.

How long does a flight last?

The shortest tandem experiences are of just 10 to 15 minutes. Sometimes this is all that’s possible given the conditions on the day of the flight, but most pilots aim to give you 25 to 30 minutes, so that you can really get a feel for the sport. If you decide to learn to fly in this way, your first flights will be counted in seconds, not minutes, but you’ll soon learn to stay airborne for longer. At the end of the day, if a pilot can find enough upward currents of air, they can keep going for as long as they want. Bear in mind that it’s the sun heating the ground, creating thermals, that's responsible for a significant number of these air currents.

Do you need a licence to paraglide?

You do not need a licence. However, pilots must comply with the rules of the air according to the UK Civil Aviation Authority. If you want to learn to fly a paraglider, you will need to familiarise yourself with these. If you’re going for a tandem flight, you don’t need to worry about it.

Where are the best places for paragliding?

In order for a wing to generate lift, it must have air passing over it. The most common way to get the lift for a launch is to run down a hill, towing the wing behind you until it swoops overhead and lifts you into the sky. This is why hills and ridges with grassy slopes are the preferred launch sites for paragliding. It’s possible to take off in the absence of a slope, so long as there’s enough wind (making a clifftops a common choice for experienced pilots), and vice-versa. Forested areas are to be avoided, as you need flat fields or a beach in order to land.

In the British Isles, popular places are the South Downs in East Sussex, the Isle of Wight, Dorset, Gloucestershire, the hills of County Antrim in Northern Ireland and of County Wicklow in the Republic.

Do paragliders have motors?

No. If you see someone flying under a wing with a motor-powered propeller on their back, they are powermotoring.

What happens if it rains on the day of the flight?

It’s just like Wimbledon, rain stops play. Unfortunately, precipitation, along with strong, gusty winds, are the most common spanner in the works when it comes to planning and carrying out a paraglider flight. It’s because the lightweight material that the wing is made of isn’t waterproof. It can take on water and become much heavier, causing the glider to stall or the wing to lose its shape - bad news in either case.

Who invented the paraglider?

The equipment and techniques that characterise this sport were invented in stages. The first proto-paraglider was tested by US Air Force pilot David Barish on a ski slope in the mid 1960s. Later, Domina Jalvert experimented with a modified parachute in Quebec. Finally, the first true paragliding flight was made by Swiss André Bohn in the French province of Haute-Savoie. He flew from the top of a mountain to the football pitch in a town hundreds of metres below in June 1978. The world’s first paragliding club was founded the following year and the sport has become a global phenomenon in the years and decades since!

What clothes do you need to wear for paragliding?

At a basic level, no specific clothing is needed to take part in this sport. Given the launch and landing techniques discussed above, we recommend a pair of walking boots with ankle support. In terms of clothing, more is more. Remember that you’re likely to spend an extended period of time on windy hilltops and then even more exposed to the elements in the air. Prepare yourself with layers, windproof outer shells and gloves.

Balloons of a Feather Flock Together

Martin Buxton — Wed, 17 Jan 2024 00:00:00 +0000

Hot air balloons consist - in simple terms - of an envelope, a basket and a lifting gas. The envelope is the part that resembles a balloon, giving these aircraft their name. The basket or gondola hangs below and carries the passengers or cargo. The lifting gas is the contents of the envelope which, being lighter than air, makes the whole thing buoyant. As the name suggests, hot air can make a balloon fly, though it’s not the only option.

ALL SHAPES AND SIZES

Round: When you picture a hot air balloon, you probably picture something round. That’s no surprise, as round envelopes are the most common - especially when it comes to leisure and recreational flight. Round balloons range in size from “hoppers,” so small that they can only carry one person who is attached by a harness in place of a basket, to large balloons with a volume of 600,00 cubic feet that are capable of carrying loads of over a ton.

Teardrop: As the name suggests, these are balloons with a more elongated envelope, vertically speaking. They are better suited to long-distance travel and can reach altitudes of two miles. That’s only about a third of the height that a commercial aeroplane flies at, but it’s still enough to make looking down a stomach-lurching experience.

Elliptical: These are racing balloons, capable of gaining more speed from air currents. The pay-off is that they’re less stable than their round cousins, so they’re not a common sight in the skies.

Novelty: An envelope of any shape, provided it has a large enough volume and a somewhat central tipping point, can be used to lift a basket into the air. Cue innovative and imaginative designs. If you’re ever lucky enough to be in Southwest England during the Bristol International Balloon Fiesta, you might see envelopes in the shape of Spongebob Squarepant, the Minions, Darth Vader and more!*

LIGHTER-THAN-AIR TECH

Hot air: The simplest, most common and oldest form of lifting gas is just air, heated by a burner to be less dense than the air outside the envelope. Literal hot air balloons are also known as Montgolfier balloons, named after Montgolfier brothers who invented them in 1784.

Gas: It’s also possible to use a gas that’s lighter than air to make a balloon fly. Hydrogen proved to be an unreliable lifting gas as it’s flammable, so helium is the most common choice.

Hybrid: You could argue that a balloon using gas isn’t a hot air balloon at all. That’s not the case with hybrid balloons, whose envelopes contain both helium and heated air in separate compartments. The helium provides extra buoyancy, which can be made even more buoyant when the temperature of the whole envelope is raised by heating air with the burner. Hybrid or Rozière balloons, named after inventor Jean-François Pilâtre de Rozier, hold the records for the longest and highest flights.

DIFFERENT STYLES OF BASKET

Standard: The typical hot air balloon basket or gondola is made of wicker and has enough space for 3-5 people. If you’re planning to take a hot air balloon flight, remember that that number includes the pilot! The burner sits between the basket and the envelope and is controlled by the pilot.

Intimate: Some baskets are designed for couples. Imagine an exclusive flight with your sweetheart, high above the ground. What could be better? How about adding a champagne toast into the equation? This is a service which is offered by many hot air balloon operators. Again, remember that, unless you’re licensed to fly, there will be a pilot present!

Large: Most sightseeing balloon rides nowadays take place in large baskets that hold a dozen people or more. They often come with seating, which is arranged in such a way as to make sure that everyone can enjoy the views.

Glass: When it comes to aerial sightseeing, there’s nothing like a glass-bottomed hot air balloon. Totally safe and very impressive, these models raise the sensation of flying to new levels.

How to Tame your Buggy

Martin Buxton — Tue, 16 Jan 2024 00:00:00 +0000

FORGET WHAT YOU KNOW ABOUT DRIVING

Buggies are not the same as cars, so don’t expect comfortable seats, power steering and air conditioning! Instead, get ready for a boneshaking ride in a vehicle that’s been stripped of almost everything except an engine and four wheels. The results of this simplistic design are surprising acceleration and ability to deal with uneven terrain. There’s a reason these machines are king of the dunes in hotter parts of the world. In the UK, you’re more likely to be ragging around a dirt track or along woodland trails than over sand, but you’re sure to have the ride of a lifetime.

CHOOSE YOUR VEHICLE

The loose definition of buggies that we’ve given above is pretty typical in this corner of the motorsports world. And that’s reflected in the range of vehicles that come under the umbrella term of “buggies.” Below, we list a few of the most common types. You’ll notice that they share a few common characteristics: simplicity, ability to off-road and emphasis on enjoyment.

Rage buggies: The most popular type of buggy on the scene, at least according to the former presenters of Top Gear*, is the rage buggy. These are exposed-framework machines with spidery bodies and, usually, a roll cage. Some of them have engines of 1,000 cc - enough to send them at blistering speeds across mud, grass or pretty much anything else. Have a blast in one of these buggies in Oxfordshire.
Powerturns: Built to foster teamwork, Powerturns have side-by-side seating for two people. Each seat is equipped with a throttle which controls the power to the wheel on their side only. In this way, accelerating in a straight line, cornering and stopping are collaborative efforts! There’s a buggy venue in Nottingham where you can try these buggies alongside their rage cousins.
Offroad karts: Like the go-karts you find on tarmac circuits but with bigger wheels and chunkier tires, off-road karts are usually built for racing around grass circuits. Have a go with a buggy experience in Devon.
Junior buggies: The designs we’ve mentioned above, Powerturns aside, are for drivers of at least 16 years old. If you’ve got a pintsized petrolhead around the house, get them their fix by tracking down a buggy built for youngsters. Expect lower top speeds and more safety features - without compromising on excitement. Start your search for junior buggies in Surrey.

TAKE SAFETY SERIOUSLY

This is an important one. Everything that makes driving a buggy fun also, potentially, makes these vehicles less safe than alternatives. Don’t worry, our experience providers will do everything in their power to prevent you from coming to harm. What’s really important is that you listen to safety briefings before driving the buggies and use the safety equipment that you are given correctly. You should be provided with - at least - a helmet and possibly overalls and gloves too. You must wear closed-toe shoes and we recommend avoiding loose clothing while making sure your arms and legs are covered.

SLOW AND STEADY - AT FIRST - WINS THE RACE

Briefed and kitted out, you’ll be raring to go as soon as you’ve got your bum in the driver’s seat. But putting pedal to the metal straight away is likely to end badly when you get to the first corner, if not before. We recommend starting off slow to get a feel for the vehicle - how responsive is the throttle, how does it handle, etc. Once you’ve got to know you’re buggy, you’ll be much better prepared to tackle the course ahead of you. You’ll also have increased your chances of a) clocking better times than your companions, and b) taking home memories of seamless driving, rather than serial crashing.

BRING THE GANG

As with so many things in this life, buggying is an experience that you’ll enjoy more if you share it with important people in your life. Racing can be an option in some circumstances, which is great for stag and hen parties, while Powerturns allow children to ride with their parents, and give team building outings a real boost!

5 things to bear in mind if you want to take surfing seriously

Martin Buxton — Mon, 15 Jan 2024 00:00:00 +0000

1. CHOOSE A SURF SCHOOL

The idea of grabbing a board, hitting the beach and carving up the waves is a romantic one, but it’s not very realistic - unless you’ve got the whole summer to become a self-taught wavemaster. Learning to surf isn’t easy and you’re going to need more than trial-and-error autodidactism if you want to make real progress. Surf schools, founded by passionate surfers who want to share their love of the sport with other people generally appear at great surfing beaches. We highly recommend that you take advantage of their expertise. Besides, you’re likely to meet like-minded people this way, so what’s not to like?

You’re bound to find a school that suits you, no matter what it is you’re looking for. A lesson or two, a multi day course or surf camp, a session that’s specially adapted to people with disabilities, a kids party or a stag/hen do - you can find all of these and more at surf schools around the UK.

Of all the surfing hotspots around the UK, you’ll find the highest number of surf schools in Cornwall.

2. TRUST THE PROCESS

Like we say, learning to surf is tricky. Just like anything - riding a bike, driving a car, talking to people at parties - there are going to be scary moments and setbacks. That’s okay! You need to go through a lot to get anywhere near pulling the kind of stuff you see surfers doing on YouTube and TikTok. That means learning about waves, developing new skills, building new muscles, improving your balance, potentially building up a resistance to cold water and more. It doesn’t happen overnight.

Our advice: make sure you enjoy every moment of it. Follow your surf instructors, get some buddies to practise with and start investing in your own kit, these are going to help you stick with it.

Below you can see a real trooper putting the hours in while surfing in Pembrokeshire.

3. FIND YOUR WAVES

Not all waves are created equal. The biggest ones might offer the most force and the biggest canvas for competition-standard surfers, but they’re going to be of no use to you if you’re a newbie. You need to start smaller and work your way up. Your instructor will help you choose your first waves, which will help you learn to read the breakers and choose your own on instinct.

The best conditions for first-timers are relatively small (but not too small, we don’t want any ripples) waves coming in regularly to a beach with a gentle slope and no dangerous currents.

The kind of waves you can expect depend on the beach, the time of the year, the weather and the tides and more. If you go surfing in Porthcawl, you can find waves of different sizes on the town’s three beaches.

4. GET THE RIGHT BOARD

Surfboards come in all shapes and sizes. Should you choose the most stylish one? Probably not. As a beginner, you’re going to want to start with a longboard. These are the largest and most buoyant boards - two qualities that are going to help you enormously when you’re still finding your feet. Once you start getting the hang of it, you can experiment with more specialised designs like fish boards, a good intermediate step, and gun boards, for taking on monster waves.

Surfboards of all kinds are available to rent from surf schools around the UK.

5. DON'T LOSE HEART

You will fall off your board, you will get several mouthfuls of saltwater, you might get a rash on your legs or torso, you’ll miss plenty of perfect waves, and you'll probably make a fool of yourself a bunch of times. If you can come up smiling every time and prepare for the next wave, you’ve got the attitude of a surfer. That’s going to help you become one of the few people who go from first-timer to surf veteran, one of the most rewarding journeys anyone can go on. We wish you the best of luck, and we’re here to help if you need it. Just drop us a message in the comments!

Our final photo shows someone doing what everyone said was impossible - surfing in North Yorkshire. What more inspirartion do you need?

Are Segways Eco-Friendly?

Martin Buxton — Thu, 11 Jan 2024 00:00:00 +0000

SEGWAY 101

The Segway has been marketed as both a PT and an HT in the 20+ years since its launch. These mean Personal Transporter and Human Transporter, designations that describe what they do without revealing much how they do it. They are designed to carry one person, who stands in a forward-facing position on a platform between two large wheels and holds onto a set of handlebars attached to a vertical support which reaches, more or less, the height of their navel.

If you were to make a mock-up of a Segway with a pair of wheels and a broom handle, it would fall over as soon as you stepped onto it. The real things are self-balancing, relying on some fancy tech to stay upright. Tilt sensors detect inclination one way or the other and gyroscopic sensors measure the rate of rotation. Moving forward, turning and stopping is achieved by the rider shifting their weight in the desired direction of acceleration.

THE POWER SOURCE

We need to know what’s powering these movements if we’re going to decide if Segways are environmentally friendly. The marketing will tell you that, when in operation, Segways are a completely zero-emission mode of transport. That’s because they are electric, with a motor mounted in each wheel that’s powered by batteries. Though those batteries have to be charged, the production of the electricity needed to fully charge a Segway releases a fraction of the greenhouse gas that running a car for an equivalent amount of time would.

A VEHICLE FOR THE FUTURE?

Segway experiences in the UK tend to take place in parks, the grounds of privately owned properties and similar locations. Given that they don’t give off emissions, this is a good fit. In addition, Segways, which are able to handle off-roading, are lightweight and low-profile, meaning that they do minimal damage to terrain. Their literal footprints, like their carbon footprints, are small.

But this isn’t the reason for their overrepresentation in areas that aren’t regulated by the highway code. Segways, alongside other personal transporters such as electric scooters and electric unicycles, are not permitted on public roads by UK law.

Though we can imagine a world where Segways play a role in an urban transport system that’s built around green principles, allowing commuters to leave their cars in the garage and whizz from place to place without polluting the air or causing traffic jams, legislation is currently standing in the way. Until that changes, riding a Segway is an environmentally friendly way to spend some free time, but owning one isn’t going to alleviate any of the stresses that transport is currently placing on the environment.

THE CONCLUSION

Segways and similar transport devices are clever pieces of kit that look futuristic and can be fun to ride, while releasing fewer emissions and taking up less space than traditional vehicles. The stumbling block, at present, is the law. If you think Segways are the answer, why not start a petition or lobby your local MP?

A word of warning - environmental claims made by manufacturers often omit details of the production process. Manufacturing high-tech devices requires a high energy input as well as the use of materials that might not come from sustainable sources. If regulations change and we can start to use personal transportation on the roads, we should look at vehicle sharing, buying second hand products and “right to repair” projects before we go for a shiny new gadget. These are truly eco-friendly practices.

8 top tips to help you beat any escape room

Martin Buxton — Wed, 10 Jan 2024 00:00:00 +0000

WHAT IS AN ESCAPE ROOM AND HOW DO YOU BEAT ONE?

An escape room is a challenge involving puzzles, ciphers and mysteries which is usually set within a confined space or room. People enter the space, usually in teams of around 4 players, and attempt to solve the problems in series to ultimately unravel a final mystery which opens the room - allowing them to escape. But there’s more! All of this is done against the clock. To beat the room, the players must comprehensively complete every task that is set them inside and get out before the countdown, which usually starts at 60 minutes, hits zero.

For a leisure activity, it sounds a bit stressful - but that’s where the fun comes from it! Everyone loves a challenge, and there’s nothing like the feeling of satisfaction that comes from finding the answer to a riddle or unravelling a real knot of a mystery. On top of that, escape rooms often feature themes and designs that come straight from the world of cinema, such as the sci-fi, horror, mystery and historical genres. Finally, working as a team is known to have a positive impact on our moods. Before we start, we want to make two things clear:

We’re not telling you how to cheat: There’s nothing wrong with going into an escape room with a strategy, and you won’t get in trouble with the gamesmaster for using these tips.
This article doesn’t contain spoilers! Following our advice won’t take the fun out of the game, it will just help you to get right into it, stay focused, and see the story through to its conclusion.

1. LOOK FOR SIMPLE SOLUTIONS

When faced with a challenge, our instinct can tell us to think outside the box. While you have to think creatively to complete an escape room, you should limit your investigations to things you can see around you. Say, for example, you’re attempting an escape room set in ancient Egypt - don’t try to remember details of pharaohs and high priests that you learnt in school, focus on any information in the room that could be related to the immediate problem that you’re trying to solve.

2. DIVIDE AND CONQUER

As we’ve mentioned, these are team games, so pool your powers of observation and reasoning as a group! Splitting up as soon as you enter the room to investigate different areas is a good idea, as you’ll build up an idea of what you’re working with much more quickly than if you all focus on the same speck of dust at the same time. A word of warning here - communication is key. Seeing something significant is no use if you keep it to yourself. Likewise, if your teammate shouts out something that could help you make a connection with what you’re looking at - listen!

3. TAKE TURNS

This one is especially important when dealing with physical clues or devices. A key in a padlock, a combination lock, even a puzzle that tests your coordination, all of these could feature in an escape room. In each case, you might need to have the knack in order to make it work. If the person who tries it first doesn’t succeed, we recommend taking turns to see if someone in the group has a natural affinity for the task at hand.

4. GET ORGANISED

Completing a stage in an escape room often involves collecting objects or matching up one set of objects with another. In situations like this, it’s crucial that you know what you have and, potentially, what you need to be able to complete the set. It can be a good idea to designate an area to place your props so that everyone can see and count them. This is particularly useful when the objects are component parts of something that has to be built or put together.

5. WORK BACKWARDS

So, you’ve scoured the room, you’ve collected your props, what now? Instead of asking yourself what you need to do next, you might do better asking yourself what you’ll have to do last. This will help you identify the missing keys, the incomplete steps that are stopping you from progressing to the end of the game. If you know you need to press a button, but the button is inside a case with a code, then you need to find clues to what the code might be, for example.

So far we’ve given you tips for your in-room strategy which should help you make the most of your time. If you want to know what you can do before arriving, keep reading.

6. LEARN ABOUT LOCKS

It’s no surprise that an activity that simulates breaking free on an enclosed space will often feature locks. Seeing a lock can help direct your efforts, as you know you’ll need a key. But wait - not all locks have keys! Some need a code or combination in order to open. What’s more, some locks can be picked! What do they look like? And what can you use to pick a lock? Knowing a bit about the different types of locks and how they work can give you an advantage that other players won’t have.

7. CODES, CIPHERS AND CRYPTIC PATTERNS

Another favourite of escape room designers is a hidden message. As we’ve mentioned, this could be a code that releases a lock, but it could also be a clue in plain sight that’s only visible to those who know how to look. A classic example is a cryptic text that appears to say one thing, but might hide another meaning. Try looking at the first letter of each word or line, reading every second or third word or starting at the end and reading backwards. You’ll be surprised by how much can start jumping out at you! If you want to know more, try reading up about ciphers and encryption, it could just be the difference between success and failure.

8. THINK LIKE AN ESCAPE ROOM DESIGNER

The cunning characters who come up with escape room challenges are, at the end of the day, people just like you. They have to come up with a series of puzzles somehow and that’s something that you can emulate. Inventing your own mini escape rooms or dreaming up inventive ways to hide information, even watching detective shows or reading mystery novels, all of these can help you get a feel for the science of encryption and decryption - cryptography. All of that’s going to help you spot the tell-tale signs that someone’s trying to deceive you!

If there was a number 9, we’d tell you to remember to enjoy yourself! After all, this is your hard-earned leisure time and you want to leave with a smile on your face whether you beat the room or not. We’re pretty confident, though, that these tips are going to help you finish within the time limit - and maybe get onto the leaderboard for fastest finishers!

How many people can ride in a helicopter?

Martin Buxton — Mon, 08 Jan 2024 00:00:00 +0000

TWO-SEAT HELICOPTERS

The smallest helicopters that you can have a ride in, in the UK at least, have two seats. The most common is the Robinson R22, an aircraft that is both highly manoeuvrable and highly reliable. Other models of this size include the sleek Guimbal Cabri G2, which boasts a characteristic fenestron tail rotor.

Of course, one of the occupants must be a pilot, so it’s most likely that if you’re booking a helicopter experience in a two-seater, you’ll be the only passenger. This makes them perfect for trial lessons, as you’ll have the full attention of the pilot instructor and you get better value for money in a smaller machine that uses less fuel. With excellent visibility, two-seat helicopters are also a great choice for sightseeing flights. Both the R22 and the Guimbal are available for helicopter flights in Hertfordshire.

FOUR-SEAT OPTIONS

The four-seat scene is dominated by one model, the Robinson R44. This is truly the workhouse of the helicopter world, outcompeting all other brands in the last few decades. The Robinson factory has the capacity to produce over 1,000 helicopters per year, with R44s frequently making up over half of the total. With that in mind, it’s easy to recognise this helicopter as a trustworthy, versatile aircraft.

You can find R44 around the UK (and the world) being used for law enforcement, agriculture, transport and leisure. With space for three passengers, they make for excellent aerial tours and sightseeing. They are a popular choice for trial lessons as well, allowing you to take some spectators with you on your maiden voyage. A helicopter flight in Dorset is likely to feature an R44, and beautiful vistas of the Jurassic Coast besides.

THE LARGEST HELICOPTERS AVAILABLE

The biggest whirly birds in the world, including the mammoth Mil Mi-26 which has seating for sixty passengers and five crew, are reserved for military uses. If you’re keen to take a bigger group on a flight with you in the UK, you’ll have to choose your companions relatively carefully. In general, the capacity is limited to five people (four passengers) in the case of the Bell 206 JetRanger or the Eurocopter EC120. After Robinson, Bell is probably the most trusted name in helicopter manufacture in the world. Eurocopter is another highly regarded make, with the EC120 having a reputation for slightly more luxury in the cabin that you can expect in similar models from other manufacturers.

If you’re a family of five and you’re desperate to take a flight all together, you’re in luck. There’s one model of six-seater helicopter that’s used by flight experience providers in the UK. It’s the AS350, another product of the Eurocopter workshops in France. If this is the chopper for you, you’ll have to organise your helicopter flight in Somerset.

OTHER OPTIONS

That’s your list of traditional helicopters and flight experiences, there’s always a way to shake things up a bit. Have you ever heard of a gyrocopter? Also known as gyroplanes, these are innovative aircraft that combine features of aeroplanes and helicopters, with propellers for forward thrust and rotors to provide lift. It’s a fantastic design that creates fast, agile flying machines, but it doesn’t scale very easily. Most gyrocopters have either one seat (for a pilot) or two. Keen to find out what it's like to fly in one of these quirky copters? Check out our offerings of helicopter flights in Cumbria.

Finally, there are helicopter flight simulators. These pieces of kit are often owned and operated by flight training schools as they allow pilots to build up practice and experience a range of scenarios - from engine failure to weather condition changes - in a controlled environment. Best of all? There’s no chance of bad weather causing a cancellation. One of the biggest companies that offers sessions on a flight simulator is in Tyne and Wear.

The best zoos to visit as a family in the UK

Martin Buxton — Fri, 22 Dec 2023 00:00:00 +0000

BIG ZOOS FOR LITTLE ANIMAL LOVERS

At Yumping.co.uk, we work with some of the biggest zoos in the country. These are magical places where wonder and enjoyment go hand in hand with learning and discovery as conservation and environmental issues become more central parts of the experience every year. They all have special attractions and events for children and families.

London Zoo, the first and oldest scientific zoo in the world, has the Animal Adventure area, where children can get up close and personal with animals such as meerkats, alpacas and porcupines in special, low-barrier enclosures. Moving around the area involves climbing, swinging and sliding through a play area, keeping the little ones’ bodies as active as their minds. Colchester Zoo in Essex has its very own Kids Zoo Academy, which lets children aged 6 to 15 years old join the zookeepers as they look after the animals.

But we think it’s Whipsnade Zoo in Bedfordshire that offers families the most complete experience. As well as housing over 3,500 animals, it also has its own train, a kid’s area and populations of wallabies and peacocks that roam freely around the site. Best of all, there’s a safari section to drive through in the family car, where you can see the animals like never before.

INTERACTIVE ANIMAL EXPERIENCES

Aside from the largest, longest established zoos, there are many smaller wildlife parks and outdoor venues that offer zoological experiences around the UK. Here are some of our picks for visiting with the family.

Hoo Zoo in Shropshire is a small zoo with a lot of charm. It has an extensive range of animal interaction experiences which allow visitors to see the creatures face to face and, in some cases, feed them. The Meet the Meerkats experience is suitable for children as young as six years old and there are many others that they can enjoy from the age of 8. The zoo is also home to Dinosaur World, also known as Hoo-rassic World, which features over 30 life-size models of dinosaurs and other prehistoric reptiles. It’s a favourite for both kids and parents!

You can go one better than a meet-and-greet at Charnwood Forest Alpacas on the Leicestershire/Derbyshire border. Here, you can take a stroll with adorable camelids through bucolic surroundings. Due to their size and anatomy, alpacas can’t carry people - even children - but there are horses and ponies that offer rides to everyone from toddlers to adults. Finally, if birds are more your thing, Winton Castle outside Edinburgh puts on falconry displays as well as outdoor activities archery, clay pigeon shooting, off-road 4x4 driving.

SEE ANIMALS IN THE WILD

Of all the conversations that will come up on the drive home, inspired by what you’ve seen at the zoo, one of the most important is about the ethics of keeping animals in captivity. If you decide that you’d rather see animals in their natural surroundings, we offer plenty of activities that give you this chance. Anything that takes you through the countryside, particular Areas of Outstanding Natural Beauty and National Parks, will let you contemplate British nature at its finest. Horse riding, hiking and cycling are good ways to spot birds, invertebrates and some larger animals like deer.

But the best place to go wildlife watching in the UK is on the water. We have a variety of specialist animal spotting boat trips in places like Pembrokeshire and the Scottish Highlands where marine mammals such as seals and dolphins can be observed. These are wonderful experiences to share with children and babies, while dogs are often allowed on board too. Kayaking, especially sea kayaking, is also a great way to explore rich aquatic habitats without disturbing the animals that live there, though it’s usually only suitable for teens and adults.

Up a creek without a raft? We’ve got 5 to choose from!

Martin Buxton — Wed, 20 Dec 2023 00:00:00 +0000

THE CLASSIC WHITE WATER RAFT

The standard in white water rafting is the kind that seats 6 to 8 people, arranged in two rows along each inflatable side and armed with single-bladed paddles. There are many advantages to this design: the large size gives it buoyancy, the whole crew can work together and, best of all for first-time rafters, there’s space for a guide at the back. The guide will know the twists, turns and rapid runs of the river and can instruct the crew - while doing a good part of the steering.

This is the most common kind of raft that you’ll find offered by white water experience providers around the UK (and the world). Some of the most popular watersports activities on our site are the rafting trips in Perth and Kinross.

THE INDIVIDUALIST TUBING EXPERIENCE

If you want to go it alone, the best choice is a river tube. These simple crafts are like the rubber rings you’ll bobbed about in at the beach or ridden at waterparks, but sturdier. Tubing gives you an adrenaline rush that’s hard to beat, as you’re thrown around at the mercy of the rapids. You don’t have to go it alone though - try holding hands with your companions to make sure no one gets left behind!

Something to bear in mind when choosing tubing is that staying dry isn’t an option right from the beginning. As many of the white water hotspots in the UK are in rugged, chilly parts of the country, like the rafting rivers of the Scottish Highlands, this option is recommended for hot blooded adventurers.

BUGGING: THE DAREDEVIL’S DREAM

Have you ever seen the skeleton luge at the Winter Olympics? It involves competitors sledding down an icy slope head first with their face a few inches from the ground. Swap the ice with a seething torrent of water, and you’ve got a pretty good idea of what river bugging is. While you can find versions that allow you to sit on top of your craft as well, like tubing, you’ll spend most of the time mostly underwater if you opt for bugging. The simple craft is essentially a buoyant platform that’s pointed at one end to make it extra streamlined.

If you’re new to the white water world, we recommend trying a more controlled raft first. Why not look at our offers of rafting in Llangollen, North Wales, where you can try standard rafting and bugging?

THE FUNYAK, MADE FOR TWO

Apart from rafting, kayaks are the most popular craft for white water descents. But controlling a kayak as you skim over rapids and shoot down waterfalls is no walk in the park and shouldn’t be attempted by anyone without the necessary training. You can get an idea of how much fun it is though, in a funyak. These are inflatable kayaks with all the buoyancy and padding you need to get downstream in one piece. Using double-ended paddles and - usually - with two to a boat, it’s possible to maintain a high level of control in one of these innovative inflatables.

While they’re becoming more popular around the UK, you need to know where to look if you have your heart set on funyakking. Or let us tell you - have a look at our offerings of rafting in Gwynedd and enjoy this experience in the Snowdonia National Park.

YOUR VERY OWN CREATION

A raft doesn’t have to be inflatable, it just has to float. That means it’s not too difficult to put together your own rudimentary raft if you have the right materials. Therein lies the fun of raft building, a popular activity for team building events and youth groups like the scouts and guides. In one of these experiences, you’ll spend the first half of the session constructing a water-worthy craft using things like barrels, poles and rope. After that, it’s time to put your creation to the test! With large groups, there’s a competitive element to this challenge, as two or more groups go head to head to prove that their raft is the best - sometimes with hilarious consequences!

A raft that’s been thrown together in an hour or less isn’t going to be much good on rapids, so you’ll find most raft building events on lakes and slow-moving rivers. But you don’t have to miss out on spectacular landscapes - we recommend raft building in Cumbria, where the Lake District National Park awaits.

We hope that we’ve answered any questions you might have had about the kinds of craft that come under the heading of rafting. Our post about what to wear when white water rafting might clear up any further doubts. If not, you’re ready to go!

Why kids never forget Riding a Quad Bike

Martin Buxton — Mon, 18 Dec 2023 00:00:00 +0000

SAFETY FEATURES

Open to children from the tender age of 6 years old and up, a ride-a-quad activity might be your son or daughter’s first experience of “driving” something, so it’s natural you might be a little uneasy. Rest assured, your primary schooler isn’t going to be climbing onto the back of a farmer’s working quad, but a specially designed machine for young drivers.

On top of having reduced capacity and power, the smallest models coming with 50cc engines, there are innovative safety features that allow parents or instructors to keep their hand on the tiller while the little ones are in the driving seat. Throttle screws and rev limiters mean the engine’s power can be capped and then increased as the child gets the hang of things. Remote kill switches allow an adult to cut the power of the engine from a distance. You’ll find quads with these features, and an excellent track to ride around (for children and adults) at a quad bike centre in Pembrokeshire.

BABY TREKKING

One of the best things about quad bikes is their utility on rough, wet and/or uneven terrain. Quad trekking means taking on the landscape with one of these All Terrain Vehicles (ATV), as they’re also known. But this can be tricky for children, even when they’re using the latest in kids’ quads technology.

As ever, the best way to learn is one step at a time. If you go quad biking in Devon, you can find an off-roading centre that has a specially set up inflatable quad track where kids of 6 years old can get the hang of controlling the bikes. Then, if and when they’re ready, they can progress onto a tire track. From the age of 8 , they’ll be competent and confident enough to go trekking across open farmland!

FAMILY ACTIVITIES

Trying something new as a family is a sure-fire way to bring everyone together and create lasting memories. Riding a quad bike is our recommendation, as everyone will tackle it on their own terms. Will impetuous youngsters or wise parents prove to be more successful? Whatever the case may be, you’ll have a guide with you to make sure that everyone stays safe and tackles the obstacles around the course as best they can.

Why not turn it into a full day of adventure in the great outdoors? We know a quad biking provider in North Yorkshire who can combine quad trekking with activities such as climbing, abseiling and an assault course run - ideal for getting mum, dad and the kids active like never before!

NATURAL BEAUTY

Rough terrain, open landscapes and sparsely populated areas are the territory of quads. They’re also likely to be the most beautiful parts of the British Isles. We’ve mentioned Pembrokeshire, North Devon and the Yorkshire Dales - let’s add the Scottish Highlands to the list! Quad biking opportunities in Perth and Kinross are available for groups of junior riders and mixed or family groups that take you through stunning scenery on the west bank of the River Tay.

With a powerful quad bike to carry you through woods, up hillsides and straight through the mud, you’re able to cover much more ground than you can by hiking. And, when you get to a viewpoint and switch the engine off, the quiet of nature and the expansive views will fill you with awe. How’s that for a family day out?

Kingliest Catch: The biggest fish you can catch in UK waters

Martin Buxton — Fri, 15 Dec 2023 00:00:00 +0000

The rivers and lakes of the UK and Ireland are home to dozens of species of fish, with some of them reaching impressive sizes - from the famous 64 lb (29 kilogram) salmon caught by Georgina Ballantine on the River Tay in 1922 to recent reports of huge wels catfish (a non-native species) in the south of England and beyond. But if you want to get your hands on the biggest prizes, you need to swap the river bank for a fishing boat and head for open waters. Here’s what you can expect to find.

CONGER EEL

We’ll start with a slippery customer you can find relatively close to shore, the snake-like conger eel. These creatures can grow to lengths of 2 metres and, though they’re slender form doesn’t give them an impressive weight, bringing one of them onto deck is an exciting experience as the eels writhes and wriggles on the end of the line. They are most at home around reefs and shipwrecks. Notorious for sharp teeth, they're the last thing that scuba divers hope to find when exploring sunken ships, so this is your chance to get one back on them!

Try contracting a fishing boat trip in Pembrokeshire if you’re keen to catch a conger eel, and you might be lucky enough to hook a ray, wrasse or mackerel as well.

GREAT BRITISH SHARKS

Now it’s time to get serious. Of the headline fish in the oceans, nothing beats sharks, and there are several species of these ocean giants that you can catch off the shores of the Uk and Ireland. Now, a lot of us have seen Jaws and will be thinking that this sounds like a bad idea. But rest assured, we’re not going after great white sharks or any other man eaters. That doesn’t mean that the fish in our sights aren’t impressive catches, on the list we find smoothhound, tope, porbeagles, blue shark and even thresher sharks with their incredible extended tail fins. All of these species can top 2 metres in length, while blue sharks regularly reach weights of 70 kilograms, with the British record weighing in at 116 kilograms!

The Irish Sea, the English Channel and the Bristol Channel are all good options for finding sharks, why not climb aboard a fishing boat in Devon and go sharking!

BLUEFIN TUNA

Surely you can’t catch anything bigger than a shark in the seas and oceans that surround the British Isles? In fact, there is something lurking out there that can tip the scales further than even the largest sharks - and you might be surprised to learn what it is. When most of us think of tuna, we think of small cans. Really, we should think of big fish! Bluefin tuna are powerful, ocean-going predators capable of leaping right out of the water in their hunting frenzies. While some mature examples are fairly modest in size, the largest of the Atlantic bluefin tuna fish can reach truly gigantic sizes - over 2.5 metres long and weighing a massive 250 kilograms - that’s a quarter of a metric ton!

If you can’t quite imagine pulling one of these monsters out of the water, you’ll have to see it to believe it. Try a tuna fishing trip in Cornwall!

EXTRA INFORMATION

Larger fish species always have small populations relative to the smaller ones. The fishing boat trips that we offer are recreational experiences which operate a catch-and-release policy when it comes to large fish. You might well take home a herring or sea bass for dinner, but don’t expect to tuck into any sharks or tuna that you catch.

Big fish records are slippery things. Apart from the Ballantine salmon mentioned above, there is a story of 388 lb sturgeon - that’s 176 kilograms - being caught on the River Towy in South Wales in 1933, though the only scales present were on the fish. Wels catfish are said to reach 2 metres or more in length and weigh 65 kilograms or more, but reliable, verified data is hard to come by.

As far as record-breaking ocean-going fish are concerned, the largest porbeagle caught in British waters weighed 230 kilograms. It was found off the Orkney islands, Scotland. The largest ever tuna from this part of the world was caught off Ireland and weighed 440 kilograms.

But the overall record - and this is really quite hard to believe - goes to a six-gill shark caught in the Atlantic ocean, far off the coast of County Clare, Ireland. These are deep-sea creatures, and the specimen that Joe Waldis landed in 2009 weighed almost half a ton - 480 kilograms. More information on this catch, and about releasing large fish after catching them, was reported by the Belfast Telegraph.

Escape Reality: Escape rooms in real-life locations in the UK

Martin Buxton — Mon, 11 Dec 2023 00:00:00 +0000

SHREWSBURY PRISON

In the quaint Shropshire town of Shrewsbury stands an imposing Victorian building. Built as a prison, and housing male and female inmates until its decommission in 2013, it’s now open to the public. As well as hosting a museum, it’s also the home of the world’s largest escape game - not exactly an escape room because it takes place across the 4-acre site. The game allows you to live out the Hollywood favourite of a prison break, solving puzzles, using your ingenuity and even interacting with actors in character as you progress through the story. Unlike your standard hour-long escape room, this challenge lasts 2.5 hours and, to help you suspend your disbelief even further, you’ll be given an orange jumpsuit to wear. Will you be able to pull it off?

As if that wasn’t enough, this prison in Shropshire hosts a second, shorter escape challenge that lasts just an hour. And both games also get you entry to the museum section of the old prison for a self-guided visit.

SHEPPERTON MALLET PRISON

Another old prison standing out like a sore thumb in a charming countryside town, this time the prison dates from 1625 and the town is Shepton Mallet, in Somerset. The escape room challenge here sees you locked up in a cell after being jailed for bank robbery. The cops never found your stash of £1 million, so the pressure is on to break free and recover it - before someone else does. This 1-hour game is perfect for family groups, suitable for children from the age of 8 years old. As with Shrewsbury Prison, entry to the museum and exhibits comes included with entry to the escape room.

FORT PERCH ROCK

Flung out on the end of the Wirral Peninsula, surrounded by the crashing waves of the Irish Sea is Fort Perch Rock. Equally gloomy and brooding as any prison, this fortification has stood atop a rocky outcrop, cut off from the town of New Brighton at high tide save for a walkway, since 1826. It was built to defend the Port of Liverpool from invaders and, though it never saw true action, local legend says the first shots of both World War I and !! were fired from its batteries.

So it’s appropriate that the escape room experiences now offered in Fort Perch Rock are Second World War themed. You read that right - experiences - as there are two separate games on offer. In the first, you must crack the enemy’s secret code and stop the Nazi invasion of Britain, while the second sees you recreating the almost mythical exploits of the Dambusters Raid. The authentic setting of these rooms also makes the games more expansive than the typical escape rooms. Up to 4 participants and 1 hour of gameplay are standard stats, in Fort Perch Rock you can have 6 people on a team and play for 75 minutes.

THE COUNTING HOUSE BAR

Last on the list is something a little bit different. If you’re invited to a party at the Counting House Bar in Broadstairs, Kent, make sure you find out what’s on the agenda before arriving. It could be anything from a classy cocktail party to a riotous night of karaoke or, of course, an escape room challenge. What is now a luxury bar and events venue was built in 1882 as a branch of Cobbs Bank, and was operated by Lloyds until changing hands in 2017. The action we’re interested in is found in the old Victorian bank vaults. There are two escape room experiences on offer and - surprise, surprise - they’re right on theme: the Heist and the Bank Job. It's no surprise that Kent is one of the most popular destinations for escape rooms in the country.

ONE-OFF EVENTS

That’s about it as far as permanent, on-location escape rooms are concerned, but there are plenty more locations that have been temporarily overtaken by escape room operators for one-off events or pop-up experiences. Illustrious venues that have hosted these games include the Royal Armouries Museum in Leeds and Buckingham Palace itself! You might have a bit more trouble guessing the theme of the puzzle that was installed in the Queen’s Gallery of the palace for a few months in 2019. Royal intrigue? No. James Bond meets Crufts? Not quite. It was actually inspired by the cryptography of Leonardo da Vinci.

HONOURABLE MENTIONS

There are a couple of escape room experiences in the UK that don’t quite meet the on-location criteria of this list but that have to be included for their creativity and commitment to authenticity. The first is a puzzle game based on the internationally renowned TV series Sherlock which puts you in the shoes of Benedict Cumberbatch’s version of the world’s most famous sleuth. As it’s located in Shepherd’s Bush, about three miles away from that famous address - 221B Baker Street - it doesn’t qualify, but it is operated by the team behind the series, so you know you’re getting a true-to-form experience. It's the most singular escape room in London!

Then there’s the escape room in Nottingham that’s set in underground caves. We haven’t included it fully on the list because these caves weren’t the scene of any action that’s recreated through the medium of an escape room, but it’s a truly unique venue that will have your hair standing on end before you’ve even been introduced to the game you’re going to be playing. Those games, by the way, including a gothic vampire romp and a climate crisis adventure, are fantastic and use the cavernous setting in thrilling ways - not to be missed!

A plane and simple guide to the kinds of aeroplanes you can fly in the UK

Martin Buxton — Thu, 07 Dec 2023 00:00:00 +0000

TOP GUNS

It’s not unusual for a market to be dominated by one or two big names, so in modern recreational aviation we see two names coming up again and again. The workhorses of aeroplane tours, pleasure flights and trial lessons in the UK are 2 and 4-seater models from the manufacturers Cessna and Piper. The Cessna has the 152 and 172 Skyhawk, with 2 and 4 seats respectively, while the most common Pipers are the PA- 28 Cherokee, Warrior, Archer and Tomahawk.

These planes are effective, reliable and, thanks to the economy of scale, relatively cheap for flight experience companies to purchase and maintain. That saving is passed onto the customer, making Cessna and Piper flights a great value-for-money option for aspiring aviators. But don’t think there’s anything vanilla about the experience - you’ll feel all the rush of flight in one of these planes and enjoy sweeping vistas from their large windows.

You’ll find plenty of Piper and Cessna flight experiences in Lancashire, for example, and around the UK.

AEROBATIC AIRCRAFT

Time to get sporty! The word aerobatic combines aero, as in aeroplane or aeronautics, with acrobatics. This is the category that contains stunt planes of the type you’ll have seen at airshows. In comparison to general aviation craft such as those made by Cessna and Piper, you’re looking at getting into the passenger seat only of these machines, as piloting them is more complex.

Popular aerobatic planes that can be found in the UK include the American Champion Decathlon, the Mudry CAP 10, the Pitts Special, the Extra 330 LX and the Robin 2160. A word of warning - if you’re planning to arrange an experience in one of these aircraft, be prepared to feel the kind of stomach-lurching forces that you’d experience on the wildest roller coasters.

For a flight of fancy, check out aerobatic flights in the West Midlands.

HISTORIC FLYING MACHINES

Getting close to the story of human powered flight is almost as interesting to some people as the sensation of flying itself. Luckily for them, examples of historic aircraft have been lovingly maintained or restored by like minded folk over the decades and can take soaring through the skies and travelling back in time. There are no surviving examples of the earliest planes made of wood and canvas that were developed during the First World War, but several Second World War planes are an option.

Of the early aircraft manufacturers, it’s de Havilland that has best stood the test of time, at least in the UK. The charming Tiger Moth biplane is one of the few heritage aircraft you can fly yourself and there are T6 Harvards and Chipmunks available as well. Then there’s a familiar name, Piper. Before the days of the Cherokee and the Warrior, the Piper Cub was an incredibly widespread and well loved training aircraft. Finally, there’s the mighty Spitfire. Flying as a passenger in this iconic aircraft lets you relive the drama of the Battle of Britain like never before. You can also arrange to fly as a passenger in a plane alongside a Spitfire and watch it in motion.

Click here to find out about flying a de Havilland Tiger Moth in Oxfordshire.

RARE SIGHTINGS

There are plenty of types of aeroplane that are used by recreational aviation companies around the country. They’ve been chosen by the pilots in charge for a whole range of reasons - control configuration, performance, efficiency, cabin visibility, to name a few - and they each offer a unique experience. Some of those on offer are the Diamond DA40, the Evektor Eurostar, the Rockwell Commander and the Cirrus Vision. The last on the list is a particularly exciting prospect as it’s jet powered.

Have a look for opportunities to fly this plane in Somerset.

AS IF THAT WASN’T ENOUGH…

Other aircraft

We haven’t mentioned the subcategory of lightweight aircraft referred to as microlights. These come in a variety of shapes and designs, from those that are almost indistinguishable from aeroplanes at a glance to others that look more like hang gliders with go-karts suspended beneath. There are also gliders, some of which have motors to allow them to take off under their own steam before they etner unpowered flight. Then we come to gyroplanes, curious hybrids between planes and helicopters, and finally helicopters themselves.

Simulation

What about fighter planes, jumbo jets and military aircraft? We can’t promise you the keys to the ignition, but we do work with some flight simulation companies, like this one in Tyne and Wear, that have the technology to mimic the experience of piloting famous aircraft like these and more. The best thing about this option is that there’s no danger of your flight being cancelled due to bad weather!

Urban abseiling: Get down in the city

Martin Buxton — Tue, 05 Dec 2023 00:00:00 +0000

All you need to go abseiling is a high place, a drop or very steep slope, and some simple pieces of equipment (rope, harness, a belay device, etc.). Our desire to build ever taller and more angular structures makes cities prime targets for abseilers. Here’s our list of the best buildings, towers, bridges and more that can be abseiled in the UK.

THE NATIONAL LIFT TOWER

The highest abseil - whether in a natural or built environment - that’s widely available to the public in the UK is found in Northampton. This town isn’t famous for skyscrapers, so what’s behind this claim to fame? It’s the National Lift Tower, a 127.5-metre (418-foot) structure built in the 1980s to test lifts (or elevators) for highrise buildings. With a no-frills concrete design which has earned it the nickname of “the Northampton Lighthouse,” as well as the impressive height and descents on both the exterior and in enclosed shafts, it’s ideal for rappelling.

ARCELORMITTAL ORBIT

Sometimes, abseiling involves walking yourself down a vertical or near vertical surface. Other times, you just lower yourself down a rope through thin air. This is known as freefall abseiling and it just so happens the highest regularly available freefall abseil in the country takes place at one of London’s modern landmarks - the ArcelorMittal Orbit. This swirling steel sculpture-meets-observation tower was built for the London Olympic games in 2012, and the 114.5-metre artwork now hosts sheer-drop abseils from a height of 80 metres.

THE SPINNAKER TOWER

Another iconic tower that hosts abseil events is the Spinnaker Tower in Portsmouth. Its bulging design evokes a sail in the wind, honouring the maritime history of this port city, and the views that stretch across the Solent to the Isle of Wight are breathtaking - as is the 100-metre drop beneath your feet as you start to descend!

K2 HULL

Moving to the North of England, the K2 building is in the heart of Kingston upon Hull. Within its walls, you’ll find the offices of recruitment companies, architectural firms, investment funds and the like, leaving the really exciting stuff for the exterior. Abseiling events can be organised on K2’s façade, which stands at a height of 61 metres.

LARPOOL VIADUCT

Not quite urban but certainly industrial, the 32-metre-high Larpool Viaduct was built in the Victorian era to carry trains over the River Esk to Whitby in North Yorkshire. As you’ll be descending from the top over one of the 13 arches of the viaduct, this abseil quickly becomes a freefall experience.

ONE-OFFS

As we’ve mentioned above, any tall building or structure can be a target for abseilers. Based on practicality, demand and regulations,some places don’t become regular abseil sites, but have been used (and may be used again) as sites for one-off events. Here’s a selection of some of the most interesting.

122 Leadenhall Street - "The Cheesegrater"

Like the Orbital, the building at 122 Leadenhall Street is a bold statement of modern London. It’s in a more crowded part of the skyline, the financial district of the City, but it’s just as eye-catching and controversial as its Olympic Park contemporary. The wedge shape is responsible for its nickname - "the Cheesegrater” - which is the perfect match for the nearby Gherkin. A lucky group of abseilers enjoyed unrivalled views of all of these towers and more when they descended the face of the building several years ago. At a dizzying height of 200 metres, this was the biggest abseil undertaken by members of the public ever in the UK.

Liverpool Cathedral

Before the age of the skyscraper, it was religious buildings that dominated our cities. They remain striking examples of architectural achievement whose towers and spires are still among the tallest structures in city skylines. But it was over the enormous West Door of Liverpool Cathedral that a 46-metre freefall abseil took place back in 2021, organised by a charity.

Broadgate Tower

Here’s one you might recognise - if you’ve seen the 2012 James Bond epic Skyfall, you’ll remember a scene in which Daniel Craig infiltrates a skyscraper in Shanghai. It turns out that some cinematic jiggery-pokery was used to disguise the fact that you were actually looking at the Broadgate Tower in the City of London. The 165-metre glass-and-steel face of the tower created the mise-en-scene for some real life action too, when it was the location of a special abseiling event.

Castlemead Tower

Last on the list is the 80-metre Castlemead Tower in the fair city of Bristol. Over £10,000 was collected for a local hospice by a brave group of 40 fundraisers who walked their way backwards down the 18-storey tower block in the summer of 2022.

For some people, adventure will always be about exploring remote, faraway places. But we’ll take our thrills where we can get them. Urban abseiling might not give us the landscape vistas that you can find in the great outdoors, but it’s a chance to become part of the skyline of Britain’s towns and cities, and you don’t have to spend all day getting to your destination. Can’t say fairer than that.

Flyboarding: The hottest watersport on the scene

Martin Buxton — Fri, 01 Dec 2023 00:00:00 +0000

WHAT IS IT?

The Flyboard is actually just one example of a wider trend in watersports – hydroflighting. The basic concept is the use of jets of water that propel a craft into the air. The Flyboard itself is a stand-on-top, one-person model that resembles a snowboard with two large apertures, set wider apart than the footstraps on the board, where the jets emerge. The force of the jets provides enough lift to shoot the rider up to at least 10 metres high (heights of over 20 metres have also been claimed) and allows them to perform stunts like backflips, frontflips and spins.

The patent for the Flyboard is actually over 10 years old, having been acquired by French watersports expert Franky Zapata in 2012. It immediately caught the attention of those in the know, but it hasn’t yet taken off as a challenger to established watersports such as paddleboarding or powerboating. Perhaps the hefty price tag of at least several thousand pounds per unit has put a dampener on that.

HOW DOES IT WORK?

Now, we’ve mentioned jets and you might be thinking that jet propulsion is nothing new in watersports - look at the PWC (personal watercraft), also known as the jet ski. Well, you'd be right on the money. Flyboards, and similar devices, rely on jet skis for power. A Flyboard, or other hydrojet hoverboard, is connected to a jet ski by a heavy-duty hose that captures the high-pressure stream of water and transfers it to the platform that the user stands on. In this way, it’s the jet ski pilot who controls the throttle, and so the power, of the Flyboard.

What’s new in the Flyboard is the stabilisation. This is achieved by the rider using hand-held hoses to keep their balance. It’s a necessary feature for beginners, but experienced pilots can do without them, giving them more power to the main jets and greater freedom for acrobatics.

WHERE CAN YOU DO IT?

Flyboarding started in France, and it’s no doubt that the south coast of France, as well as other Mediterranean locations such as southern Spain, the Balearic Islands and Santorini, are excellent places to try this sport. Further afield, there’s the Caribbean, and the surfing coasts of California and Australia.

What about here in the UK? As an island nation, it’s no surprise that there are Flyboarding experiences available in every part of the UK. In the Southwest, you can try Flyboarding in Poole Harbour, Dorset. The closest options to London are in Salfords, Surrey. Dumfries, in Scotland is another location, as are the Tattershall Lakes in Lincolnshire and Jersey in the Channel Islands. And that’s not to mention Ireland, where you can get on a Flyboard in the Atlantic Ocean in Kilkee, County Clare.

WHAT NEXT?

As far as we can see it, hydroflighting is set to take off when the prices start to come down. Flyboards and other models, including the Freedom Flyer, the Jetblade and the Flydive X-Board, have an irresistible attraction for all kinds of people. Perhaps it’s the fact that they have to be tethered to a jet ski that’s currentñy putting people off? We shall see.

If the tethering aspect is going to be a problem, we need look no further than Franky Zapata’s latest innovation, the Flyboard Air. This is a seriously sci-fi piece of kit, made up of a board mounted with 5 jet turbines. They propel air in this model, not water, and allow the user to fly like Superman, or maybe the Silver Surfer is a better comparison. Zapata himself has even crossed the English channel with just one stop to refuel on the way. Once again, however, it seems the price tag (hundreds of thousands of pounds this time) and some of the technical limitations might stop the Flyboard Air from reaching mass appeal - but watch this space!

How to get into Water Skiing

Martin Buxton — Thu, 30 Nov 2023 00:00:00 +0000

WHERE TO GO

The first piece of good news is that you don't have to cross the pond to Florida or California, the second is that you don’t even need to live on the coast to get involved in water skiing. There are water skiing opportunities in all parts of the United Kingdom and Ireland, both by the sea and further inland. Locations include beaches, sheltered estuaries and inlets, and natural or artificial lakes.Take a look at our water skiing in the UK directory to find a water skiing operator near you!

BOAT OR CABLE?

The classic image of water skiing involves the skier being towed by a boat, known as a towboat. But that’s not the only way. There are also water skiing parks which use cable-tow systems connected to wires that are suspended above the water. In general (in the UK) towboats are found on open water at the coast, while cables are installed on artificial lakes. Which should you choose?

For your first time, we recommend a towboat with a boom. That’s a pole that sticks out horizontally and perpendicularly from the side of the boat which you can hold onto. The stability of the boom and the proximity to your instructor, who’ll be in the boat, make this the best way to learn how to stand up for the first time.

Cable water skiing can be a fantastic way to build up hours of practice, as it’s a cheaper option that’s less dependent on good weather. It might take you some time to master rounding the corner at each end of the course without falling, but once you’ve found your feet you can start to attempt jumps from ramps in the water. One thing you’ll miss though is the wake of the boat, which rules out certain kinds of jumps and tricks.

EQUIPMENT FOR BEGINNERS AND BEYOND

Children

As well as starting out on the boom, children often use a special pair of water skis that has the two skis tied together at the tip and the toe. They’re very useful because maintaining two skis in the correct position takes a level of strength in the legs that youngsters might not have developed yet. Outriggers, something like stabilisers on a bike, can be used as well.

Double

The original configuration is two skis, one on each foot, like snow skis only shorter and wider. They’ll usually have tips that curve upwards and, unless you're trying to do tricks, small fins at the back. This style is sometimes referred to as combo-skiing.

Single

An increasingly popular discipline is slalom skiing, in which the skier has two feet on one ski. There are superficial similarities between this kind of water skiing and wakeboarding, but also important differences. The main ones are that the ski is much narrower than a board, and the feet are placed in line (one in front of the other), rather than side to side.

RELATED SPORTS

Kneeboarding

This is exactly what it sounds like - kneeling on a board which is towed by a boat or cable. This sport is considered less extreme than either water skiing or wakeboarding because it’s easier to learn and the prospect of falling is less off-putting. It’s also an option for people with limited mobility or strength in their legs.

Wakeboarding

Simply put, wakeboarding is to water skiing as snowboarding is to skiing. A wakeboard has a greater surface area than single or double waterskis and the rider stance is perpendicular to the direction of travel. The great thing is that many of the skills are transferable, so if you already know how to wakeboard, you should pick up water skiing pretty quickly, and vice-versa.

GREAT BRITISH WATER SKIING

To prove that the UK has a proud tradition of water skiing, here’s a Pathé newsreel of a water skiing show put on by an American show skiing troupe way back in 1967. It was filmed on a lake in Theale, near Reading in Berkshire. Enjoy!

What is a Tyrolean Traverse?

Martin Buxton — Tue, 28 Nov 2023 00:00:00 +0000

WHAT'S IN A NAME?

In this case, the name gives us a good idea of what a Tyrolean Traverse involves. Tyrolean means from Tyrol - that’s a region in the Austrian Alps - and to traverse means to cross. Put that together and you have something like a method of crossing something in a mountainous terrain, which is a pretty good place to start.

Using a line - either rope or cable - strung between two elevated points, climbers can transport themselves and their equipment through the air. Think of a jungle canyon rope bridge stripped down to the basics. Once you’ve secured yourself to the line (using harness, leash and carabiners as necessary), different techniques can be used to propel yourself along the line. Sometimes pulling with the hands is enough, while using prusiks or ascenders might be necessary, especially towards the end of a long traverse that sags in the middle.

WHEN IS A TYROLEAN TRAVERSE USED?

In traditional mountaineering, this kind of traverse is used to allow climbers to return to the main rock wall of an ascent after scaling a free-standing pillar, allowing climbers to avoid a tricky descent. Scree slopes, canyons and rivers can also be avoided in this way.

In the British Isles, which doesn’t have the kind of elevation that’s found in the Alps or other mountain ranges, a Tyrolean Traverse is more likely to be found on the coast or as part of a via ferrata. Climbers on the Atlantic coast of County Donegal, in the Republic of Ireland, use the traverse when ascending sea stacks. The party crosses open water by inflatable dinghy to the stack, climbs to the top, then uses a Tyrolean Traverse to return to the clifftops of the mainland. There’s a via ferrata in Cumbria, in the Honister Slate Mine, that includes travers of this kind alongside other installations such as ladders and walkways. It’s one of the most popular adventure tourism destinations in the Lake District National Park.

A Tyrolean Traverse can also be used as part of a mountain rescue operation, especially if an injured person is being transported by stretcher. Advanced tree climbing can also benefit from this technique, when a gap between two trunks must be crossed. Finally, a zip line, or zip wire, is essentially a Tyrolean Traverse in which the end point is at a lower elevation than the starting point, and gravity is enough to get you moving.

TYROLEAN TRAVERSE TRUTH TEST

Time for a pop quiz - can you identify the false record-breaking traverse from the following four?

The longest ever Tyrolean Traverse was over 1.5 kilometres long, between the peaks of Malyovitsa and Orlovets in the mountains of Bulgaria.
Brazilian adventurer Karina Oliani holds the record for the longest traverse over a lava lake, travelling 100 metres suspended above 1187ºC lava in the crater or the Erta Ale volcano in Ethiopia.
The strangest Traverse on record was completed by a young Ukrainian couple, who made a 500-metre crossing of the Dnipro River attached to the line by piercings through the skin of their backs.
The most weight on a Tyrolean Traverse ever recorded was over 700 kilograms, when two climbers and their mule crossed a river in the Indian Himalayas.

Put your answer in the comments section!

Do horses enjoy horse riding?

Martin Buxton — Mon, 27 Nov 2023 00:00:00 +0000

HORSES AND RIDERS

First things first, there’s no doubt that horses love their riders. But we can all understand that carrying a weight around, sometimes uphill or over rough terrain, might not be exactly what we want to do with our time. It seems a lot like work. Even if we say that horses aren’t working for us but with or alongside us, putting ourselves in theirs shoes, we have to recognise that we prefer to do work that’s not unnecessarily uncomfortable. So, what can we do to help horses enjoy rides?

THE EVIDENCE

Anyone who spends time around horses will tell you that they’re expressive creatures. They use body language to communicate their feelings, moods and likes and dislikes. For this reason, it’s possible to tell if a horse is enjoying an activity or not. Here are some places to keep an eye on:

Head: Lowered, happy. Raised, stressed.
Ears: Relaxed and to the side, happy. Laid back or turning, stressed.
Legs: All four feet steady and even on the ground, happy. Weight on the rear legs or pawing, stressed.
Tail: Swaying side to side, happy. Straight down or swishing, stressed.

Note - these are a few general signs that might apply to some horses more reliably than to others. If you have your own horse, you’ll learn how they communicate. If you’re riding someone else’s horse, listen to the owner.

HOW TO HELP

A well trained, well looked-after horse in good health and of riding age (generally 3 years old and above) should be perfectly capable of carrying a rider without experiencing pain. To maximise the horse’s comfort, and therefore enjoyment, there are a couple of things to bear in mind.

Horse equipment

Just as the clothes that people wear at work or to do an energetic activity aren’t designed solely for comfort, so the equipment that is necessary for horse riding can cause discomfort for the horse. Saddles, halters, bridles and bits have to be fastened to the horse. If they are the wrong size or are adjusted carelessly, the horse can suffer - especially true in the case of the bit, as it goes in the horse’s mouth. Taking time to find the correct equipment, known as tack, for your horse and to tack up correctly can do a world of good for the horse’s experience.

The human element

We mentioned that a horse can carry a rider, but one rider isn’t the same as all others. Each horse will have its own individual capabilities and preferences that have to be respected. The most important factor here is weight. While a large working horse might happily carry a load of over 15 stone, a pony will be much better suited to a child rider. There will also be some horses that are more patient with novice riders and others that can be best handled by experienced jockeys.

In addition, horses - just like people - are empathetic creatures that can pick up on the emotions of their riders. If you’re feeling stressed, anxious or nervous around a horse, it might start showing signs of the very same feelings. It’s important that you’re honest about your abilities and only take part in equestrian activities that you’re comfortable with. Likewise, you should give the experience the time and attention it deserves. If you’re worried about catching a train later that day or something similar, you might not get the release you’re hoping for from your ride.

ORGANISING A HORSE RIDING EXPERIENCE

Anyone browsing our site for a horse riding experience, will find themselves getting in touch with people who run riding schools, equestrian centres and livery stables. In other words, people who’ve chosen to dedicate their lives to horses. You can be sure that they have the best interests of their horses at heart. To deliver an experience that's enjoyable for both horse and rider, they’ll need to get some information from you in advance, namely your height and weight, your level of training or experience and your preferences when it comes to route. They’ll use these details to pair you up with the most suitable horse available and plan out the session, so be honest and don’t withhold any information. The more you tell them, the better the experience will be.

TAKE YOUR RIDES TO THE NEXT LEVEL

In case that hasn’t completely put your mind at rest, we can suggest some equestrian experiences that should ensure that everyone - horses included - has a good time.

Go somewhere beautiful: Horses love wide open spaces, the absence of roads and clean, fresh air as much as we do. For maximum enjoyment, why not go horseback riding on the beach, backed by the beautiful Atlantic coast of Northern Ireland? Or spend a full day trekking through hills of mid Wales?
Stop for breaks: Especially on a longer ride, you and your horse will want to take a breather, stretch your legs and have some refreshments. The horses will be happy with a few mouthfuls of grass, but you might prefer to stop by a country pub in the open landscape of Argyll and Bute.
Take a carriage ride: You don’t have to climb onto a horse's back in order to go for a ride. Sitting back and relaxing in a horse-drawn carriage can increase your comfort and that of the horse. Check out these carriage rides in North Yorkshire.

How difficult is Canyoning?

Martin Buxton — Fri, 24 Nov 2023 00:00:00 +0000

Canyoning, as an extreme sport, isn’t designed to be a walk in the park. Taking you to the most rugged parts of the British Isles - chiefly the Lake District, Snowdonia and the Scottish Highlands - and throwing you in with the elements of a rocky mountain creek, it’s guaranteed to get you heart pumping, your muscles moving and your adrenaline flowing.

But there’s a lot of variation within the sport. The intensity of the experience can be affected by the weather and season, the length of time you spend in the water, the equipment and techniques needed to navigate the canyon and, finally, your choice. If you can decide where to go and which obstacles to tackle and which to avoid, the experience is as easy or difficult as you want it to be.

One clue to the difficulty of an experience of this type can be found in the way it’s advertised. For more about that, see our article about the differences between gorge walking and canyoning.

EASY AND FAMILY FRIENDLY

As with any new sport, getting into canyoning can be daunting. The idea of spending time in fast-flowing water, surrounded by rocks and boulders might make you think twice. That’s fine, but take our word for it that the rewards are worth it. In addition, many outdoor guides run canyoning experiences that don’t require huge physical excursions or nerves of steel, making them great for novices. These can also be terrific activities for children, giving them a way to explore a place that you wouldn’t usually want them to safely.

One of the most accessible canyoning adventures on our platform takes place in the Lake District National Park, Cumbria. It’s listed as a ghyll scrambling experience, which is a local term for canyoning or gorge walking, and takes you on an ascent of Honister Ghyll. The route is complete with manageable rock climbing sections, optional cliff jumps into deep pools and places to rest along the way. It’s a great option for families with children as young as 6 years old!

STANDARD CANYONING

The majority of canyoning experiences on offer in the UK are a bit more challenging than the Honister Ghyll ascent. Browsing our directory, you’ll see that a lot of the excursions offered by outdoor adventure companies place a minimum age of 10, 12 or 14 years on participation. What makes them more challenging? They might be longer, involve bigger clubs and drops, involve techniques such as abseiling, take place in faster flowing or colder water or any combination of these.

One of the most popular canyoning destinations in the country is Perth and Kinross in northeast Scotland. There are excellent locations that are suitable for adventurous beginners or experienced canyoning practitioners in search of new experiences. We recommend the Falls of Acharn, where a narrow creek opens out into a 25-metre waterfall which you have to abseil down.

EXTREME ADVENTURES FOR PROS

Once you’ve had a go at a few canyoning routes, you’ll probably want to start to push the limits of the sport. You’re in luck, outdoor adventure guides have come up with some excursions that should only be attempted by seasoned adventurers who are ready for anything. These are some of the best around the country:

The Grey Mare’s Tail: In the Highland region of Scotland, in the legendary landscape of Glen Coe, there’s a full-day adventure that involves scaling a sheer valley wall on the only via ferrata in Scotland before plunging into the white water of a stream and following it over the lip of the waterfall.
The Devil’s Canyon: The clue’s in the name of this Lake District canyon. Navigating the route is another full-day excursion, involving tight squeezes, tricky climbs and fast-flowing water. But there’s a treat at the end - a zip line that sees you whizz over a waterfall and into a deep plunge pool.
Ffestiniog: This is the most challenging commercial canyon in Snowdonia National Park, Gwynedd. The stakes are high, because once you get into the canyon and start following the current, it’s hard to get out until you reach the very end.

As you can see, a canyon can be anything from a natural playground to the power shower from hell. And, given the chaotic nature of water and rock, those descriptions can be applied to the same places. Take the example of Bruar Water in Perth and Kinross, where three separate routes, in close proximity to one another, are considered apt for beginners, intermediate and expert canyoneers. Have you tried one of them before? Are you looking for the perfect place for your first canyoning or gorge walking experience? Let us know in the comments!

Can you drive in the UK before you turn 17?

Martin Buxton — Mon, 09 Oct 2023 00:00:00 +0000

UK law prevents anyone under the age of 17 from driving, right? Technically, yes, but if you read a bit deeper, you’ll find that the age limit applies to public roads and similar spaces. The result is that you can take a turn in the driving seat of a car under specific conditions - and so long as you’re tall enough to reach the pedals - even if you're not 17 yet. There are numerous outdoor adventure centres around the UK that allow under-17s to have a driving experience, and, what’s more, you might find yourself driving something more than a standard hatchback! Read on to find out more.

Drive a Rally Car

The first opportunity on the list might involve driving a hatchback, but not in that way you might expect. Rallying is one the coolest motorsports around - a dust-clouding, ditch-jumping, sideways-drifting rush of petrol, tyres and adrenaline. If you’re a fan of the Fast and Furious movies, this one's for you. Driving experience venues around the country offer rally sessions and drifting workshops specifically aimed at teenagers and sometimes children as young as eight! You'll learn to control a vehicle set up for rallying, feel the sensation of driving on loose surfaces like gravel and, depending on your progress, have the chance to throw your vehicle sideways into an awesome drift. Why not have a go at rally driving in the Cotswolds?

Go Off-Roading in a 4x4

Time to get serious. 4x4 cars are some of the most impressive pieces of machinery you're likely to encounter in daily life, combining rugged bodywork and high tech gadgetry. WIth the power under the hood and the capabilities of the engineering, it’s hard to believe that you’re allowed to put pedal to the metal of one of these before getting your L Plates - but it’s true! Sign up for a junior off-roading experience anywhere from Kent to Perth and Kinross and you’ll barrel down country lanes, splash through mud and keep your balance on precarious terrain with the help of one of these vehicles. There are child-friendly 4x4 experiences available in Warwickshire.

More good news

You don’t have to stick to cars. No no, even though you’re under 17, the world is already your oyster when it comes to driving experiences in Great Britain. If the idea of driving a car or a 4x4 is a little daunting, go for something with maximum fun without compromising on ease of use - a quad bike. These tough vehicles pack a powerful punch whilst keeping things super simple. Controlling them is incredibly intuitive and they are almost all automatic, so you don’t have to worry about gear changes. There are quad biking activities on offer to children as young as 6 years old in some places, using special mini quads.

Another stripped-back - but still epic - vehicle you can get your hands on is a off-road buggy. Again, they’re most at home on dirt tracks and uneven terrain, as well as sand dunes, though we don’t have so many of them in this country. Compared to quads, driving buggies is a bit more like driving a car, but the lightweight design and uninhibited roar of the engine makes driving a buggy totally unique.

Competing with quads for inclusivity are go-karts, which can be driven by children from the tender age of 5 years old! Karting is as close as most of us will ever come to Formula 1 racing - but, as the examples of Lewis Hamilton and Fernando Alonso go to show, it’s also the best way to nurture young talent. Best of all, you don’t have to travel out to the sticks to enjoy it. Most karting tracks are located in or around towns and cities.

When you look at it like that, the years before your 17^th birthday don’t seem so tedious after all! A final advantage to junior driving experiences is that they usually come at discount prices. Check out our directory to find the perfect motorsports activity to put on your Christmas list!

Best Places to Fish in the UK & Ireland

Alicia Senna-Prime — Fri, 06 Oct 2023 00:00:00 +0000

But which are the best fishing spots in the UK? I have compiled a list of excellent options for fishing no matter where you are in Britain and Ireland so that you know where to go, what you can expect to find and why each place is good for fishing. I have also provided some basic fishing laws for each country; ensure that you double check these before going on your fishing trip as not only do these differ per country, but they can also differ per body of water, making it incredibly important to know the correct rules for your location.

Fishing in England

Regulations

There are quite a lot of laws on fishing in the UK and they may vary depending on which country you are in. In England, to fish, you must have a rod licence if you are over the age of 13 and you need written permission to fish on privately owned land or you can be fined. Furthermore, it is important to know the close seasons for your area, for example, in England and Wales you are unable to coarse fish on any river from 15th March to 15th June.
It is also important to know what the daily catch limit is and it is strictly illegal to sell rod caught salmon or sea trout; if you are found doing so, you can be fined!

Locations

Now onto what bodies of water are best for fishing in England! Being the biggest Lake in England, Lake Windermere is great for fishing as it has a wide variety of fish to choose from. The best time of year for fishing here is during autumn and winter and both bank and boat fishing are good options. In the summer months the lake is very busy with people taking part in watersports so it is important to be careful when fishing during this time of year.

In regards to which river is the best to fish in, the River Test in Hampshire is renowned for fly fishing due to it being one of the main chalk streams in the UK, making it a paradise for the ecosystem and wildlife. Chalk streams are special as the water is often very cold, clear, and filtered through underground springs and chalk.

As for fishing on the coast, Whitby in North Yorkshire is great for fishing all year round for both commercial and pleasure alike. While you are not allowed to fish in the harbour you can fish off of the piers; and can expect to catch fish such as cod, mackerel, and occasionally bass.

Why not go for a fishing trip in Cornwall?

Fishing in Wales

Regulations

The basic fishing laws are the same for England and Wales however it is important to check local laws in both places before deciding to go fishing.

Locations

The largest Lake in Wales, Llyn Tegid has a wide variety of species of fish meaning it’s no surprise that it can be considered an anglers firm favourite. This lake is actually a preferred location in the winter for fishermen due to more successful catch results.

The River Wye is one of the best places in the UK to fish for Barbel, and has the best Salmon fishing outside of Scotland. The River Wye is 250km and for the majority of its length it defines the border of England and Wales before flowing into the Severn in Chepstow.

The Isle of Anglesey offers some of the best sea fishing in the UK as you can either fish from the beaches of deep water rock fishing and has an array of fish species. Not to mention it’s 130 miles of coastline meaning there are loads of possible locations for you to choose to fish, however if you want to make the most of shore fishing, Moelfre offers some excellent mackerel, grey mullet and sea bass fishing. Moelfre is a former fishing village on the North-East coast of the island.

Fancy hiring a fishing boat in Wales, then go fishing in Pembrokeshire!

Fishing in Scotland

Regulations

The fishing laws differ slightly in Scotland to Wales and England. In Scotland you do not need to have a rod licence for fishing apart from if you want to fish on the border Esk as this river flows into England. However, you do need written permission from the land owner or an angling club to fish and you will often have to pay a fee, the amount varies depending on location.

Locations

Being one of the big 4 salmon fishing rivers in Scotland, the River Spey offers some of the best fishing in Scotland, as well as some of the best Salmon fishing in Europe. It is the fastest flowing river in Scotland and perfect for fly fishing; the water flows down from the Cairngorm mountains meaning it can stay high in the early summer as well.

It is difficult to choose a singular Loch for fishing in Scotland due to the number of options available, many of them with a wide variety of fish. Loch Drunkie is one of the best lakes, renowned for brown trout and pike fishing, the open season is from mid-march to mid-October. It is one of the smaller freshwater Lakes in Scotland; located in the Trossachs national park in the Stirling Council area, therefore you can expect to see some stunning views of mountains while enjoying your pastime.

It is indisputable that Scotland’s West Coast is an incredible spot for fishing but where exactly? The Isle of Skye has a coastline nearly 50 miles long; known for its incredibly clear waters and fantastic scenery which is why I have chosen it as a must for coastal fishing. You can expect to catch salmon, sea trout and mackerel. Depending where exactly you are on the island you can also potentially find pollock, bass and coalfish. Not only this but you might stand a chance of seeing wildlife such as dolphins and basking sharks.

Enjoy a relaxing fishing trip in the Highlands...

Fishing in Northern Ireland

Regulations

In order to fish in Northern Ireland you must have a rod licence, not only this but you also need either a day pass or permission from the landowner. As always, it is important to check the close season for the area you would like to fish in as they may differ depending on lough or county. To specify you need a licence for freshwater fishing but not sea fishing (unless fishing for salmon or sea trout) and there is also a catch and release limit.

Locations

Lough Erne consists of 2 different parts, Upper and Lower Lough Erne. While both are great for fishing I have chosen Lower Lough Erne in County Fermanagh as it is bigger than its counterpart; it is extremely popular for its coarse and mayfly fishing. Where you can fish for perch, rudd, bream, pike and more.

The Lower River Bann is very popular for its salmon and eel stocks. The types of fish you may catch include salmon, sea trout, brown trout and pike. It flows between the two counties of Antrim and Londonderry, flowing North East towards Coleraine.

Up in the North one of the best coastlines is Portrush in County Antrim. Near where the River Bann flows into the sea, the coastline at Portrush is rich in a variety of different fish, such as conger, catfish, cod pollock and many more. You can even find some less traditional species such as porbeagle and tope sharks. Not to mention it has an abundant amount of fish meaning you won’t struggle to catch.

Want to fish on the River Bann? Then try fishing in Craigavon!

Fishing in the Republic of Ireland

Regulations

In Ireland again the laws are slightly different. Firstly, a rod licence is necessary as well as a permit which may vary as well as the cost. Furthermore, salmon and sea trout are a protected species so you will need a specific licence to fish for them. The different licences are national and district. With a national licence you can fish in all fishery boards however with a district licence, it only covers one specific area.

Locations

One of the best rivers to fish is the River Boyne in County Kildare also flowing through counties, Offaly, Meath and Louth. It is one of the most prolific Brown Trout fisheries in Ireland. In summer and autumn you may also find salmon and sea trout. It is from late June to late September which is the best time of year to come to this river to fish.

The Lakes of Killarney are amazing for fishing and I know that this is slightly cheating as it consists of 3 Lakes. Lough Leane (Lower Lake), Muckross Lake (middle lake) and Upper Lake. These lakes are all very popular for fly fishing and with a range of different species including, salmon, brown trout, perch, charr, herring and many more.

If you fancy fishing coastal fishing Mullaghmore in County Sligo offers some of the best fishing and views of the rugged coastline. You can fish year round off of the beach on Mullaghmore pier. If you want to boat fish off the coast you can potentially find blue shark and then Bluefin tuna in late autumn. Of course the more popular fish can be found here as well, including cod, pollack, coalfish, wrasse etc.

Want to fish in Ireland? Then hire a fishing boat in County Sligo!

So do you like the idea of a fishing trip? It's time to pack up your fishing gear, jump in the car and go fish!

Hiking Hadrian's Wall: Frequently Asked Questions

Martin Buxton — Thu, 05 Oct 2023 00:00:00 +0000

Who's Hadrian? What's the wall?

To answer this question, we have to travel back in time almost 2,000 years, to Roman Britain. The Roman Emperor Hadrian (aha!) visited Britannia in the year 122 CE on a mission to shore up the frontiers of the sprawling empire. The northern part of the island of Great Britain, known to the Romans as Caledonia, wasn’t under Roman control, so the decision was made to construct a fortification that separated imperial lands from the “barbarians”.

His wall was built over the next 6 years by an estimated 15,000 soldiers from 3 legions at a narrow point between the North Sea and the Irish Sea in modern day Northumberland and Cumbria. Most of the original structure has now disappeared - largely carried off by local people in intervening centuries to use as building material - though there are remains, sites of interest and earthworks along most of the length of it.

How long is the hike?

The Hadrian’s Wall Path - the 15t^hdesignated National Trail in England and Wales - follows the route of the ancient fortification closely, racking up 84 miles (135 kilometres) between Wallsend on the edge of Newcastle and Bowness-on-Solway on the Solway Firth in Cumbria. Most people walk it in 6 or 7 days, averaging between 10 and 15 miles a day. Overall, you’ll walk a few more miles per day - finding you accommodation at the end of the day (possibly half a mile or more away from the trail), looking for somewhere to eat, or sightseeing in the larger towns along the way. The first person to walk the full trail in modern time, William Hutton, managed to make it a 600-mile round trip, starting and finishing at his home in Birmingham!

Which way do you walk?

The wall runs east-west, cutting off the occupied southern lands from the wild north. The majority of people start on the east coast and walk west. This itinerary gets the more urban part of the walk, through the suburbs of Newcastle, out of the way early, and sees you finishing in the charming town of Bowness-on-Solway. But there’s nothing stopping you from walking the other way, especially if you’d like to keep the prevailing wind and weather (from the southwest) to your back rather than walking into it.

What do you see along the way?

The original wall was built of stone up to a height of around 3.5 metres. The upper parts of the wall have been lost now but the lower parts and foundations, or footings, have been uncovered for much of the route. As well as the wall, several large forts and smaller towers - milecastles and turrets - were built at regular intervals. Many of these have been excavated, with some turned into popular visitor attractions with reconstructions and interpretation available. Of particular interest are the forts of Housesteads, Segedunum, Vindolanda, Chester and Birdoswald, and Corbridge Roman town.

Aside from the historical landmarks, there’s the natural beauty of the route. There are a few sections (especially at the eastern end) that take you through towns or farmland, but the majority is set in an open landscape of rolling hills and ridges punctuated by proud trees. On a sad note, we should point out that the most famous tree on the route, which stood in a pass between two hills known as Sycamore Gap, was cut down in an act of vandalism days before this post was written.

Is it difficult?

The walk itself is not hugely challenging, especially compared to other long-distance hikes in the UK and abroad. So long as you plan your route according to your ability - 7-10 days for a beginner, 4-5 for an experienced through-hiker - you should have no trouble. The path is well maintained and well signposted and doesn’t include steep ascents or descents. In addition, the majority of the route avoids tarmac - a serious cause of blisters on trails that rely more on roads. Having said that, it is set in the north of England, where the weather has the potential to turn against you. Even in July or August, you’re unlikely to get a full week with no rain in this part of the country and at other times of year you can go seven days without seeing the sun. We recommend checking the long range forecast, preparing for rain, and keeping your fingers crossed.

Where do you stay?

It’s possible to walk Hadrian’s Wall in a series of day hikes, but if you don’t live in the area, you’ll want to do it all in one go. That means you’ll need somewhere to stay. It’s possible to camp along the route at designated campsites (wild camping is not permitted), but given the weather conditions that we’ve mentioned above and the spacing of suitable campsites, not to mention the extra weight of carrying the gear, most people stay in a variety of hotels, B&Bs, pubs and bunkhouses. Your exact itinerary will probably see you staying in a combination of these, as not all the options will be available at each waypoint. What are the differences?

Hotels: The most expensive option, they offer private rooms and bathrooms, towels and other amenities and breakfasts.
B&Bs: A bit more cosy and intimate than hotels, Bed and Breakfasts will offer you what they say on the tin, perhaps with shared bathrooms and communal spaces.
Pubs: Many of the pubs and inns along the route have a couple of rooms upstairs in which to put up guests. The facilities will usually be similar to those found in hotels and B&Bs.
Bunkhouses: The cheapest, most basic option. Expect a hostel for walkers, with shared dormitories and bathrooms, lockers for belongings and possibly kitchens. The beds will have basic sheets and blankets.

If you’re walking the path during the peak season - English summer holidays - we strongly recommend booking overnight accommodation in advance, unless you’re camping.

Are there toilets?

This walk takes you through one of the less densely populated areas of England, but the reality is that you’re never far from civilisation. There are evenly spaced villages along the route where you’ll find toilet facilities, as well as cafes, restaurants, pubs and shops to stock up on snacks and supplies. Between the villages, there are bushes.

What should you pack?

Not too much! Assuming you’re not camping or travelling in winter, your bag shouldn’t weigh much more than 10% of your body weight. Water and food/snacks will make up a significant portion of that, while the rest should include the following:

A few sets of t-shirts, underwear and socks. You’ll be able to handwash as you go.
An insulating layer for your torso or two, something like a fleece, and a pair of hiking trousers. Shorts in summer.
Waterproof layers for body and legs, check their performance before setting off.
Suncream, sunglasses, sun hat.
You’ll be wearing your walking shoes or boots while on the move, bring a pair of flip flops or similar to wear at overnight stops.
A hiking pole or two if you’re used to using them. Not essential.
A small first aid kit.
A charger for your phone, camera, etc.
Water bottle.
Small wash bag and toiletries.
Travel towel.
The backpack itself, ideally around 30-40 litres, with a waist strap and a waterproof cover.

Do you need a guide?

The vast majority of walkers who complete the Hadrian’s Wall Path do so without hiring a guide. The paths are well trodden, the routes are easy to follow, and you can rely on the emergency services if something goes badly wrong. The main reason you might consider hiring a guide is if you have a special interest in the history of the wall and the Roman Empire in Britain. It’s possible to find specialist guides who can explain to you the significance and context of the largest surviving Roman monument in Northern Europe as you walk, making sure that you don’t miss a thing.

What's the vibe?

It depends on what you’re trying to get out of the experience. Some people come to the wall for the history, others for the hiking, many for both. It’s probably one of the least challenging but most rewarding long-distance hikes in the UK and beyond, so you’re likely to bump into a wider variety of people here than you would on most multi day trails. The path is also known by some as “the longest pub crawl in the world” - as most evenings will see you in a traditional village inn enjoying a couple of pints of locally-brewed ale.

Whatever it is that brings you to the Hadrian’s Wall Path, come with an open mind, treat the trail, the wall and fellow walkers with respect, and leave with memories that will accompany you for many years to come.

Easily Accessible Climbing Locations for Beginners around the UK

Martin Buxton — Mon, 02 Oct 2023 00:00:00 +0000

WHY GO CLIMBING IN THE BRITISH ISLES?
ENGLAND
WALES
SCOTLAND
IRELAND

WHY GO CLIMBING IN THE BRITISH ISLES?

Climbing’s great. The community, the physicality, the mental challenge - it’s an endlessly rewarding sport to get into. It’s convenient too - if you’re talking about going to a climbing centre, of which there are dozens in towns and cities up and down the country. Getting into outdoor climbing, on the other hand, is a bit more complicated. Good locations for rock climbing tend to be exactly where you don’t find towns and cities - wild mountains, windswept cliffs and abandoned quarries. If you don’t have a whole lot of time or money, or your own car, it can be tricky to break the barrier to sport or trad climbing. Don’t be put off, we’re laying out the most accessible climbing spots in the UK and Ireland right here so that you have no excuse to stick to artificial climbing walls.

ENGLAND

Dancing Ledge, Dorset

Southwest England has some excellent rocks for climbing, from the cliffs at Land’s End to the Tors of Dartmoor, but you don’t have to go right down through Devon and Cornwall to get the good stuff. Dancing Ledge is an old quarry cut into the Jurassic Coast, which has left cliffs of Purbeck limestone, standing almost 20 metres tall, that rise almost directly out of the water. There are over 100 routes here of all difficulties - but watch your grip on some of the more popular ones as they’ve become polished by years of use. Best of all? You can get to the nearby town of Wareham in under three hours by train from London. From there, it’s a scenic bus ride and a beautiful walk down to the sea. Alternatively, get the open-top bus from Bournemouth and across the chain ferry at the mouth of Poole Harbour.

The Peak District

When it comes to being well-connected, there are few wilderness areas in the British Isles that are easier to get to than the Peak District National Park, set mainly in Derbyshire and right on the doorstep of Manchester, Sheffield and Stoke-on-Trent. The geology of the peaks makes it perfect for novice climbers, as it’s dominated by gritstone, a very coarse kind of sandstone which is almost unrivalled for the amount of grip it provides. A good location to have a go is Horseshoe Quarry in Hope Valley. Just hop on the number 65 bus from Sheffield and you’ll be there in an hour.

WALES

Llangollen, North Wales

If you ask a seasoned climber about the best routes in Wales, they’re likely to wax lyrical about Snowdonia. We can’t deny that the national park is a wonderful place to spend time climbing, but it’s flung out on the coast of the Irish Sea, far from most population centres. That’s why we’ve chosen two locations that are much better suited to day trippers and public transport users. The first is the Trevor Rocks of Llangollen, a limestone rock face with around 150 routes and views over the ruined Dinas Bran castle and the picturesque valley of the River Dee. Llangollen is a hub for white water enthusiasts too, check out our rafting and kayaking opportunities on the River Dee.

Brecon Beacons, South Wales

Representing South Wales is the Brecon Beacons National Park. Follow one of the region’s valleys from Cardiff or Swansea and you’ll end up here, surrounded by grassy mountains and, of course, rocky outcrops. There are dozens of climbable crags in the park, with Pen y Foel standing out as a suitable site for first-timers. It’s just a short distance from a carpark, so it’s easy to carry up some crash mats and start bouldering on the upper and lower sections of exposed rock.

SCOTLAND

Dumbarton Rock, Glasgow

Set on the north shore of the Clyde estuary just 13 miles from Scotland’s largest city, Glasgow, Dumbarton is an inspiring place to visit. An 18^th century castle stands on the site of a much older fortification, flanked by a huge outcrop of volcanic rock. It’s this basalt that attracts the attention of climbers. Though it’s the location of the hardest trad climbing route in the world (rated E11 for those in the know), Dumbarton Rock is a natural playground that offers routes to climbers of all abilities.

Benny Beg, Crieff

Heading up into the highlands - but not as far as Inverness, Fort William or the Cairngorms National Park - you’ll reach the market town of Crieff in Perth and Kinross. This is your jumping off point for an excellent day’s climbing at Benny Beg, a 10 metre high escarpment of dolerite - a highly prized rock among climbers. As well as the excellent friction, here you can enjoy all the sun that Scotland can offer, because the south facing rock is a natural suntrap.

IRELAND

Dalkey Quarry, Dublin

Crossing the Irish Sea, we find one of the most easily reachable climbing sites in the whole of the UK and Ireland. Dalkey Quarry is located within the city limits of Dublin, with plenty of free parking if you’re coming by car and just 10 minute’s walk from the DART railway (Dalkey Station) if you’re not. The most famous route here is called Mahjongg because it cuts straight up what looks like a smooth marble slab. Once you’re on it though, it’s an achievable climb even for those just making the transition from indoor bouldering to outdoor rock climbing.

Glendalough, County Wicklow

Glendalough is a natural paradise in the Wicklow Mountains. The name means “valley of lakes,” but it’s more famous for its well preserved ruins of a mediaeval monastic community. The natural beauty and historical significance bring out bus-loads of visitors, making it a very easy place to get to without your own transport. As a climber, you’ll want to leave the car park, the visitor centre and the tourists behind, and hike up the valley a bit. This is where you can get your hands on granite crags that take you up above the valley floor to get the best views in the area. There are single and multi pitch routes, ideal for getting used to trad climbing. We recommend getting started on Acorn Crag.

Wherever you live in the UK and Ireland, we hope that this list gives you at least one climbing spot that’s realistically doable as a day trip. Once you’ve cut your teeth (not literally) on your local crag, quarry or cliff, you’ll be ready to make longer excursions to locations such as Snowdonia, Ben Nevis or the uninhabited island of Mingulay in the Outer Hebrides. Remember, treat your rocks and wilderness areas with respect, pick a good climbing buddy and take things one step at a time. Good luck!

The Best Harry Potter Tours in the UK

Martin Buxton — Thu, 28 Sep 2023 00:00:00 +0000

It’s not often that the way a nation thinks about itself changes in the blink of an eye, but that’s exactly what J. K. Rowling’s Harry Potter novels did in the space of a few years. It gave us new words to describe our world, new adventures - and sports - to daydream about at school or in the office, and new ways of seeing familiar scenes and landmarks around the UK.

As we approach the thirtieth anniversary of the publication of the first book, what better way to fall in love with the world of Harry Potter all over again than by taking a tour of it? Rowling was inspired by many of the cities and landscapes of Great Britain and these were used in turn as filming locations when the novels were brought to the silver screen. Many tour guides and companies offer tailored itineraries to Potter fans in key locations around the country - let’s find out about the best…

London: Harry Potter Central

It’s no surprise that the capital of the UK is also a key location in the wizarding world. Harry’s journey in the first book - the Philosopher’s Stone - takes him to the winding streets of Diagon Alley to King’s Cross Station to catch the Hogwarts Express. The bustling shopping street of Cecil Court in Westminster (pictured) inspired the first, while the real life King’s Cross has been adorned with a sign for "Platform 9¾." The city features in later instalments as well, when landmarks such as Leadenhall Market and the Millennium Bridge make an appearance. To see all of these - and many, many more - check out our Harry Potter guided tours of London.

Hertfordshire: The studio tour

Not a name that appears in the books, but this location has probably been more influential to how we all picture the characters and locations of the Potter franchise than any other. Why? Because the movies were filmed in the Warner Bros studios in Leavesden, Hertfordshire. The studios now host a permanent exhibition of the sets, props, costumes and more that were created to put Rowling’s vision on film. A walk-through tour is a must for any true Potterhead.

Edinburgh: Literary connections

The capital of Scotland is not as famous as London as a Potter destination, but it’s one for purists. That’s because this is the city where J. K. Rowling put the finishing touches on the first draft of the first novel in the series. The city still reverberates with her pen strokes, throwing up associations with the old-fashioned, almost gothic, feel of the wizarding world and revealing secrets of the author’s inspiration. Joining a Harry Potter tour of Edinburgh, you’ll find the grave of a certain Tom Riddle, contemplate the significance of trains in the wizard’s journey and catch glimpses of an ancient castle perched on a hill, much like the famous School of Witchcraft and Wizardry.

Edinburgh is also the ideal starting point for a journey that takes in one of the most iconic filming locations from the films - the Glenfinnan Viaduct in the Scottish Highlands. This is a real, working viaduct which carries trains across the stunning glen. There are tours on offer that include both making this journey yourself, or enjoying panoramic vistas of the viaduct from carefully picked viewpoints.

Oxford: A wizarding education

Funny to think that the name “Hogwarts” will compete with that of “Oxford” in centuries to come as the most famous centre of learning in the British Isles. But it’s not just education that connects the two. The historic city of Oxford, in particular its storied university, took on the role of many locations from the Harry Potter books. There’s the cloister of New College, which features prominently in the Goblet of Fire, the staircase of Christchurch College, a key part of the visual fabric of Hogwarts, and the Bodleian Library (pictured), which was dressed and lit to become a perfect infirmary for Hogwarts students in several of the films - to name but a few of the sights you can enjoy on a tour. Tour guides will also take you from Oxford into the heart of rural England to discover locations such as Gloucester Cathedral and Lacock Abbey in the Cotswolds which are also featured in the films.

And, as if by magic, our list is complete. As a general rule, guided tours are available in places with a high density of Harry Potter-related sights. The biggest fans might want to track down some more off-the-beaten track locations, like the Grey Mare’s Tail Waterfall in Glencoe, the backdrop of Harry’s battle with a dragon in the fourth instalment of the series, Alnwick Castle in Northumberland, which has obvious connections with Hogwarts, or even the Cliffs of Moher on the wild Atlantic coast of the Republic of Ireland, visible in the Half Blood Prince. Do you know of any other landmarks or locations associated with Harry Potter in the British Isles? Let us know in the comments!

The Best Lakes in the UK for Paddleboarding

Alicia Senna-Prime — Wed, 27 Sep 2023 00:00:00 +0000

I would like to start off by saying that these are just my opinions! I have taken into consideration a few different factors to come to a decision on which lakes are best:

Accessibility with public transport
Availability for water sports
Views surrounding the lakes

Of course there are plenty of other stunning Lakes dotted all over the UK and Ireland that are well worth the journey.

Best Lakes in England

Firstly, we start in England where both our Lakes are located in Cumbria. It’s called the Lake District for a reason, where there are 16 stunning Lakes and even more bodies of water where you can enjoy a day out. However, number 1 on the list is Lake Windermere, the biggest Lake in the Lake District and surrounded by amazing mountains and views. Windermere is extremely accessible as you can get there by train from most major cities in the UK and then walk to the lake. All around the lake there are loads of different companies that provide water sports so you will be extremely spoiled for choice to find paddleboarding options. Lake Windermere can get quite choppy so if you are a beginner I would recommend sticking to quieter areas of the lake that are further away from the boats.

Why not have a go at paddleboarding in Cumbria?

Another worthwhile mention is Coniston Water. Just under a 25 minute car ride from Ambleside, this dazzling lake has much to offer, including hikes, boat hires and water sports; while this village is never short of visitors it often remains unnoticed in favour of the more popular town of Windermere.

Best Lochs in Scotland

In Scotland a lake is called a Loch (pronounced lock) as this is the old Scottish Gaelic name for lake. There are over 30,000 lochs in Scotland which may seem like a lot but these all range in size meaning they can be anything from 4km X 2km to a surface area of 71km (largest Loch in Scotland). Of course you can’t visit Scotland without going to Loch Lomond, located in Loch Lomond and the Trossachs National Park this Loch is Scotland’s second most famous after Loch Ness and also accessible by public transport. If you would like to visit the southern part of the Loch you can take a train from Edinburgh or Glasgow to Balloch train station or if you want to visit the north of the Loch you can take a train to Tarbet. There are many sheltered areas of the loch which can allow first time paddleboarders a perfect opportunity to practice while the more experienced paddlers can take to open water.

Also accessible by public transport, I highly recommend Loch Awe. Located in the Scottish Highlands in the Council area of Argyll and Bute, Loch Awe is a stunning, more tranquil Loch quite far from any major town in Scotland. There are some paddleboard hire options around the Loch but definitely booking in advance during the busier seasons will guarantee you a chance to paddle on the loch - and even better if you have your own paddleboard. This Loch is a must see destination, rich in history.

Have a look at these other paddleboarding options in Argyll and Bute...

Best Lakes in Wales

In Wales the largest Lake is Bala Lake (Llyn Tegid in Welsh), located in the county of Gwynedd in Northern Wales and is a freshwater lake as the water runs down from the Snowdonia mountains. This Lake is also accessible by public transport as you can get the train to Bala Lake Railway and then a bus which stops at various points along the Lake. This Lake is very tranquil and flat so is perfect for beginner paddleboarders or if you just fancy a more peaceful paddleboarding experience, meaning you can soak up the view of the beautiful mountains surrounding you in Snowdonia National Park.

Want to paddleboard in Snowdonia National Park? Then have a look at paddleboarding in Gwynedd.

The second Lake well worth visiting is Lake Vyrnwy (Llyn Efyrnwy in Welsh), with it’s dramatic scenery, this Lake was actually constructed in the 19th Century by the Liverpool Corporation to provide the city of Liverpool with safe drinking water and continues to do so until this day. Of course paddleboarding on this huge reservoir is a great option and there is plenty of history to keep you intrigued.

Best Lough in Northern Ireland

The Irish word for lake is Lough - pronounced the same as Loch. Located on the borders of Counties Antrim, Down and Armagh, Lough Neagh (pronounced Lock Nay) is the biggest freshwater Lake in Northern Ireland. This Lough is slightly more difficult to get to as there are no direct routes from Belfast however you can take the train from Belfast to Antrim and if you are willing, it is around a 30 minute walk from the train station to the closest point of the Lough. Lough Neagh is the largest Lake by surface area in the United Kingdom so there is no shortage of activities to do surrounding the Lake including visiting castle ruins and of course paddleboarding. Much like Bala Lake, this Lough is a freshwater lake and is also a very peaceful option, so great for beginners.

Looking for paddleboarding options in Northern Ireland? Then have a go in County Antrim.

Best Loughs in the Republic of Ireland

Unfortunately, my next 2 recommendations are slightly more difficult to reach by public transport but still doable. If you are willing to walk from Killarney train station, it will take you 40 minutes to get to Lough Leane which is located in County Kerry. Another relaxing spot the Lough is surrounded by mountains and forests meaning you will have a range of landscapes around you as well as many historical viewpoints and buildings to visit along the shoreline. Of course this is another great place for beginner paddleboarders due to its tranquility and is rarely choppy.

Lough Derg (or Loch Deirgeirt in Irish) is the third biggest in Ireland which flows through the 3 counties of Tipperary, Galway and Clare. Dotted all around the lake there are multiple watersports companies to fulfill all your paddleboarding aspirations.

Finally, why not try paddleboarding in County Clare?

So those are all my suggestions! There is no need to follow my advice though as there are infinite options all throughout the UK and Ireland whether you are a pro or just looking for a new activity to try.

What makes Paragliding different from Skydiving?

Martin Buxton — Thu, 14 Sep 2023 00:00:00 +0000

On the face of it, there are some big similarities between paragliding and skydiving. Both involve something that looks like a parachute, the word “tandem” appears in search results of the two terms and, to point out the obvious, both take place in the sky. But look a little deeper and you’ll find that paragliding is its own sport with its own equipment, practices and attractions.

Paragliding Wing vs Skydiving Parachute

Both skydiving and paragliding rely on the use of a canopy that provides air resistance, helping those who use it to control their movement through the air. But that’s more or less where the similarities end. Whereas a skydiving parachute is something of an accessory to the main experience, letting freefall take place by essentially playing the role of a brake, the whole sport of paragliding revolves around this piece of kit.

First things first, it’s not actually a parachute, it just looks like one. It’s actually a wing, because - like that of an aircraft or a bird - its design provides lift. That means that you can use a paragliding wing to take off from the ground - good luck to anyone trying to do the same with a parachute. There are differences in the equipment too. Paragliders need more in the way of harness and support in order to comfortably stay in position during flights that can last up to several hours. They might also incorporate “pods” that keep the pilot warm at high altitude. Very different to the 5-minute descent that a skydiver experiences after opening their parachute.

The Flight Experience

From taking off to landing, a paragliding pilot might be able to avoid touching the ground for hours. They do this by finding rising currents of warm air -thermals - or upward channels caused by hills, ridges and other features of the landscape. Extreme long-distance journeys, consisting of flying during the day and sleeping under the stars, are becoming more popular in remote, rugged parts of the world like the Himalayas. It even has a name - Vol-biv (from the French words voler and bivouac).

Skydiving, on the other hand - can it be considered a flight experience? Debatable. It’s really a controlled descent, passing through phases of acceleration, freefall and parachuting. While the parachute can be steered, and the rate of descent modified, the only chance of gaining altitude is if the pilot finds a powerful thermal. Even then, they’ll be keen to get back to the ground before they start to lose the feeling in their legs from the parachute's tight thigh straps.

Paragliding Locations

You’re unlikely to find skydiving and paragliding experiences in the same place, because they rely on different terrain types. To get a paraglider airbourne, you need something quite specific - a hill or ridge with a steep slope that faces into the prevailing wind. This allows you to catch the wind as it’s forced up by the elevation. Clifftops are also an option for experienced pilots. Popular locations in the UK are the South Downs National Park in East Sussex, on England’s south coast, and the County Wicklow and County Antrim, both on the west coast of the island or Ireland.

Skydiving, on the other hand, is best in flat, sparsely populated areas. This is because it relies on airfields and aeroplanes. The best places for skydiving companies to set up in the UK are ex-military airfields, of which there are many in Cambridgeshire and County Durham. Another reason that you don’t find paragliders hanging out around DZs (Drop Zones - skydiving locations) is that they don’t want to share the skies with other aircraft!

FInally, these two sports attract different kinds of people. Adrenaline junkies find their way to skydiving for the huge thrills it offers, while paragliding attracts people searching for peace and quiet, or who enjoy the self-reliant nature of the sport. After all, there’s nothing else that allows you to hike to the crest of a hill, remove the rucksack from your back to pull out a paraglider, and take to the skies.

Indoor Archery Ranges for Rainy Days

Martin Buxton — Tue, 12 Sep 2023 00:00:00 +0000

Some sports will go ahead come rain or shine, but archery isn’t one of them. Though light rain isn’t a problem, if it’s heavy enough to soak into your clothes, you’re going to get cold pretty quickly. And that’s not to mention the effect that getting rain in your eyes and shivering is going to have on your aim! Luckily, archery is a sport that can easily be transferred indoors. All you need is a fairly large space, good lighting and designated safe zones and you can get on with it using exactly the same equipment - and almost identical techniques.

You can find indoor archery ranges all around the country, some of them for standard shooting, others that put an innovative spin on the sport. We break it down here.

London: A new form of fitness

The capital of the UK isn’t an obvious place to look for archery experiences, with most open spaces given over to parkland or car parks, but just because you can’t see the targets doesn’t mean they’re not there. Many of the numerous archery clubs in London meet in local sports halls or similar spaces, at least during the colder months of the year, and there are specific indoor archery experience centres too. Some of them have integrated this ancient pastime into the modern fitness boom and promote archery as part of an active and conscious lifestyle. Then there are opportunities at other venues to get your hands on other pieces of kit besides bows, like crossbows, air rifles and pistols.

Greater Manchester: Archery Tag

The Northern Powerhouse is also one of the rainiest places in the UK, with Stockport being the 4^th wettest city in England according to Met Office data. But the inventiveness of the Mancunians knows no bounds. The modern combat sport of Archery Tag is on offer in various locations in the country, but it’s in and around Manchester that it’s putting down the deepest routes. It can be played outdoors, but this high-energy activity is well suited to enclosed spaces - largely because arrows can go flying in all directions and you don’t want to lose them! A word to those who are picturing something more like a mediaeval battlefield than a sport - Archery Tag, also known as Combat Archery, uses special safety arrows, bows of low draw weight and protective masks to avoid injury.

Cumbria: A refuge from the rain

Cumbria is home to the Lake District National Park, a landscape where mountainous peaks cast shadows across deep valleys and broad lakes reflect the sun like silver plates… When the sun shines. But poor weather doesn’t have to dampen your hopes of an adventurous weekend, several archery venues in the park have both indoor and outdoor ranges. Shooting under the sun is a treat to be treasured, shooting undercover is an excellent alternative when the clouds don’t encourage you to set off up the Old Man of Coniston or Scafell Pike.

Llangollen: An antidote to watersports

This small town in Denbighshire, North Wales, has become a hub for white water enthusiasts in recent years. Rafting, canoeing, kayaking and even paddleboarding on the rapid section of the River Dee as it approaches Llangollen are increasingly popular and draw adventurers from around the UK and beyond to the area. If you’re travelling here for the weekend, we suggest archery as the perfect accompaniment to a white knuckle descent of the river. An indoor range ensures that this, just like rapid rides on the river, is a year-round opportunity.

Suffolk: Entertainment for all seasons

Lowestoft bills itself as the first town in the UK to see the sunrise. Don’t worry if you sleep in - there’s plenty more to keep you entertained in this charming seaside town. For example, the town boasts an active archery club who shoot outdoors at fêtes, parties and fairs, before returning to an indoor venue where they host induction courses and have-a-go sessions.

The last thing to say is that it’s not just the roof that can make an indoor range the best choice. They can also be more accessible for wheelchair users and people with limited mobility, have facilities closer at hand and allow evening or late night shoots through the winter months.Make indoor archery one of the strings to your bow!

The Best Hot Air Balloon Flights for Two in the British Isles

Martin Buxton — Mon, 11 Sep 2023 00:00:00 +0000

The wind caresses your faces. The low sun lights up the sky and casts long shadows on the landscape below. And, of course, at last, there’s no one around to disturb you and your partner, floating above the rest of the world in the basket of a hot air balloon. What you see from this exclusive viewpoint is the cherry on the cake. To make sure you get it right, we’ve put together our list of the best couples' hot air balloon flights in the UK and Ireland.

Before we start, we should point out that ballooning for two doesn’t have to be a romantic experience. Why not take your child or grandchild to see a historic landmark, have a go at aerial photography with a good friend or treat someone to a moment of peace after a period of stress?

Bristol International Balloon Fiesta

This is the big one, the most important weekend in any balloon fan’s calendar, the largest festival of its kind in the whole of Europe. If you’re looking for an experience that screams “lighter-than-air aviation!” then look no further. It’s possible to bag your space - and one for your partner - in one of the hundreds of balloons that take off twice a day from Ashton Court Estate during the second weekend of August, but take our advice and book early! You’ll enjoy the sights of the city, the Bristol Channel and South Wales to the north, but most importantly, the other balloons flying alongside you.

Historic Bath

Not far away, you have the chance for a more civilised hot air balloon ride and one that you can enjoy all year round. The location is the fashionable spa town of Bath, Somerset. The healing qualities of the spring waters here drew first the Romans, then the cream of Georgian society to Bath and the buildings and monuments that they erected are still standing today. Bath is a fantastic destination for a romantic weekend away, but it can get a bit crowded. That’s why we recommend leaving the city centre and heading for the racecourse, only to return on a sightseeing balloon tour to get a unique perspective on the city.

Stonehenge

A flight over Stonehenge will take you even further back in time, to the year 3000 BCE. The scale of this monument, given the way that ancient inhabitants of Wilshire lived, is staggering. Looking down on the works of our ancestors is enough to fill you with awe and respect for the human drive for perfection. It’s also possible that you’ll see something more than the stones, perhaps something that no one has seen for hundreds of generations, because the area around Stonehenge is an active area of archeological study. As the main site was built in relation to the movements of the celestial bodies, maybe an aerial point of view will reveal something - that would be a flight to remember for both passengers!

White Horses in Berkshire

The Vale of the White Horse is famous for another ancient masterpiece. This time the signs of the past are etched into the landscape rather than sticking out of it, making the White horse of Uffington even more spectacular when viewed from the air. The village of Uffington is located in modern-day Oxfordshire, but was part of the county of Berkshire in the past. Hot air balloons still leave from across the border in Berkshire and travel wast across the Vale of the White Horse District. This is the heartland of old England, where couples will find the tranquillity they’ve been looking for.

Monmouthshire

One of the most peaceful places for a little escape with your sweetheart is the Vale of Usk in Monmouthshire, just on the Welsh side of the Wye Valley. There are almost no busy roads in the area around the launch site in Llanarth and the gently rolling landscape is as calming as small ripples on a lake. In spite of that, there are plenty of sights to keep you and your flight partner interested. Raglan Castle is a relic of mediaeval conflicts between England and Wales, the River Wye and Severn Estuary are natural boundaries between the two countries, and the Brecon Beacons to the west provide a sense of distant drama to the scenery.

Trim Castle

Across the Irish Sea, the island of Ireland boasts some beautiful landscapes and landmarks to overfly in the basket of a hot air balloon. At less than an hour’s drive from Dublin, Trim Castle in County Meath is well within the reach of any residents of the Irish capital or couples enjoying a city break. A balloon ride over this twelfth century castle is especially suited to lovers of cinema, because it featured prominently in the film Braveheart. It was chosen to represent the residence of English King John as it has remained largely unchanged since the year 1300, unlike most castles of the same era in England itself.

Aside from the stunning locations you can visit and vistas you can take in, there are a host of other reasons to choose ballooning as a couples’ activity. One of them is the fact that the best wind conditions for flying are just after sunrise and just before sunset, so majestic skies are a common feature of the experience. Then there’s the tradition of raising a champagne toast during or after the flight. Finally, there’s the exclusivity that floating high above the ground gives you. Quality time without interruptions.

High Ropes and High Hopes

Alicia Senna-Prime — Thu, 07 Sep 2023 00:00:00 +0000

What is High Ropes?

Firstly, you may be wondering what a high ropes course even is? It’s an obstacle course, often quite high above the ground and usually constructed within treelines or with utility poles if done in an open space. Participants can take various routes and overcome numerous challenges all while being attached to a harness and wire to ensure safety. Every course is different, meaning you have infinite possibilities and boredom will never be on the cards! The more challenges you overcome the braver you get and the harder the course you can choose.

Looking for an exhilarating activity that will get your blood pumping through your body? Then have a go at these high ropes courses in North Yorkshire and in the West Midlands.

Why should I do High Ropes?

There are multiple benefits to completing an assault course both physical and mental.

Physical Benefits

Firstly it can help with muscle building; there are a number of upper body muscles that are engaged from taking part in this activity such as forearms and grip strength from having to climb and hold onto ledges. Lower body muscle strength can also be built such as calf and ankle strength needed for balancing. Balancing is an important aspect of taking part in a high ropes course as participants often have to walk across planks, swings or ropes. These movements engage muscles such as core and back which may not be engaged from regular day to day activity. Balance and coordination come hand in hand and doing activities such as tree climbing, balancing and core exercise can significantly help in improving someone's coordination. Not to mention that spending time outside in the fresh air is amazing for physical health as it helps increase energy levels and clear out your lungs.

Taking a trip to Scotland and want to try a child-friendly activity? Go for high ropes in the Highlands. Taking a trip to the Isle of Man and want to do an outdoor activity? Then do high ropes in the Isle of Man.

Mental Health Benefits

There are also mental health benefits to taking part in a high ropes course. They require a lot of problem solving, for example choosing possible routes to take or overcoming challenging paths. They can also help people conquer fears such as acrophobia (fear of heights) and basophobia (fear of falling); which can massively help with personal growth and self confidence. Furthermore, exercise in general and spending time outdoors in nature is a great stress and anxiety relief as it helps to focus your mind on the task at hand, taking your mind off your day to day stresses and massively improving your mood. Another subtle benefit is that it can help increase your motivation to complete the route without feeling like you are in competition with your peers.

Your options are endless and it’s well worth trying high ropes in the following locations: try it out in Hampshire, in West Sussex and in Northumberland.

But are high ropes only for children?

Not at all! Some places have adult-only high ropes courses which require you to be a certain height in order to take part in them. These courses will be far more challenging and entertaining. Additionally, they are great for groups such as families and corporate days; as they can include team building exercises or skills that require groups to communicate, master conflict resolution and even vastly improve a person's patience.

Thinking of spending some time outdoors with the family? Try high ropes in Devon. Or are you planning a corporate day to help with your department's team building? Then go for high ropes in Carmarthenshire.

It's time to stretch your legs, leave your fears behind and jump straight in. Taking part in a high ropes course has never been easier as there are multiple options throughout the UK, so why not make your way through them all and tell us in the comments which one is your favourite!

Who is Airsoft for?

Martin Buxton — Thu, 07 Sep 2023 00:00:00 +0000

Airsoft, the combat sport that uses realistic guns that fire small plastic pellets, is enjoyed by all kinds of people at sites and event venues around the UK on a regular basis. You might find a group of teenagers celebrating a birthday party, a team of regulars preparing for a competition and a couple of grizzled veterans with fully customised load-outs and warpaint covering their faces at your local airsoft centre. But there are a couple of hard-and-fast rules governing access to the sport, as well as a big variety in the kinds of games being played. You’d be unlikely to find the three groups mentioned above in the same one. We break it all down here - enjoy!

AGE LIMITS ON AIRSOFT

In the first place, we have to point to law and statute: it’s illegal to purchase an airsoft gun or use one without supervision in the UK if you are under 18. That doesn’t exclude teenagers from playing at licensed venues though. Most of these offer guns and other equipment for rent to attendees and marshals supervise the gameplay, so it’s all nice and legal. As with any sport that involves running around and firing guns, it’s not suitable for the youngest children and 12 years old is a common lower age limit.

ABILITY AND EXPERIENCE

Airsoft really is one of those games that take a minute to learn, but a lifetime to master. After all, when someone puts a gun-shaped object in your hand and points towards a group of soldiers running towards, it’s pretty obvious what’s expected of you. Plenty of airsoft experiences around the country are suitable for people who’ve never played before and some venues around the country are also incorporating infrastructure to allow people with disabilities to participate in their sites.

Having said that, those players who take airsoft seriously take it very seriously indeed and have come up with some full-on play styles. Let’s take a look at some different types of airsoft events and indicate which you might want to sign up for based on your level of experience.

Airsoft event types

Skirmish/Open Day: This is your entry level event. Anyone can take part, using their own equipment if they have it or using rental kit from the operator. Expect several games of 30 minutes or so in a session that lasts half or a full day.
Private: You’re in charge! If you book out an airsoft venue for a personalised event, the level of play on the field will depend on the ability of the group.
Speedsoft: This is a form of the game played in smaller, more open arenas to emphasise action and aggressive play over stealth and strategy. This kind of play can be found at open airsoft events and, though you might get shot more than you shoot if it’s your first time, there’s no harm in trying it out.
Close Quarter Combat: Also known as Close Quarter Battle (CQC or CQB), this is the kind of airsoft played in indoor facilities like an ex-military bunker in Greenwich or similarly crowded/cramped spaces at outdoor venues. Anyone can enter the battlefield, but you have to have your wits about you to come out on top.
MilSim: Military Simulation, this is for hardcore players who want to emulate the experience of warfare as closely as possible. A MilSim event could last a full day or as long as a whole weekend, including a series of objectives and setpieces. Players might be expected to carry everything they need for the mission with them, including ammo, food, water and even bushcraft equipment. This is where you’ll see highly customised equipment, complex load-outs and lots of green face paint. Battle Sim and Film Sim are related pursuits.
Battle Reenactments: Also simulating warfare, but this time with an emphasis on accurate representation of famous historical battles. Here, airsoft meets Cosplay and LARP and draws history buffs into the sport.
Special: Zombie apocalypse, fright night, video game come to life, etc. - there’s a lot that can be done with airsoft to keep it fresh and interesting. Events of this type will often be put on to attract new players to the hobby, so if you see something that you like the look of - go for it!

THE AIRSOFT COMMUNITY

The variety of airsoft games being played around the country is testament to the thriving community that’s coalesced around the sport in recent years. Add to that the online forums, social media groups, discord servers, as well as the equipment suppliers and specialist shops in towns and cities around the UK, it’s obvious that people are dedicating a lot of their time and money to this pastime. And it’s generally a very healthy, supportive community.

Forums are packed with newcomers asking for advice from veterans who gladly oblige. The game works on an honour system where players have to acknowledge when they’re hit - and face the consequences if they’re found to have carried on playing after an impact. There's even an annual festival that’s been running since 2007 and attracts thousands of enthusiasts to Dorset every year to play games, stock up on equipment and socialise with their comrades-in-arms.

At the end of the day, airsoft is a broad church that people of all ages, abilities and walks of life can get involved with in the way that suits them best. From stag and hen parties to teenage video game nerds and die hard fans who treat it more like a lifestyle choice than a hobby, all are welcome and all are in it for a good time. Newbies: any more questions? Vets: any wisdom to share? Put it in the comments section below.

The complete guide to your first Bungee Jump in the UK

Martin Buxton — Tue, 05 Sep 2023 00:00:00 +0000

We all know what bungee jumping is. But if you sit down and think about the actual process of flinging yourself into mid air on the end of a big elastic band, you might realise there are some gaps in your knowledge. Don’t let that put you off taking your first bungee jump! In this article, we’re answering common questions from first-time jumpers to make sure that you have no excuse for not taking the leap of faith.

Where in the UK can I bungee jump?

Wherever you are in the UK, you’re not far from a bungee jump venue. The major cities of England, Scotland and Northern Ireland have jump sites where cranes lift the jump platform high above the urban surroundings (don’t worry if you live in Wales, there are a couple just on the English side of the border). Then there are jumps in open landscapes, often in dramatic locations like the bridge at the pass of Killiecrankie in Perth and Kinross, Bray Lake in Windsor, Porth Beach in Newquay or the Conisbrough Viaduct in Doncaster. Finally, there’s an indoor bungee jump inside a converted steelworks in Sheffield - a dream come true for any steampunk thrill seekers out there!

Where in the UK is the highest bungee jump?

The title of Highest Bungee Jump in the UK goes to the 400-foot Chepstow jump, located in Gloucestershire, a few miles shy of the border with Wales. This 120-metre monster is, however, only operational on very special occasions. Your best bets if you’ve got a head for heights are Bray Lake, Berkshire or Tatton Hall, Cheshire, where you can complete daring jumps at a height of 300 feet.

How old do I have to be have this experience?

Not as old as you might think - to sign up for a bungee jump you need to give your consent, which you can legally do at the age of 16. But there’s a loophole! If you have the signature of your mum or dad and, we hope, their blessing, you can get jumping from the tender age of 14 years old. There’s no legal upper limit on taking part, but if you’re over 50 you’ll need to consult your doctor in advance and sign a non-standard waiver.

There are a couple of factors apart from age which can put paid to your bungee dreams. One of them is weight: 120kg, or 18.9 stone, is the limit that bungee cords used for jumps can take. In addition, you need to have a waist measurement of between 40 cm and 125 cm, that’s 15.7 inches and 49.2 inches. You can’t jump if you’re pregnant, or if you suffer from certain medical conditions - we recommend that you talk to a health professional if you have any doubts. FInally, you will not be allowed to jump if you’re under the influence of alcohol or drugs, some things are just common sense.

What should I avoid before the jump?

From the rules and regulations to our advice: treat your jump as you would any other physical test - a marathon, a full-day hike, an intense gym session, for example. You wouldn’t stay out partying the day before attempting any of these, and you shouldn’t with a bungee jump either. Avoid big, heavy meals in the couple of hours before the jump while keeping your blood sugar levels up - and stay hydrated! You don’t want to feel light-headed on the jump platform.

Will I be weighed before the jump?

Yes, you will. This isn’t just to check your within the weight range listed above, but to ensure a successful jump. Weight is absolutely fundamental to bungee jumping. It determines how fast and how hard you fall and the extent to which the bungee cord stretches. No two people, unless they weigh exactly the same, will jump using the same cord with the same configuration, because the jump team has to calibrate the length of cord used in relation to your weight. Too short and it’ll be over before it’s really started - too long and you’re in trouble.

Will I feel my stomach drop?

Big time - and for a couple of reasons. First of all, there’s the acceleration that your body experiences as you step into thin air and start falling. Your stomach and intestines sit fairly loosely in the abdomen and so they’re more free to move around than other organs. In the case of bungee jumping, this causes them to move up and back against your spine, producing the feeling of a drop. But you don’t have to be accelerating to feel your stomach lurch, highly intense emotional states and shocks can also produce this feeling. Looking at the ground far below your feet and preparing to jump is easily intense enough to make your stomach drop! But, as the saying goes, the candle that burns twice as bright burns half as long, and the feeling doesn’t last more than a few seconds. Besides, it’s all part of the fun!

Will I touch the ground/the water?

Bungee jumps take place either above water or solid ground. The former is more common with bridge and viaduct jumps, but there are crane-based jumps that are set above lakes or canals too. Don’t worry, you’re in very little danger of touching either at the lowest ebb of the jump - when the elastic cord is at full stretch, because the jump team will have calculated the correct amount of cord to attach you to. Hitting the ground could result in serious injury or worse, but coming into contact with the water wouldn’t necessarily be so bad. In fact, if you hop over the English Channel to Normandy, France, you can do just that at the Souleuvre Viaduct - immersing yourself to the waist in the waters of the River Souleuvre.

How will they remove me from the bungee cord?

There are two methods in common use, each better suited to a) where you’re jumping from and b) what you’re jumping over. The first is the lowering method, which can be employed at crane jumps. The crane simply descends, with you dangling on the end of the bungee jump, until your feet touch the ground. This works when you’re jumping directly above solid ground . For jumps over the water, or jumps that take place form bridges, the downwards route isn’t favourable or possible. In these cases, a rope will be lowered to you, which you clip onto your harness before being winched back up to the jump platform. When you’ve got your feet on something solid, a member of the jump team will help you remove the cords, harnesses and ropes.

Which is scarier - bungee jumping or skydiving?

This is a tough one, because scariness is very subjective. What we will say is that bungee jumping is a short, intense experience with all kinds of sensations and emotions packed into a short time frame. We’ve mentioned the acceleration, the stomach drop and the nerves, but there’s also the multiple changes in speed and direction as you bounce at the end of the bungee cord and the vertiginous site of trees, buildings and landscapes slipping past in a blur not far in front of your eyes.

Skydiving, on the other hand, is a more drawn-out process and doesn’t involve so many abrupt changes. There’s no lurch in the stomach, because you are already travelling at a high speed in the aeroplane before jumping out, reducing the sensation of acceleration. In addition, the transition in speed as the parachute is opened is much smoother than the braking process provided by a bungee jump. But then you have to consider that you might be jumping from a height of 15,000 feet, almost a hundred times higher than that of some bungee jumps. All in all, it’s hard to compare the two, but we think that bungee jumping just edges it.

How many bungee jumps go wrong?

Laws, regulations, codes of practice and common sense keep the number of errors in bungee jumping vanishingly small. It's been decades since anyone died from bungee jumping in the UK and safety procedures have been thoroughly overhauled and updated since then. In the USA, a study has put the risk of death from this sport at 1 in 500,000.

Does the bungee cord ever snap?

Again, the chances of a bungee cord snapping in the UK are so small as to be almost negligible. A story about a cord breaking in Thailand went viral online in recent years, but the regulatory frameworks for extreme sports in the two countries doesn’t bear much comparison. All equipment used in jumps in this country is correctly stored, maintained and deployed.

What is the lifespan of a bungee cord?

Bungee cords have a lifespan of 500 to 1,000 jumps, depending on the type, manufacturer and thickness. They will be replaced well within their “best-before date.”

How much weight can a bungee cord take?

The load that a bungee cord can hold depends on the material, diameter and internal structure of the cord. The jump team at your venue of choice will be responsible for choosing a cord that’s the correct strength for your weight. There are upper limits, of course, and that’s why there’s a maximum weight limit in place for jumpers.

How far can a bungee cord stretch?

This answer might surprise you - bungee cords can stretch up to 2 or even 4 times their original size! Don’t be disappointed if you’re preparing for your jump and notice that bungee looks on the short side, the distance you fall will be much greater!

What's the difference between a bungee cord and a shock cord?

Essentially, they’re the same kind of thing but used for different purposes. Bungee cord is used for bungee jumping, shock cord is used for securing luggage and cargo in transit. Don’t attempt to use one for the purpose of the other!

So there you have it, our beginner’s guide to the most extreme sport on the market. We think it’s pretty comprehensive but if you have any questions we haven’t answered, doubts we haven't addressed, let us know in the comments. If you’re completed your first bungee jump, congratulations first of all, and why not check out our article about the wildest bungee jumps that you can find around the world?

The Best British Stag Party Experiences

Martin Buxton — Mon, 04 Sep 2023 00:00:00 +0000

BEER BIKES
DRIVE A SUPERCAR
AIRSOFT
ESCAPE ROOMS
WEEKEND AWAY

The excitement is increasing in the build up to the big day, people are wondering about what they’re going to wear, plans are being made…

But we’re not talking about the wedding! This is the stag party, the chance for the lucky man and his best friends to have some proper fun - often adventurous, wild and daring (in contrast to the choreographed care of the wedding day). Stag groups are seen as big business by the leisure sector and there are a million and one experiences that are billed as the complete package. To cut through the noise and help you choose the best one, we’re drawing on our experience as a leisure activity directory to recommend some stag party activities that deliver what they promise and are worth the time and money of the whole wolf pack.

BEER BIKES

While having a couple of beers to celebrate an upcoming wedding isn’t exactly the height of originality, our first recommendation should get a couple of heads turning. A beer bike, or a party bike, is a marvellous contraption, the size of a small bus, that harnesses the power of multiple people pedalling to whizz around a city centre. What’s in it for the pedallers? The chance to drink beer as they cruise along, playing music from speakers and bringing the party to the streets! There are beer bike operators in London, Manchester, Liverpool, Newcastle, Brighton, Belfast and Bournemouth, so you’re likely not far away from your local!

And it doesn’t have to be beer, you provide the refreshments so you choose your tipple of choice, or stay sober if you prefer. Fancy dress, personal playlists and banners are additional ways to customise the experience.

DRIVE A SUPERCAR

It’s no secret that a lot of guys like cars - just look at the success of motoring shows such as Top Gear and The Grand Tour. What’s less well known is that you can emulate the presenters of these shows at numerous locations around the UK. In our opinion, the best driving experiences are those that let you get behind the wheel of a Ferrari, a Ford Mustang, a Tesla or another awesome supercar. The controls are the same as the ones in your own car, so can get straight to business. Feel the power, enjoy the responsiveness and look the part as you speed past your mates who are waiting their turn in the driver’s seat!

Supercar experiences aren’t the only motorsports on offer. Check out our article about driving experiences in the UK to find out about more high-octane activities around the country.

AIRSOFT

Nothing says “You’re my best friend” like a bullet in the head! At least that’s judging by the popularity of combat sports among stag parties. Paintball is the classic choice for groups of guys, but we want to suggest airsoft as a better alternative. Apart from not worrying about the mess - and cost - of paintballs, you can really get into the “MilSim” (that’s military simulation) aspect of the game with realistic weaponry and battlefield strategies. In addition, there’s a burgeoning community growing up around airsoft in the UK, so what happens on the stag do doesn’t have to stay on the stag do - take the sport with you into your married life!

ESCAPE ROOMS

Winter wedding? Rain in the weather forecast? Or perhaps you and your friends aren’t so obsessed with more traditional, alpha-male pursuits? Then an escape room might be the perfect choice for you. Putting teamwork, ingenuity and creativity to the fore, whilst transporting you to a galaxy far, far away, a historical era or the set of a horror movie. And if you don’t think it’s competitive - think again! You’ll be racing against the clock to solve the puzzles in the room, and against past participants to secure your place on the leaderboard. Best of all, the experience is usually over in a little over an hour, so you can pack more into your stag party programme!

WEEKEND AWAY

Finally, for when a day isn’t enough, choose a weekend of action for the perfect stag party. Spending a night or two with your friends doing something different is the ultimate bonding experience and ensures that you don’t forget about your friends after saying “I do” to your partner. There are plenty of options available, but the one that we want to highlight is a wild camping weekend down in Dorset that includes bushcraft, archery and a watersport of your choice on the Jurassic Coast!

We know that planning a stag do takes a lot of work - almost as much as the wedding itself - so we hope that these recommendations make choosing the activity that bit easier. And it doesn’t stop there - if you book with us, we’ll be with you every step of the way to make sure that event comes off without a hitch.

Is it worth paying for a guided tour?

Alicia Senna-Prime — Fri, 01 Sep 2023 00:00:00 +0000

Not interested in reading the whole article? Then check out the table below which states the main differences.
	Free Tours	Paid Tours
Tour Guides' Income	Rely on tips	Have wages
Local Economy	Not as good for the local economy	Better for the local economy
Budget	Good for budgeting	Good for budgeting
Flexibility	More flexible	Not as flexible
Limitations	Only see certain aspects of the city	More in depth tours
Itinerary	Unsure what to expect	Planned itinerary
Tour Guide	Often locals	Licensed tour guides
Public Perception	Bad perception - higher expectations	Good perceptions - higher expectations

Visiting the Isle of Skye? Why not try a guided tour to see this stunning area of Scotland...

In terms of money...

How do the guides make their income?

One of the main differences between paid and free tours is the income that the tour guide receives. It’s important for me to mention that free tours are rarely actually free and you will be expected to pay a tip at the end of the tour. This takes the pressure off the company from having to pay their employees a wage, as tour guides rely on these tips as their form of income. The good thing is that you can pay what you think the tour is worth; if the tour guide did an excellent job then you can tip higher. It is also important to note that the tour guides then have to pay the tour company a fixed rate per person so if you don’t tip, the guide will be missing out on more income.

Of course on paid tours the guides have a fixed wage that the company pays them as the tour is prepaid.

Which is better for the economy?

So which is the better for the local economy? Tour guides that do ‘free tours’ have to pay taxes on their earnings, but does the tourist company? Seeing as there is no contract involved, it is very difficult to tax companies on earnings that are solely tips, therefore more often than not the company does not have to pay taxes; which can hurt the local economy.

Whereas paid tours are better for the economy as their employees are contracted and they are required to pay taxes so it is far more ethical.

What if you're on a budget?

In regards to which is better if you are on a budget, they are both great options! The free tour is good as you can decide on a baseline tip and then adjust it according to how good the tour was. For paid tours you can pre plan your budget in advance as you have already paid for your tour meaning it is much easier to track your spending for the trip before you go.

Interested in learning about English history? Why not have a guided tour in Kent...

In terms of activities...

Which is more flexible?

Free tours are often more flexible as there is no obligation for you to go if you decide you aren’t feeling up to it the morning of the tour, you can go again at another time! Not to mention you won’t be losing any money by doing the tour another day. What’s more, while I highly encourage you not to do so as it is extremely impolite, you can leave the tour at any point (just make sure you tip the tour guide if you do leave early). Paid tours are much less flexible as there is often a strict itinerary that must be adhered to and you need to be at meeting points at a certain time.

What are the limitations?

In non-paid tours they only tend to take you to see outdoor attractions that you don’t need to pay to get into so it is a bit limited in regards to what parts of the city you see. In paid tours you are much more likely to see attractions that you have to pay for as it would’ve been included in the ticket price meaning you get to experience much more of the culture and history of the city you are visiting.

Which has a better itinerary?

What’s more, with free tours you don’t really know what to expect, it can be very dependent on the tour guide and where their interests lie, which may not align with your own. Paid tours have a planned itinerary which you know about before even booking the activity and it often has transport included which can help relieve a lot of stress as you don’t have to figure out how you will get to the location.

Visiting London? Well you have a variety of amazing guided tours to choose from...

In terms of public opinion...

Which has the better tour guides?

With free tours, the guides have often grown up and love the city that they are showing you around; they can tell you a lot about the local knowledge, history and culture. The guides are often motivated to give a great experience to their customers as they are aware that if the people enjoy the tour, they will tip much better. Furthermore, it is much more likely to be an individual experience coming from the perspective of the tour guide rather than them just spitting out general knowledge that you could’ve learned from a quick google. They can give you personalised recommendations for bars and restaurants that the locals go to that are more affordable.

The guides on paid tours are paid to deliver a certain experience so will have in-depth knowledge about the history of the town as companies hire licensed tour guides that often studied tourism. However, it is much less likely to be a personal experience and will be the same regardless of which tour guide you get. Moreover, they are more likely to give you recommendations of places that they have affiliations with, which tend to be more expensive.

Which has a better reputation?

With free tours, unfortunately the public perception of them is not great. People have much lower expectations of them and furthermore, people may not like the fact that they have to pay a tip at the end and may consider it false advertising. People have much higher expectations of paid tours and expect tour guides to be far more knowledgeable.

Fancy a tour of lovely historic city? Have a go at a guided tour in Norfolk...

Or perhaps try a non traditional guided tour in the West Midlands...

So those are the main differences between paid and free guided tours. You may have read this article and still be wondering which is better? My response is that it depends on what experience you are wanting. Do you want an authentic experience of the city from a locals perspective? Then the free tour may be for you. Or would you prefer an all inclusive tour in which you know what to expect? Then a paid tour is the way to go.

The 5 Longest Go-Karting Tracks in the UK

Martin Buxton — Wed, 30 Aug 2023 00:00:00 +0000

Motor racing stars like Lewis Hamilton and Jenson Button first showed their flair on British go-kart tracks before going on to dominate on the Grand Prix circuits of Formula 1. Just as the lengths of the Grand Prix tracks vary across the season from country to country, so do the sizes of the karting circuits in the UK.

Here is the leaderboard of the longest circuits in the UK. Before we start, we should say that length is just one factor that influences the unique personality of each track and so this isn’t necessarily a “best of” list. We’ve included the fastest lap time alongside the length of each track to give you an idea of other factors at play like the top speed of the karts on offer, the technical difficulty of the circuit and any changes in elevation.

NO. 1 - TEESSIDE KARTING

Location: Middlesbrough
Length: 2.1 kilometres
Fastest lap record: 89 seconds

The number one spot, by a comfortable margin, goes to Teesside Karting in Middlesbrough, North Yorkshire. One of the advantages of being over two kilometres in length is that the straights give you the chance to floor it and hit the karts’ top speed of 60 miles per hour! Bear in mind that driving on a longer track means each lap takes longer, and if you book in for a time-limited session, you won’t get as many opportunities to fine tune your approach to each corner.

NO. 2 - THREE SISTERS CIRCUIT

Location: Wigan
Length: 1.5 kilometres
Fastest lap record: 50 seconds

The Three Sisters Circuit is next. It’s a 1.5-kilometre series of challenging corners after tricky turns and has a reputation for being one of the most technically demanding tracks in the country. It’s not just karting enthusiasts who say so, because this venue also hosts car track days, drifting days and motorbike events.

NO.3 - PFI KARTING

Location: Grantham
Length: 1.382 kilometres
Fastest lap record: 56 seconds

Paul Fletcher International Karting, or PFI, comes in next. This track has been a racers’ favourite since 1994, but the track you see today has gone through several transformations since it first opened. The most recent addition to the facility is a flyover where the track doubles back on itself - perfect for adding some drama to a race!

NO. 4 - DAYTONA MILTON KEYNES

Location: MIlton Keynes
Length: 1.3 kilometres
Fastest lap record: 58 seconds

Daytona operates several karting venues around the country, but its biggest circuit is in Milton Keynes. The track combines straights of different lengths with corners of all kinds. Racing here is a thrilling experience for people of any karting ability, but it’s especially rewarding for experienced racers who are able to nail each corner in succession.

NO. 5 - RED LODGE KARTING

Location: Bury St Edmunds
Length: 1.2 kilometres
Fastest lap record: 53 seconds

NO.5 - BUCKMORE PARK

Location: Chatham
Length: 1.2 kilometres
Fastest lap record: 48 seconds

There’s a tie for fifth place, with Red Lodge Karting in Suffolk and the circuit at Buckmore Park in Kent coming in at 1.2 kilometres in length. But that doesn’t mean there's nothing to choose between them - the fastest lap times suggest that higher speeds can be reached at Buckmore, while Red Lodge might have tougher turns.

HONOURABLE MENTION - TEAMSPORT WARRINGTON

Location: Warrington
Length: 1 kilometre
Fastest lap record: 58 seconds

It just misses out on a top spot, but we want to include this track on the list. Why? Because it’s the longest indoor karting circuit in the UK. Indoor karting is a different beast. As well as the echoes of engines and tyre screeches reverberating around the enclosed space, you usually have to deal with the climbs and descents of a track that’s arranged over several levels! On top of that, no amount of rain can spoil your day, which is a real boon when you’re in Northwest England.

Has that got your heart rate up? In order to indulge your need for speed, check out our karting experiences around the UK. If you want to know more about the go-kart scene in this country, read our article about the karts you can drive at UK venues.

Are you ever too old for Archery?

Martin Buxton — Tue, 29 Aug 2023 00:00:00 +0000

Premier League transfer windows, coverage of the Olympics, even the kids’ school football matches - all of them can make it seem like sport is a young person’s game. Turning up to an archery range, on the other hand, can give you a fresh perspective on things. Youngsters imitating their heroes of the big screen, young men and women preparing for competitions, and adults of all walks of life alternating between quietly developing their skills and sharing in the healthy atmosphere of a community of friends.

There are no upper age limits on shooting arrows from a bow. As with the other important things - and people - in our lives, our relationship with archery will change over time, allowing it to continue bringing us pleasure. ****

INCLUSIVITY IN ARCHERY

Although archery can be a competitive sport, it involves no direct contact or interaction with other competitors. This means that the limiting factors on performance are all personal, and can be controlled or influenced by each archer. An easy change to make is in the draw weight of a bow - that’s the force which is required to pull the bowstring back - while modern compound bows have variable draw weights. The shooting distance and type of target that are used can also be changed in relation to strength and eyesight.

There are many more examples of changes that can be made to the equipment and range configuration of archery which can bring in people of all types, children and individuals with limited mobility as well as more mature shooters.

PHYSICAL BENEFITS

Regularly practising archery brings a host of physical benefits that should make it a tempting pastime for almost anyone to take up. Shooting properly involves holding a balanced, upright posture for up to half a minute at a time, extending the shoulders and limbs of the upper body and using the muscles powerfully and precisely.

These actions, when repeated time and again, do wonders for both strength and mobility, whilst burning calories and giving the body a light cardio workout. On top of that, it’s a low-impact exercise that involves no running, jumping, or sudden movement (apart from releasing the bowstring with the fingers of one hand) making it suitbale for people wiht tyoes of arthritis. Finally, you’ll find your step count going up and up without you even noticing as you spend a couple of hours walking to and from the target to retrieve your arrows!

ARCHERY AND THE BRAIN

Successful shooting depends not only on strength, but mental fortitude. Focus and concentration are two of the abilities that people who take up archery see the most obvious improvements in, both on the range and in their daily lives. Some people also report benefits to their memory and recall skills.

Another huge boost comes in the form of confidence and self-esteem. Archery was notably used in the rehabilitation of injured and shell-shocked soldiers during the Second World War at Stoke Mandeville Hospital in Buckinghamshire. The games that were held here eventually went on to become the modern Paralympic Games, one of the most empowering sporting occasions for people with disabilities and physcial limitations on Earth.

THE SOCIAL SIDE

What’s the point in becoming stronger, smarter and more confident if you can’t show it off? The social life of the archer will give you a lot of opportunities to do just that. Once you’ve taken a beginner’s course and got the hang of the sport, you can become a part of your local archery club - there are hundreds of them all around the UK. Most clubs shoot once or twice a week throughout the year and host competitions and events on a regular basis. Membership cuts across generations in a way that isn’t found in most other sports, so club archery is a fantastic way to broaden your social circle and spend time with a wide variety of people.

Apart from club shooting, there are archery competitions, training, historical reenactment and more that you can get involved with. Let your bow and arrow be the key the unlocks a world of opportunity!

Check out our guide to archery in the UK to learn more and to find taster sessions, beginner’s courses and other archery experiences in your local area. Let us know in the comments if you have any more questions!

What not to do in Paintball

Martin Buxton — Mon, 28 Aug 2023 00:00:00 +0000

There are three things that should be on your mind when going into a paintball game: how to stay safe, how to win, and how to contribute to the enjoyment of the many people who take part in the event. We’re going to break it down for you here.

PAINTBALL SAFETY

Don't ignore the marshals

Paintball marshals are the members of staff whose job it is to run a programme of paintball games and take responsibility for the safety of the players. They will start the session with a safety briefing, and go on to supervise the games, enforcing the rules that have been laid down. It’s essential that you listen to their instructions, respect their decisions, pay attention to their commands before, during and after the games for your own safety and that of other players. A word of advice - they don’t take arguing kindly!

Bonus tip: as well as keeping you safe, the marshals will explain the gameplay of each match before it happens. Listen close and you can glean information that will help you plan out your strategy.

Don't take off your safety gear

We could have put this one first because it’s of vital importance. You’ll be given protective equipment, including face masks, overalls, gloves and sometimes more at the start of your session. You must enter the arena wearing it all and keep it on for the duration. Outside the safe zones of the paintball venue, there’s a chance of impacts at any moment, and you need to be protected. Marshals take this one very seriously, so we strongly suggest you stick to it. To paraphrase Hermione Granger - “You could get killed, or worse - expelled!”

Don't shoot anyone at close range

Another fat red line in the paintball arena. Paintball projectiles aren’t designed to hurt on impact, but they do need to travel a long distance for the sake of the experience. That means they leave the marker (that’s the gun) at around 90 metres per second. Getting hit by a gel ball of dye at that speed can leave a nasty bruise or even break the skin. If you find yourself within 3 metres of another player, it’s best to shout "surrender!" and give them the chance to head for the dead zone.

Don't ignore your needs

You might be here to play, but you have to pay attention to your body to avoid doing yourself harm. We recommend stretching before entering the arena to avoid pulling a muscle, staying fully hydrated and packing high-protein snacks to keep you going between games.

Don't wear your best outfit

This one’s for your clothes' sake, not yours. Almost all paintball venues in the UK are in the great outdoors, so you can expect mud, grass and water to leave their mark all over your body. You’ll more than likely be given overalls to protect your threads, but they’re not foolproof. In addition, you need things that allow free movement. Paintballing will go ahead in all but very heavy rain, so bring a dry change of clothes too!

PAINTBALL STRATEGY

Don't lose track of your ammo

If there’s one thing that’s going to ruin your chances of success on the paintball field, it’s pulling the trigger on an empty marker. The number of paintballs you have with you is one of the most important things to bear in mind when booking your session - as most venues sell deals that include a certain number of paintballs - and entering into each game.

Don't go rogue

We all love films like Rambo, when one soldier faces off against hordes of opponents, but the reality of combat (real or simulated) is very different from what we see on the screen. Paintball is a team sport and teamwork is key. If you want to emerge victorious, plan a strategy with your teammates before the game starts, support each other in the ring and share the glory!

Don't freeze up

First-time paintballers can find the experience a little intimidating and react by seeking out a hidden or easily defensible spot at digging themselves in. Though this might seem like a handy tactic, it’s actually likely to end up going wrong. If anyone sees you enter your hidey-hole and knows you’re not going to leave it, they’ll either adapt their strategy to neutralise your position, or find a way to flush you out. Keep moving to put the enemy on the back foot!

Don't get complacent

Generally speaking, a visit to a paintball venue involves playing numerous 15 to 20-minute games during a session that lasts half a day, or a full, 8-hour day. You should expect each game to be completely different from the last, as marshals like to make their sessions dynamic and interesting. Things that can change include: the game zone, the rules and objectives, the death/regeneration procedures and even the teams. You have to adapt accordingly, putting together a new game plan for each new challenge.

THE SPIRIT OF THE GAME

Don't make it all about winning

Paintball is a competitive sport, but turning up to a venue on a Saturday morning isn’t the same as being invited to participate in a competition. Though most venues keep children separate from adults, you might be playing alongside teenagers or inexperienced players, who are there for the same reason as you - to have a good time. Don’t enjoy yourself at the expense of anyone else's enjoyment, because you run the risk of creating a bad atmosphere and putting budding paintballers off.

Don't get too tribal

Even if it’s a private session for you and your mates, perhaps a classic stag or hen party, you still have to consider the feelings of your opponent. That’s because they might not be your opponent for long. Like we said above, the marshal running your game is going to chop and change the teams from game to game, and you don’t want to find yourself sheepishly entering the arena on the same team as someone you’ve just been trash talking.

Don't ignore impacts

The last one on the list is just about being a good sportsperson. Getting hit by a paintball means you have to leave the arena, and you know your status better than anyone. If you feel a hit, stick your hands up and declare it before exiting the arena. No one likes a cheat!

THE POSITIVES

Do have fun

Mission goals may change from game to game, but the overall objective remains the same. Paintballing at a commercial venue in the UK is a leisure activity that people do to have fun, relax and escape from their responsibilities for a few hours. You don’t necessarily have to have a smile on your face from start to finish, but talk to the marshals if you’re not having the experience you’ve paid for. They will do all they can to get the good vibes flowing.

Do choose the right paintball game for you

There are many ways to enjoy paintball. Different venues around the country will favour different brands or kinds of equipment, they’ll have game zones with unique installations, and the marshals will put their own spin on things. Do some research in advance to find out about the venues in your area and pay particular attention to the kinds of games they offer, from the standards (Speedball, deathmatches, capture the flag, etc.) to more imaginative mission scenarios that involve their built environments.

Something else to keep an eye out for is low-velocity paintball, often known as Splatmaster or Mini Paintball, which is perfect for kids. It uses special, child-sized equipment that makes impacts far less intense. Paintball without the pain! Check out the paintball sessions around the UK and Ireland that we list to find your perfect game.

Do ask questions

Not sure what to expect from a paintball experience? Need tips on how to prepare? Pop any questions that this article hasn’t answered in the comments section below and we’ll get right back to you - unless one of paintball veteran readers gets to it first!

Trek against Time: Mountaineering Challenges in the British Isles

Martin Buxton — Fri, 25 Aug 2023 00:00:00 +0000

THE THREE PEAKS
THE TEN TORS
THE FOUR PEAKS OF IRELAND
MUNRO BAGGING
SAFETY AND RESPONSIBILITY

THE THREE PEAKS

The most famous time trial trek in the United Kingdom and Ireland is the Three Peaks Challenge. It consists of summiting the three highest peaks of the three nations that make up the island of Great Britain - England, Scotland and Wales. That means Ben Nevis in Scotland, the highest mountain in the British Isles at 1345 metres above sea level, Snowdon in Wales, 1085 metres, and Scafell Pike in England, 978 metres.

Traditionally, the goal is to get to the top of all three and back down in just 24 hours. That might sound challenging in itself, but don’t forget that these mountains are located in three different countries with 462 miles of driving between them! The two journeys between the start and end points take between 10 and 12 hours, leaving you not much more than 4 hours for each peak! You need a designated driver if you’re going to attempt this challenge - and preferably one who’ll be happy to drive in silence while you grab some sleep in the car!

Nowadays, a 36-hour timeframe is seen as a worthy alternative which is a much more attainable target for your average walker and gives you more of a chance to enjoy the three hikes that take place in the stunning surroundings of the Scottish Highlands, England’s Lake District National Park and Snowdonia National Park in Wales.

THE TEN TORS

This is an annual event, organised by the British Army, that takes place in Dartmoor National Park every year in early May. It’s aimed at young people, who compete in groups of six to complete routes of 35, 45 and 55 miles - depending on their age and experience - that connect tors on the moor.

Tors are rocky outcrops that are found in the harsh uplands of Dartmoor, often on windswept hilltops. The Ten Tors itineraries often do not follow established paths and trails so participants must use orienteering skills and be prepared to trailblaze across rough terrain, as well as to camp or bivouac in the wilds. I myself can attest to the challenging conditions of the landscape and the climate on Dartmoor, having taken part in the Duke of Edinburgh’s Gold Award which included a 4-day unsupported trek across the moor.

THE FOUR PEAKS OF IRELAND

This challenge is not as well known as the Three Peaks or the Ten Tours, but it deserves a place on the list due to the fact that some of the highest mountains in the British Isles are found on the Island of Ireland. The four peaks are the highest mountains in each of the four provinces of Ireland, meaning that this challenge will take you to both the Republic of Ireland and Northern Ireland.

The mountains are: Carrauntoohill, Country Kerry, which is the highest mountain in the province of Munster at 1040 metres above sea level. Lugnaquilla, County Wicklow, at 925 metres the highest peak in Leinster. Mweelrea, County Mayo, the highest point of Connacht, and Sleive Donard, 840 metres, which is in Northern Ireland's County Down and is the highest point in the province of Ulster.

Being not so well established as other routes, there’s no generally accepted itinerary or timeframe for summiting these four magnificent peaks. It can be done in 24 hours, but this isn’t recommended to any but the most experienced hikers. Two days is a more realistic goal, or three - with a day each for Carrauntoohill and Lugnaquilla and one more for Mweelra and Sleive Donard.

MUNRO BAGGING

The fourth entry on our list earns only an honourable mention, in spite of probably having more participants than any of the others - perhaps all of the others combined. But we can’t describe it as a timed challenge, because the estimated time that’s needed to complete it is about 23 years!

So what is a Munro, and how do you bag one? Munro is a Scottish term for a mountain with an elevation of over 3000 feet, or roughly 914 metres. Peaks of this height in Wales and Ireland are not included on the list, but Scotland alone has an impressive 282 of them. To climb to the top of one of these mountains is to bag it.

Both the sheer number and the distribution of the Munros, from Loch Lomond in the south to the Cairngorms in the Northeast, across the vast region of the Highlands and even on islands in the Hebrides, make bagging them all more of a lifestyle choice than a goal to tick off a to-do list. That estimate of 23 years is based on climbing 12 every year! Of course, the majority of people who’ve climbed a Munro or two aren’t aiming to bag them all, but anyone who sets themself the challenge of getting them all will have a lifetime of fantastic journeys and hikes as a reward.

SAFETY AND RESPONSIBILITY

The hikes, treks and adventures in this article go to show that the simple act of walking in the wild places of the British Isles can be as intense and demanding as any other outdoor pursuit. For that reason, attempting any of the challenges on the list shouldn’t be taken lightly. Experience is essential, preparation is key and, in some cases, training is a must. If you’re interested in hiking but you’re not sure where to begin, check out our complete guide to hiking in the UK and guided hike experiences that we list.

Finally, we want to emphasise that the natural environment isn’t just a playground, a place to push ourselves and prove our prowess. We also have a responsibility towards the wilderness areas of our island home. To treat them with respect, we have to both work to protect them and understand the risks involved in entering them. For a set of widely accepted guidelines on how to behave in the great outdoors, check out the Leave No Trace principles.

If we’ve inspired you to think seriously about attempting one of these challenges, we wish you the very best of luck. If not, no problem! You don’t have to have a specific goal in mind in order to head out into Britain and Ireland’s National Parks and open spaces. We know that you'll enjoy the time you spend there, whichever path you take.

The Basics of Paramotoring

Alicia Senna-Prime — Thu, 24 Aug 2023 00:00:00 +0000

Where does paramotoring come from?

Paramotoring is derived from paragliding and is known to have been first invented in 1980 by Mike Byrne in the UK. He added a motor, that he had made himself, to his regular paragliding equipment and did the first paramotoring journey ever recorded; lasting just 4 minutes and a half. Unlike paragliding, in paramotoring it is not necessary to have a high point or mountain edge to take off from and you can lift off from any open space.

Fancy a go at paramotoring just 2 hours from the birthplace of the sport? Why not try it out in Oxfordshire?

How does paramotoring work?

The parachute used is much stronger and larger than in paragliding which is needed to help with the extra weight of the paramotor. The motor is worn like a rucksack which has a cage and frame around it to protect both the pilot and the parachute wing from the propeller. The frame is attached to the harness which is used to keep the pilot safely strapped in with multiple clips. The motor and engine are used to propel the paramotor onward. To gain momentum, the pilot needs to run with help from the motor once the wing is in the air in order to take off. There is a throttle that is connected to the engine which extends toward the pilot so that it can easily be turned on, furthermore, it includes a kill switch to easily shut off the engine.

You can be forgiven for assuming that a paramotor may need fancy fuel such as aviation fuel or something similar to run, however, this is not the case! A paramotor’s engine runs on normal unleaded fuel; in some cases 2-stroke oil is also needed to be added in. However, in general, unleaded fuel does the trick.

Taking a trip to Wales and want a thrill or a rush of adrenaline? Why not try paramotoring in Ceredigion?

So why is it so expensive?

Think about it… For a sport where one wrong move could result in a serious accident would you really want to cheap out on equipment? Of course not! All the various parts such as the wing and harness are expensive to make and take copious amounts of skill to produce as well. However, the equipment will last you years and is cheap and very easy to maintain once purchased. Furthermore, paramotoring as a sport is not a huge market therefore vendors need to keep their prices up in order to make a profit.

If you are on a budget but still love the idea of soaring through the sky, why not have a go at a shorter flight in Cornwall.

What should I bring with me?

While this may be repeated to you often, safety is paramount and comfort is key! The following items will help you enjoy your flight to the fullest, whether essential or just recommended.

Helmet - definitely essential
Radio - in case you need to communicate with others nearby or you have an emergency
Strobe light - if you are flying in low light a strobe light is essential so that other pilots or aircrafts can see you
Gloves - when flying at high altitude your hands can become very cold, so this is for comfort more than anything
Flight suit - again this is more for comfort and will keep you very warm, however a ski jacket will also do the trick if you don't want to splash the cash

Finally, if you happen to be in Northern Ireland, why not enjoy some fantastic views and take off in County Antrim.

Now you know the history and have a basic understanding of paramotoring you are ready to take the run, spread your wing(s) and take flight.

The Complete Guide to SUP Yoga

Martin Buxton — Thu, 24 Aug 2023 00:00:00 +0000

There’s something crucial that lies at the heart of both yoga and stand-up paddleboarding (SUP): balance. The buoyant board essentially takes on the role of a yoga mat, while the open surroundings replace the confined spaces of yoga studios. The practice was probably developed in Hawaii, the birthplace of SUP, but it has now spread across the world to lakes, canals and coastal seas where the water is still in all corners of the world. Many such locations can be found in the UK, and paddleboarding enthusiasts have taken the opportunity to run SUP Yoga sessions here. Keep reading to find out more about this innovative and inspiring yoga practice.

The Benefits

Practising yoga on a paddleboard trains the body to hold positions calmly and confidently, as the resultrs of slipping or overbalancing are magnified by the response of the board. But the goal isn’t to make yoga harder or more exclusive. Working in harmony with the board and the water helps develop your focus, as does the opportunity to spend time with your body and mind in beautiful natural surroundings.

SUP Yoga is a fantastic option for yoga novices who already have paddleboarding experience because many of the skills are transferable. It’s a wonderful way for committed yogis to develop their practice too, introducing new challenges and unlocking fresh rewards.

The Equipment

For the board itself, you’ll be looking for something stable. If you’ve read our blog post about the different types of paddleboards, you’ll know that inflatable SUPs provide the most buoyancy and stability, making these the best choice. This goes for beginners as well as advanced practitioners of SUP Yoga, because other types of board are designed for paddling and gliding efficiency and you won’t even be using a paddle when holding yoga poses.

Another piece of kit that you might encounter during a SUP Yoga session is a central floating platform, like the Safe Waterman™ Starfit Platform, which allows up to eight people to dock their paddleboards together in an inward-facing pattern. The yoga instructor can then take a prominent position in the class, while the interconnected structure provides extra stability to the individual paddleboards. These are particularly well suited to beginner-level sessions.

Previous experience

Sometimes yoga can feel like a difficult activity to get into - wouldn’t adding another element raise the entry barrier even higher? Not at all. As a relatively new arrival on the scene in the UK, SUP Yoga hasn’t become the kind of activity full of highly skilled practitioners that’s enough to put newcomers off just yet. So sign up for a session even if you’ve never done yoga before!

On the other hand, some prior experience of paddleboarding will really help you out. As we’ve mentioned before, the interplay between your movements and those of the board is a key element of SUP Yoga, so knowing how to read and predict the reactions of your paddleboard will help you hold poses and transition between them. We recommend taking at least a SUP taster session before signing up for a SUP Yoga class.

The Poses

Anyone new to SUP Yoga will start out with basic poses. Start with a seated pose or a child’s pose to gather yourself and listen to your environment - the sensation of the open air, the sounds and smells of the water, the sensation of buoyancy pushing up on you and your board. Then move on to positions such as the plank or the downward-facing dog. It might take a moment to find your balance in each new pose, but we have some top tips from yoga instructors to help you out:

Find the balance point of the board: this is generally where the carrying handle is.
Keep two points of contact with the board at all times: this is good practice in all kinds of SUP.
Use the horizon: looking towards a stable point on the horizon will help you maintain your equilibrium.

Bearing these tips in mind and slowly building up confidence, you can go on to advanced poses such as the wild thing pose, the half camel pose and even standing asanas.

If you have any more questions about SUP Yoga, just pop it in the comments. We also want to hear from anyone who’s tried this activity - where did you do it? What was it like? Has it changed how your view on yoga or paddleboarding?

Is 40 too old to go Skydiving?

Martin Buxton — Wed, 23 Aug 2023 00:00:00 +0000

THE FEELING OF SKYDIVING

There really is nothing as exciting, visceral and elemental as skydiving. Almost anything we can say about it will sound like a cliché, just picture it for yourself: ascending to several kilometres above the ground in a light aircraft, standing at the open door, and jumping out. Then it’s just you, the force of gravity and the wind in your face as the ground below you rapidly gets bigger and bigger…

You don’t have to be a foolish young thing to be tempted by the prospect, this is an experience that’s available to all kinds of people. If you’re interested, keep reading.

THE FACTS ABOUT SKYDIVING

Anyone with a basic, and we mean really basic, understanding of physics and human biology can see that there’s an inherent risk involved in skydiving - and that’s exactly the point. Let’s break down the experience and then identify the procedures in place that keep risk to a minimum.

Most skydives in the UK take place at an altitude of 10,000 - 15,000 feet (that’s about 3,050 - 4,550 metres). Leaving the plane at this height, you start accelerating immediately, quickly reaching terminal velocity. This is top speed, the point at which the forces pulling you down are limited by air resistance, around 120 miles per hour or 55 metres per second. Freefall lasts for a matter of seconds, depending on the jump height.

Then the parachute opens and everything slows down. The second part of the descent lasts a few minutes and is followed by the landing.

SAFETY MEASURES

All commercial skydiving in the United Kingdom is overseen by British Skydiving, the national governing body of the sport. They have a comprehensive set of rules and regulations in place to ensure that skydiving is not only safe, but also as accessible as possible to people of all ages, abilities and backgrounds.

Equipment

We’ve already mentioned the single most important piece of safety equipment, and that’s the parachute. These are calculated to have a success rate of 99.9%. To bump that up to within a whisker of 100%, a second parachute is always carried, ready to be deployed in case of any issue with the first.

Aside from the parachute, there are harnesses, flight suits, goggles, cords, clips, carabiners and more involved in a skydive. If you’re jumping in the UK, you can be sure that every piece of kit has been thoroughly maintained and checked before your jump.

Personnel

Depending on the kind of jump you’re completing, there will be a number of people involved in the experience. All of them, from the pilot to the jumpmaster, and the instructors to the aerial photographers, as well as those involved in preparing the kit before the jump, are highly trained, experienced and certified to do the job they are doing. This sport is their passion, so they give it their all.

Minimum Age

British Skydiving does not allow anyone under the age of 16 to complete a skydive, and any jumpers under the age of 18 must have the written permission of their parents.

Maximum age

This is the figure that we’re more interested in, and there’s both good news and bad news. First of all, 40 years old is not too old to complete all and any skydiving experiences that you want. Indeed, if you’d like to take part in a tandem skydive with an instructor, there is no upper age limit. However, if you're in your forties and you want to learn to skydive solo, you have to get your skates on before it’s too late! Why the differences? We’ll explain below.

DIFFERENT SKYDIVING EXPERIENCES

Tandem Skydiving Jumps

A tandem skydive is almost every skydiver’s first experience of this sport. You feel all the sensations of freefall and parachuting, without taking responsibility for the risks. That’s because you jump strapped to a skydiving instructor. They get you airbourne, coach you through freefall, open the shared parachute at the right time, and guide you to a soft landing in a suitable place.

In terms of age, there is no cut-off point for participating in a tandem skydive - the world record holder for oldest jumper is 103 years old! Having said that, there are some health conditions that can put an individual at risk when skydiving. We recommend that you talk to your doctor in advance of a skydiving experience and communicate clearly with the jump provider.

Accelerated FreeFall (AFF) Courses

The Accelerated Freefall Course (AFF) is the programme you have to go through if you want to be a solo skydiver. It usually takes around 8 days to complete, with numerous practice jumps and lots of theoretical study in ground school. Most companies will offer the full course alongside a one day taster, popular courses are skydiving centres in Cambridgeshire.

Many skills and techniques, a good understanding of weather and conditions, local knowledge, a certain degree of physicality and more go into executing a successful skydive. With this in mind, and the balance of risk fully calculated, British Skydiving places a limit on starting the AFF course at 55 years old, you must begin the course before your 55th birthday if you are to complete it.

POPS

There’s a special club for any thrill seekers who keep the flame of adventure alive into their fifth decade, the Parachutists Over Phorty Society, or POPS. They put on events, run competitions, and generally enjoy the company of like-minded individuals. If you’re inspired to complete a skydive at the age of 40 (phorty) or more, why not check out POPS UK, their British chapter?

Driving experiences in the UK that will get your motor running

Martin Buxton — Mon, 21 Aug 2023 00:00:00 +0000

DRIVE A SUPERCAR
FORMULA 1 EXPERIENCES
RALLY DRIVING
NOVELTY VEHICLES

Buggies
Tanks
Hovercraft

Since the invention of the internal combustion engine, the pedal has been well and truly to the metal of motoring innovation. A staggering array of vehicles are out there to be enjoyed, so don’t be content with mass-production cars and public roads! We’re going to tell you about some of the most exciting driving experiences that are on offer to anyone with a driving licence in the UK. From feeling the awesome rush and responsiveness of a Formula 1 race car to tackling off-road terrain and getting into the driving seat of vehicles you’ve only seen in blockbuster movies, there’s something for everyone on this list!

DRIVE A SUPERCAR

Let’s start with a crowd pleaser. Who hasn’t fantasised about driving a Ferrari, Porsche or Jaguar at some point in their life? The designs of these sports cars are absolutely iconic, but beauty isn’t just skin deep - underneath the bodywork are engineering marvels that give these supercars the power, poise and precision to leave ordinary road cars in the dust.

Driving a supercar takes the familiar motions of turning, accelerating and braking to a whole new level. To find out what we mean, we recommend to you a driving experience centre in Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire, where you can get into the driving seats of cars as diverse as the Lamborghini Gallardo, the Nissan GTR and a classic Ford Mustang.

FORMULA 1 EXPERIENCES

If supercars are the best machines that are permitted on public roads, Formula race cars are cut free of the restraints of the highway code and manufacturer safety regulations. The results are almost scary! You’ve seen these rockets on the TV coverage, lapping Monte Carlo in a matter of minutes and tearing up the tarmac of cities and circuits around the world, now you can try the real thing.

The centre in Hertfordshire that we mentioned above has three separate circuits, one of which is designed specifically for the pride of their fleet - a Jordan EJ12 which actually competed in the 2002 F1 season. As if that wasn’t enough, they’ve also got a couple of F1000 cars and an Ariel Atom which looks like a racer but has road-going credentials!

RALLY DRIVING

A need for speed is all very well and good, but style is important too - and there’s nothing like drifting around a corner in a cloud of smoke to stand out from the crowd. In order to drift, you need rear-wheel drive, lots of horsepower and nerves of steel! The best cars for the job are rally cars. We know a rallying centre in Oxfordshire that has a pack of wolves in sheep’s clothing - suped-up versions of Ford Escorts, Subaru Imprezas and BMWs that are perfect for the art of the drift.

NOVELTY VEHICLES

Cars, however, are not the be all and end all of motorsports. At Yumping.co.uk, we know that there are plenty of ways to configure an engine and some wheels. Not all of them favour speed, but stability, safety or down-right fun instead! Here are a couple of our favourites.

Buggies

Stripping things back to basics are off-road buggies. Designed to take on tricky terrain, such as sand dunes, mud and steep slopes, these machines waste no weight on comfort or styling. Unsurprisingly, thrashing a buggy around a track is a real thrill ride that will leave you with a huge smile on your face and souvenirs to take home with you - in the form of mud splatters and grains of sand! Try it out on an off-road track in Devon.

Tanks

From featherweight to heavyweight, driving a tank is an option for fans of war films or anyone who wants to dominate the terrain. Imagine climbing through the hatch of a real military moving fortress and feeling the power of the industrial engine and the trademark tank tracks. You can have this extremely out-of-the-ordinary experience in Kent, a county with driving experiences that also include 4x4 off-roading.

Hovercraft

Now that we’ve well and truly left conventional, wheeled vehicles behind, we can introduce hovercrafts, zany vehicles that float in the air on a cushion of air. The really cool thing about hovercraft is that they can fly above land or water, taking the idea of off-road to a whole new level. Propelled by a fan mounted on the back, hovercraft can be tricky to control, but it’s worth the effort to see driving in a whole new light. There's a provider in Warwickshire that specialises in aquatic hovercrafting.

As you can see, driving doesn't have to be pedestrian. Follow the links in this article to find the experience that suits you and we’ll help you arrive at your destination, ready to ride!

White Water or Flat Water Kayaking in the UK? The Best Places

Martin Buxton — Mon, 14 Aug 2023 00:00:00 +0000

We’re not talking about frothy coffee, but the various forms that bodies of water can take and how they affect kayaking. Rivers, lakes, canals, lochs, estuaries, and more, they can all be categorised as either flat water or white water. We’re going to explain the differences and point you in the right direction of excellent places around the UK to try each of them.

WHITE WATER

This is the more elusive of the two. To create white water rivers that are suitable for kayaking, you need two things: high ground and high rainfall. Handling these conditions requires skill, strength and knowledge of how a kayak responds to certain forces, and that’s why white water kayaking is the more challenging version of the sport. You have to control the boat in the current, avoid rocks and stay upright as you descend falls and rapids - white knuckle fun for those who are up to it!

The Highlands

As home to the tallest peaks in the British Isles, and with a healthy amount of rainfall too, it’s no surprise that kayaking in the Scottish Highlands can involve traversing white water. The River Leven in Glencoe offers a terrific ride for kayakers with a thirst for white water.

North Wales

Second place in terms of altitude and white water kayaking opportunities goes to North Wales. The rains that fall on the mountains of Snowdonia form rivers that descend rapidly to the Irish Sea in the region of Gwynedd, but one of them is so strong that it remains a rushing torrent in Denbighshire, much closer to the English border and the cities of Manchester, Liverpool and Stoke-on-Trent. This is the River Dee, one of the most accessible locations for white water kayaking in the UK.

FLAT WATER

Where rivers don’t have enough power to create rapids, they can generally be classed as flat water. Add to that the even more gentle conditions that you’ll find on most lakes, lochs and canals, and there’s a whole catalogue of places you can enjoy flat water kayaking. In the Olympics, this discipline is characterised by speed and paddling power, but as a leisure activity it can be whatever you want it to be - peaceful, playful, or even a way of travelling long distances - you decide.

We should point out that the regions we listed in the white water section also have a great deal of spots for flat water kayaking. Check out, for example, Loch Ness in the Highlands or Bala Lake in Gwynedd, the source of the River Dee.

Cumbria

If you want lakes, come kayaking in the Lake District National Park in Cumbria. Beautiful bodies of water ringed by the highest peaks in England are found here, making it a truly inspiring place for a paddle.

London

You don’t have to travel to far-flung corners of the country to enjoy watersports. That’s evidenced by the fantastic kayaking opportunities in London. There are parts of the River Thames to explore, lesser known rivers such as the River Trent in West London and whole networks of canals around Paddington Basin and the Docklands.

Hampshire

We could have chosen many counties on the South Coast of England as an example of a fantastic place for this sport with pleasant surroundings and a mild climate, but we’ve selected kayaking in Hampshire. As well as charming waterways such as the River Hamble, there are sheltered coastal waters to enjoy, including Portsmouth Harbour and Southampton Water.

Did you notice that we didn’t mention the sea? That’s because sea kayaking is a whole different story that involves specialist equipment, techniques and procedures. If you want to know more about that, stay tuned because we might write an article about that any day now. In the meantime, we hope that this guide to flat water and white water kayaking helps you choose the perfect place to enjoy this awesome sport!

Dizzyingly High Bungee Jumps around the World

Martin Buxton — Thu, 10 Aug 2023 00:00:00 +0000

ASIA
AFRICA
THE AMERICAS
AUSTRALASIA
EUROPE
THE UK

Before we start, we should say that this isn’t a neatly ordered list of the highest bungee jumps that you can find around the world, there are already dozens of those available. Our list is more subjective, it goes beyond the cold, hard figures and rates the jumps by their ability to make you stomach lurch and your head spin just by looking at them. In other words, by their dizzy factor.

What’s more, we’ve organised it by continent to help you find the wildest bungee jump in your part of the world, wherever you are or you’re going to be. If you want to know more about the basics of bungee jumping before we kick the list off, check out our guide to bungee jumping.

ASIA

Name: Zhangjiajie Glass Bridge Bungee
Location: China
Height: 260 metres
Dizzy Factor: 9

Okay, okay, so we're starting with the highest bungee jump in the world - but not just because it’s high. Obviously it is hugely, monstrously high, but it’s the intensity of the whole experience that makes it almost seem like it’s been designed to score highly on our dizzy factor scale.

Before you even get to the jump site, you have to walk halfway across a glass-bottomed suspension bridge - the tallest such bridge in the world - that stretches across the Grand Canyon of Zhangjiajie. Some people are put off from even crossing the bridge by the gaping abyss that’s visible below, so to then throw yourself down towards the canyon bottom takes nerves of steel.

AFRICA

Name: Bloukrans Bridge
Location: South Africa
Height: 216 metres
Dizzy Factor: 8

Our next featured jump is the highest in the Southern Hemisphere, but, once again, it’s not just the height that earns it a place on this list. Bloukrans Bridge spans 451 metres of thin air from one side to the other of Nature’s Valley. To give you an idea of how long that is, it would take an Olympic sprinter about a minute to run across it at full tilt. Standing at the centre of the bridge and looking out makes you feel like you’re hovering high above the ground - a feeling that disappears spectacularly quickly when you get up the courage to jump.

THE AMERICAS

Name: Rio Grande Gorge Bridge
Location: New Mexico, USA
Height: 206
Dizzy Factor: 8.5

The bungee jump above the Rio Grande earns an extra half a point on the dizzy factor scale because a) plunging towards running water always adds a touch of something special to a jump, and b) because it’s only available on a select few dates every year. Any economist will tell you that scarcity drives up the value of a product on the market, and it’s the same here - the fact that not everyone can do it, that it can’t be done all the time, makes it feel much more special.

AUSTRALASIA

Name: Kawarau Bridge
Location: Queenstown, New Zealand
Height: 43
Dizzy Factor: 6

At less than 50 metres in height, you might be wondering why this one deserves to be on the list. Actually, we have a few reasons, which include the stunning location on New Zealand’s South Island - that’s where they filmed the Lord of the Rings you know - and the running Kawarau river below. But chiefly it’s down to the fact that this was the first commercial bungee jump in the world, established in 1988 by legendary thrill seeker AJ Hackett, and there’s something thrilling about jumping from the spot where it all began.

EUROPE

Name: Verzasca Dam
Location: Switzerland
Height: 220 metres
Dizzy Factor: 8.5

Also known as the Contra Dam or the Locarno Dam, this is a concrete megastructure that’s almost as impressive, if not nearly as beautiful, as the Swiss Alps that it cuts through. This bungee jump location has a high dizzy factor thanks to its starring role in the 1995 James Bond film GoldenEye. At the beginning of the film, 007 leaps from the parapet of the dam and drops like a stone to a service entrance near the bottom in order to infiltrate the enemy’s base. If pretending to be James Bond isn’t enough to get your heart racing, we don’t know how to help you. Oh, and did we mention that it’s the third highest bungee jump in the world?

THE UK

Name: 300ft Jump
Location: Manchester and Windsor
Height: 92 metres
Dizzy Factor: 7

Well what about British Bungee Jumping? Are there drops here with a dizzy factor to bring out adrenaline junkies in droves? There certainly are. The highest jumps in the UK are set at 300 feet. Compared to others on the list, that's not huge. But if you imagine a 100 metre running track standing on its end, that’s about as far as you’re going to drop! The best thing about this kind of jump is that you can experience it at two different locations - Bray Lake in Berkshire and Tatton Park in Greater Manchester.

You might have noticed that we haven’t awarded 10 to any of these spine-tingling jumps. That’s because we’re optimists at Yumping.co.uk - we know that someone, somewhere can come up with an even crazier bungee jump than the one’s on the list and we’ll give it full marks.

Three ways to launch a glider that you can find around the UK

Martin Buxton — Wed, 09 Aug 2023 00:00:00 +0000

WINCH LAUNCHES
AEROTOW
MOTOR GLIDERS

Gliders are aircraft designed for unpowered flight. They have extremely lightweight bodies, wings with a large surface area and other design features to allow them to stay in the air without the use of a motor. But none of that’s much use if they can’t get off the ground, because launching inevitably requires some energy input.

Luckily, there are a number of different techniques and technologies that are used to launch gliders into the skies. We’re going to explain each of them, along with their advantages and disadvantages - and locations around the UK where you can experience them.

WINCH LAUNCH

The most straightforward of the three, launching a glider with a winch is as simple as attaching the nose of the aircraft to a long cable and pulling on it with the winch! As the glider is accelerated towards the winch, it starts to gain altitude and the pilot disconnects the cable and soars off into the blue.

Winch launching is simple because it’s cheap, efficient and doesn’t require any modifications to the craft. The downsides are that it’s easily hampered by weather conditions. In general, a pilot wants to take off into the wind, as this helps to move air over its wings, and changing the direction of take off when using a winch can be difficult or impossible, depending on the installations on the ground. You can try this kind of gliding for yourself at the Welland Gliding Club in Northamptonshire.

AEROTOW

A solution to the problems that winch launches are vulnerable to is aerotow launching. What does this involve? The clue’s in the name - an aeroplane tows the glider along the runway and into the air. As most airfields have runways that face towards different points of a compass, it only takes the pilot of the plane to choose the optimal direction for take off and taxi into position for the launch to be ready. The Peterborough and Spalding Gliding Club is an example of a club that launches most of its flights in this way.

There are one or two downsides to this technique, however, because it relies on the use of an aeroplane. Even though the tug plane can be fairly lightweight and basic itself, there are operating costs to cover including the fuel, and, of course you need to have a pilot on hand.

MOTOR GLIDERS

So, we want the flexibility to take off in the direction that we want and the ability to fly when we want. Motor gliders might be the answer. These craft have a small motor of their own that powers a propellor and gives the glider enough umph to take to the skies with no cables and no help from planes and pilots. Once the glider has reached a sufficient height, the motor can be turned off and the gliding begins.

The main drawback here is that the weight of an engine seriously affects the aerodynamics of a glider, so these models inevitably lose some of the sleekness and simplicity of completely unpowered models. But it has to be said that the motor can be used during the flight to extend the airtime and travel further, or in case of emergency. Head down to Dunkeswell Aerodrome on the Jurassic Coast in Devon to take a flight with Southwest Motor Gliders.

As you can see, gliding is all about trade-offs between different kinds of freedom. On the one hand is the freedom from cumbersome bits of machinery and other constraints. On the other is the freedom to fly when and how you want to. If you want to know more about the gliding opportunities in the UK, check out our complete introduction to the sport. If you’re a glider yourself and you don’t agree with our evaluations, let us know in the comments!

The Complete Guide to Jet Skiing in the UK

Martin Buxton — Tue, 08 Aug 2023 00:00:00 +0000

WELCOME TO A WONDERFUL WATERSPORT
TYPES OF JET SKI EXPERIENCE
WHO CAN RIDE A JET SKI?
THE BEST PLACES TO GO JET SKIING IN THE COUNTRY

WELCOME TO A WONDERFUL WATERSPORT

So, you’ve decided you want to go jet skiing in the United Kingdom. Congratulations! Jet skiing is a fantastic pastime that can help you relax, get your heart pumping or allow you to explore amazing aquatic environments - the choice is yours!

What is a jet ski?

Technically speaking, we’re talking about Personal WaterCraft or PWCs. Jet ski was a brand name which, like Hoover or Biro, has come to be used as the common name for the product. The idea of skiing comes from the fact that they were inspired by snowmobiles, but a PWC uses a jet of water to propel itself through the water in place of the tracks that make a snowmobile move. They’re ride-on-top craft which seat one or two people, designed for short or medium distance journeys on lakes, rivers and the open sea. Some of the important parts of a PWC are:

The body: a buoyant, streamlined structure which houses the motor.
The handlebars: which are used to control the direction of thePWC.
The throttle: a lever-like mechanism which is located on the right handlebar next to the hand grip and controls the speed of the craft.
The brake/reverse: Especially common on newer jet skis, this control is usually found on the left handlebar.
The kill switch: Undeniably the most important part of the jet ski, this mechanism cuts off the watercraft’s power. The rider wears a lanyard attached to the switch, so if they fall, the jet ski stops.

How do you ride a jet ski?

Manoeuvring a jet ski is simple. You just need to understand the function of each of the controls - and that includes your body. When you go forward, as well as opening the throttle, you need to lean forwards. Similarly, you should lean into turns - like when skiing on snow - and remember to keep the throttle open as you turn to keep water moving over the steering elements. To gain confidence, we recommend that you start slow, to get comfortable with basic manoeuvres controls before gaining speed.

TYPES OF JET SKI EXPERIENCE

Jet Ski Rides

The great thing about the world of jet skis is that it’s very easy to get into it. There are plenty of operators around the country which offer people of all kinds the chance to ride a PWC, even if they’ve never used one before. These jet ski rides usually last just 30 minutes or an hour and take place in a limited area - around a lake or on a designated part of a beach, for example - under the supervision of an instructor. They’re an excellent way to blow off some steam and kick up some spray. There are some restrictions on participation including a minimum age, see more about this below.

Safaris and Tours

Jet ski safaris and tours are longer experiences - up to 2 hours - which are designed to take advantage of the sightseeing applications of PWCs. Compared to boats, jet skis are small, manoeuvrable and have a low profile below the water. This means that they can navigate narrow channels and shallow waters in a way that few other powered craft can. If you want to explore the British coastline in all its intricacy and eccentricity, a PWC is your best friend. In addition, jet skis are quiet, which can make them excellent for wildlife watching. These rides are led by qualified guides, who’ll help you see the best of the area and use your craft correctly.

Remember, jet skis generally have space for two people. This means that both long and short rides can be shared - a good option for parents with children or larger groups of adults, where the couples on each PWC can switch seats and take a turn each at the controls.

Courses and Qualifications

To break beyond the limits of guided and instructor-led experiences, you’re going to have to earn a qualification from the RYA, the Royal Yachting Association. Their Personal Watercraft Proficiency Course is a one-day programme of training, in which you’ll learn how to use a jet ski safely and correctly, follow navigation rules (the nautical equivalent of the Highway Code) and learn essential skills such as launching.

Hire and Ownership

Once you’ve got your certificate, you can start having fun on your own terms. This is because most harbours and launch sites require you to have a RYA qualification in order to use their facilities, and most rental services need to see documentation before you ride a PWC without supervision. Enjoy!

WHO CAN RIDE A JET SKI?

Age Requirements

Jet skiing is a high-adrenaline sport for all. To take part in an activity with a guide/instructor, no licence or previous experience is necessary, how cool is that? The only thing to bear in mind is age. Riding a jet ski solo is usually reserved for adults of at least 16 or 18 years of age. Don’t worry, this doesn’t mean that families aren't welcome. Some providers will let teens take the controls if they're sharing the craft with an adult, and children can ride along as passengers.

When it comes to training, the RYA will teach youngsters from the tender age of 12 years old to learn to ride a jet ski,so long as they take the course in the company of an adult. From the age of 16, no chaperone is necessary.

Go prepared

To avoid falling at the last hurdle, make sure you have everything you need before travelling to your jet ski. You’re going to get wet during a jet ski ride, so wear a swimsuit, shoes that will retain their grip in the water and something like a rash vest. Goggles or sunglasses are highly recommended to keep the water out of your eyes, whilst suncream is essential in the warmer months - there’s no shade on open water! In some cases, there will be a dry box available on the craft where you can store your valuables, but we recommend bringing your own dry bag or a waterproof case for your phone, camera, etc.

Last and by no means least is a life jacket or buoyancy aid. If you’re taking part in a guided PWC experience, you won’t be allowed on the craft unless you wear one. The good news is that you will be given one by your guide/instructor. Just make sure you keep in on for the duration of the ride!

THE BEST PLACES TO GO JET SKIING IN THE COUNTRY

If you’re completely new to jet skiing, maybe you haven’t been on a powerboat or speedboat before either, you might be most comfortable having your first experience on the flat waters of a lake. We recommend the Tallington Lakes in Lincolnshire. They have a 40-acre expanse of sheltered water, perfect experimenting with the craft and having some fun. On top of that, RYA proficiency courses are offered here, so you can get really confident on a PWC here before hitting the waves. To find out more, click here.

To enjoy jet skiing as a sightseeing experience, you can’t do much better than the Gower Peninsula. This spur of land, jutting out into the Bristol Channel just outside Swansea, is a natural paradise, the first place in the UK to be declared an Area of Outstanding Natural Beauty. Taking a short ride around Oxwich Beach or a longer tour along the shoreline, you’ll be blown away by the natural beauty of the unspoilt coastline, and you might even spot some seals, dolphins or porpoises! You can also take your proficiency course in the Swansea area. Check out the options here.

Another scenic destination for jet skiing is East Sussex, where you can whizz along Brighton Beach or take a tour to the stunning Seven Sisters cliffs from Newhaven Harbour. Click here for more information.

Jersey, in the Channel Islands, is an option for those who like beaches, history and warm waters. Short rides around the pristine cove of St Brelades are on offer, as are longer guided experiences that take in views of cliffs, castles and sea creatures. If you can, go for a sunset ride around the southwest headland of the island. You can get all the information about jet skiing in Jersey by clicking here.

Finally, we should point out that there are many PWC experiences that are within easy reach of London. To the East is the Essex coast, Whitstable Bay in Kent isn’t far away, and there are highly respected schools that offer jet ski training in Southampton, just a 90-minute train journey from London Waterloo. Browse all of the PWC opportunities in and around the capital by clicking here.

Now you’ve got the info, the next step is to book your adventure! Have a look at our offers of jet skiing in the UK and choose the one that suits you best. Did we miss anything? Write to us in the comments!

What’s worth seeing from a helicopter in the UK?

Martin Buxton — Mon, 07 Aug 2023 00:00:00 +0000

NATURAL SETTINGS
HISTORIC SITES
MODERN ARCHITECTURE

If you’re thinking about booking a helicopter flight in the UK, you should think carefully about the areas you’ll fly over and the sights you’ll see. Getting an aerial view of a landscape, a monument or a city can really change your perception of it, but we’d point out that some things deserve this enhanced viewpoint more than others.

And we should know - as a helicopter pilot is able to see the big picture better than people on the ground can, so our point of view, that of a leisure activity directory, allows us to contemplate and compare the flights on offer around the United Kingdom. At the end of the day, helicopter flights don’t come cheap, and you want to make sure that the area you’re going to see from the cockpit is really worth getting a bird’s eye view of.

NATURAL SETTINGS

The Jurassic Coast, Southwest England

The Jurassic Coast is a crowd-pleaser close up and from a distance. If you go to the beaches of Kimmeridge or Lyme Regis, you’ll see people wandering across the sands and at the bases of the cliffs with their heads bent low. They’re looking for fossils! But zoom out and observe this 100-mile stretch of coastline on the south coast of England from the window of a helicopter and you’ll see it in a whole new light.

Dramatic headlands rise above sandy beaches and hidden coves, natural rock arches plunge into the sea and brilliant white sea stacks erupt from below the waves. Taking off from Bournemouth Airport, a helicopter tour of the Dorset coast should be at the top of your bucket list.

The Lake District, Northwest England

England’s land of lakes and mountains inspired Wordsworth to pen his famous poem “I Wandered Lonely as a Cloud.” Whereas William, writing over 200 years ago, could only imagine what the spectacular landscape must have looked like from above, we now have the opportunity to do just that. Take a flight in Cumbria over the National Park and you’ll find out that it’s just as majestic as he dreamed it would be.

The Cotswolds, the West Country

Not as dramatic, but equally evocative are the Cotswolds. These rolling chalk hills extend over a large area in southwest England, covering parts of Gloucestershire, Oxfordshire, Wiltshire, Somerset, Worcestershire and Warwickshire. There’s a literary connection here as well: various landmarks and locations in the area helped fuel the imagination of The Hobbit and The Lord of the Rings creator J. R. R. Tolkien. Peter Jackson may have chosen New Zealand to represent Middle Earth on the big screen, but you can see the original if you book here.

HISTORIC SITES

Bath, Somerset

Almost two thousand years of history are on display in Bath, from the Roman baths themselves, to the mediaeval abbey to the elegant Georgian crescents and Pulteney Bridge. It’s no surprise that the city centre is a UNESCO World Heritage Site. What is surprising is that, unlike most cities with similar status, you can take a sightseeing tour of the city by helicopter.

Edinburgh, Scotland

Anyone in the northern half of the British Isles will be pleased to know that we might have spoken too soon. Edinburgh, the capital of Scotland, is another UNESCO site which you can overfly in a helicopter. The highlights of this tour will be Edinburgh Castle, home to the Scottish crown jewels and the Stone of Destiny, Arthur’s Seat and the legendary Forth Bridge.

MODERN ARCHITECTURE

The London Skyline, Southeast England

London is undeniably a historic city, but it’s the modern skyscrapers and towers that dominate the cityscape when viewed from the air. The best helicopter tours of the capital begin to the southwest of the city, heading first for the chimneys of Battersea Power Station, then to the Shard - the tallest building in th United Kingdom - before rounding the towers of the financial districts of the City of London and the Docklands.

Football Stadiums

Fans of the beautiful game will appreciate this one. It’s natural that football stadiums become important emblems of the teams that play there - scenes of great drama, emotion and excitement. Seeing your team’s home ground from a helicopter can bring back all of those memories and feelings, whilst putting the stadium firmly in its local context. We recommend helicopter tours that take in various - often rival - football grounds in a single flight. A Liverpool flight that takes in the stadiums of both Liverpool and Everton Football Clubs - set just a mile apart - is a popular choice, as is or a tour of the Old Firm in Glasgow (Celtic and Rangers, that is).

If any of these flights catch your eye, follow the links to find out more or visit our complete guide to helicopter flights in the UK. If you’ve taken a helicopter tour of an area we haven’t mentioned and want to tell us why it’s worth it, let us know in the comments!

Different paddleboards for every occasion

Martin Buxton — Fri, 04 Aug 2023 00:00:00 +0000

INFLATABLE PADDLEBOARDS
HARD PADDLEBOARDS
BIG BOARDS

If you’re a visitor to our website, you’ve probably tried Stand-Up Paddleboarding (SUP) at least once by now - after all, it’s one of the best selling activities on the platform. But unless you’re a SUP fanatic or a regular practitioner of the sport, you might not be aware of the wide variety of sub disciplines that it contains. And each of these requires a particular kind of board. Read on to find out the different types of boards and the uses that they’re put to.

INFLATABLE PADDLEBOARDS

Whether you’re having an intro to SUP session in the Scottish Highlands, paddling down the River Foyle in Londonderry, or purchasing your very own first SUP, chances are it’s going to be an inflatable paddleboard, made of PVC, that you’re looking at. This kind of construction has a host of benefits that’s made them the most common type of paddleboard out there.

The main advantages are: buoyancy and stability, resistance to collisions, transportability and storage. They’re great for beginners and casual paddlers because they’re easy to control and harder to tip over other designs. In addition, you can easily keep one at home and chuck it in the boot of a car or luggage rack of a train to enjoy the sport wherever you want. Don’t be fooled into thinking that an inflatable board is going to behave like a pool lilo, they have drop-stitch technology which makes them far more rigid.

HARD PADDLEBOARDS

Paddleboards of hard construction generally have a foam core, layers of fibreglass and a resin coating, although some artisan manufacturers might make wooden models or use other techniques. They’re more expensive, larger and heavier than inflatable boards, so what’s the point in going hard?

Touring SUPs

Inflatable boards are fantastic for low-intensity paddling on enclosed, sheltered waters. But if you’re going to make long journeys on your board, especially if those will take you across the open sea, fast flowing rivers or even large lakes in strong winds, you need a touring board of hard construction.

These are serious pieces of kit and the difference will be evident within minutes of setting out from shore on a touring board. They are much more resilient in the face of wind, waves and tide, they reward your hard work by conserving momentum with each paddle and they glide across the surface of the water beautifully. These boards allow you to do some really cool things like extended, multiday trips and even SUP surfing. We know a company on the Cornish coast that will give you a comprehensive introduction to using a touring board and advise you on continuing your open-water paddleboard journey.

Racing SUPs

Just as you wouldn’t enter the Tour de France on a child-sized bike with stabilisers and a basket, you can’t turn up to a SUP race with an entry level paddleboard. Racing SUP design focuses on straight-line speed at the expense of stability and turning ability. They often rise to a prow at their pointed end to cut through the water and have a kind of spray deck to stop them taking on water.

BIG BOARDS

So far, we’ve been talking about paddleboards made for a single person. Many parents have found that it’s possible to take a young child as a passenger on their SUP, whether it’s inflatable or hard, and small dogs can ride with you too. But what if you want a more social experience?

Tandem Paddleboards

Stuck for ideas for a first date? Why not make it memorable by taking that lucky person out on a paddleboard made for two? These are essentially elongated (and slightly wider) versions of standard SUPs. A word of warning - you have to work together, unless you want the outing to be memorable for the wrong reasons! Check out this riverside SUP base in Norwich where you pick up and return the board in a riverside pub garden. Order a drink together and you’re already enjoying your second date.

Mega Paddleboards

Mega, monster, giant, XL, there are lots of names for this kind, but they all express the same thing - excessive size! Mega SUPs are the party boats of the paddleboard world. Depending on the model, you can fit between 6 and 10 people on board, making them perfect for parties, stag and hen dos and team building events. You have two options with a giant board - pull together and see how fast you can go, or get silly! Last man standing, sit down you’re rocking the boat, diving competitions, there’s a whole lot of fun to be had here. Have a gon on a mega SUP in Newquay, the watersports capital of the UK!

There’s so much more we could write about paddleboards and paddleboarding, but we hope this article has helped you understand this fantastic sport more deeply. If you have any questions, or suggestions for more articles, let us know in the comments!

What kinds of axes are you going to be throwing?

Martin Buxton — Thu, 03 Aug 2023 00:00:00 +0000

When it comes to activities that involve doing exactly what your mother told you not to do, it’s important to have all the information in advance. We all know that axes come in all shapes and sizes - from small hand axes to felling axes and the kinds that firefighters use to break down the doors of burning buildings.

Do you get to play around with all of these? The answer is no, but this isn’t a bad news story. There are plenty of axes that you can get your hands on at axe throwing venues around the UK, from lightweight weapons to double-bit monsters. Let’s clear one thing up before we go any further:

Q: Can I bring my own axe?

A: No.

Standard throwing axes

You might not have realised, but while you’ve been going about your life in recent years, axe throwing has gone from a lumberjack’s favourite hobby to an regulated international sport with its own governing body, the World Axe Throwing League. The league has its own competition axe, which has set the standard for the majority of axes that you're likely to meet during an axe throwing experience.

The WATL Competition Thrower is a one-handed axe that weighs around 600 grams and has a handle length of roughly 35 centimetres. Axes of this style mimic the general dimensions of a hatchet or a tomahawk, but they’ve been designed specifically for throwing. Weight distribution, profile and cutting edge are all calibrated to allow them to fly through the air cleanly, complete a head-over-handle spin and sink into the wood of the target.

Mini axes

Here’s something for the stealth enthusiasts out there. When carrying around a full-on axe is just too obvious, you need something more discrete. Let us introduce the throwing angel.

Forged from as a single piece of steel, with no handle, a throwing angel is typically around 25 cm in length and weighs in at 300 - 350 grams. What’s cool about these babies is that they have the form of a cross, with three separate cutting edges, allowing you to pull off some really cool trick shots. Have a go just outside Manchester!

Two-handed axes

The throwing angels won’t be to everyone’s taste. To channel your inner Viking and give any woodchuck a run for their money, there are two-handed axes. These usually have the added benefit of having a two-headed blade (known as double-bit), which, although only one side is going to hit the target, can give you better balance on the backswing. In terms of specs, two-handed axes can range in size and weight, up to limits of about 55 centimetres and 2 kilograms - there‘s a reason you have to throw them with two hands!

Throwing knives?

Of course! Axes aren’t the only sharp, pointy things that you can hurl through the air to stick in blocks of wood. Throwing knives are another option on the alternative target sports scene, and can often be found as part of axe throwing activities. Here’s an outdoor centre in the West Country where you can get your hands on both.

Big axes, small axes, knives, the kitchen sink… Well not quite. But it’s clear that there’s a lot of choice out there when it comes to red-blooded throwing experiences. We want to know about your axe throwing tales - have you tried it? Which kind of axe is your favourite? LEt us know in the comments!

What - and what not - to wear when white water rafting

Martin Buxton — Wed, 02 Aug 2023 00:00:00 +0000

When it comes to escapism, there are few outdoor activities as liberating as white water rafting. You hang for dear life as the glorified dinghy you’re sitting in is carried through a spectacular landscape the current of a powerful river - what could be better for taking your mind off things? And yet, not even here can you escape the perennial question - What am I going to wear?

Considering the conditions needed to create a rapid river that’s suitable for rafting, there are a few things you need to take into account: water, temperature and rocks. In the UK, these rivers are found in highland areas like the Scottish Highlands of Snowdonia and other parts of North Wales, which aren’t the most forgiving of places. Your white water rafting provider will give you the key equipment to protect you against the elements, but there are a couple of things that are your responsibility.

The stuff you don't need to worry about

Wetsuit

Your first line against the cold is the vigorous exercise that you're going to be doing throughout the rafting session. The second is a wetsuit. In almost all cases, this will be provided by the outdoor activity operator, though you may be able to bring your own if you check in advance that it’s up to spec. It should have long sleeves for the arms and legs, to defend against the temperature and scratches and scrapes, and be thick enough for the location and the time of year. Remember, they keep you warmer when they’re wet, so don’t be afraid to dunk yourself in the river at the start of the activity!

Life Jacket

Again, this is something that your white water guide will give you before taking on the rapids. White water rafting is fun because of the turbulent waters of rapids, and these occur in shallow water. Having said that, there will more than likely be calmer, deeper sections of river during your rafting journey so having a buoyancy aid is a must.

Helmet

Like the life jacket, this one is more of a precaution when you’re in the raft. However, it’s possible that you’ll capsize at some point, in which case you need protection against the rocks in and around the river.

The stuff you should take with you

To go under the wetsuit

Just like with any water sport that involves a wetsuit, you need to put something between it and your body. Neoprene does such an excellent job of keeping you warm, but it doesn’t score so high on the comfort scale. As a minimum, you need to wear a swimsuit - and we recommend something more like swimming shorts than bikini bottoms. Highly recommended, especially in colder weather, is a rash vest or something similar. Avoid cotton t-shirts as they will cool you down and look for a base layer that will retain its insulative properties when wet.

To wear on your feet

Some outdoor activity operators supply wetsuit boots to participants in rafting experiences, but this isn’t currently the industry standard. If you have your own, fantastic. If not, you’ll be fine with a pair of lace-up trainers that you can fasten securely to your feet. Anything with open toes or even holes - think crocs, jelly shoes - aren’t suitable because small stones could get inside.

To warm up afterwards

Once you're out of the water and the adrenaline rush that took over your body is starting to subside, the cold can start to set in. Be prepared with a towel and a set of dry clothes. Layers are best, starting with an insulating base layer, followed by thicker garments, and don’t forget a waterproof because it might be raining. Of course, you’re going to need a dry pair of shoes and socks too!

Seasonal variations

These recommendations are based on the general experience of rafting and might not cover all bases, in all locations, at all times of year. There are some rafting routes on relatively calm rivers where suncream would be more important than a wetsuit. At the other end of the scale are extreme experiences on rivers that can only be rafted in the winter, like the River Orchy in Scotland, for which you’ll require much more specialised gear.

At the end of the day, it’s essential to contact your rafting guides before your trip and ask what they will provide and what they recommend you bring. The goal of dressing correctly for a white water adventure is to allow you to focus on the experience of rafting and not worry about getting cold, wet and bruised. Book through any of our providers and we’re sure that you won’t!

Family activities that no one will turn their nose up at

Martin Buxton — Tue, 01 Aug 2023 00:00:00 +0000

QUALITY TIME
GO FOR A RIDE
HAVE FUN ON THE WATER
FAMILY-FRIENDLY EXTREME SPORTS

QUALITY TIME

Of all the people in your life, your family are often the ones you live with, see most frequently or talk share the deepest connections with. So why’s it necessary to plan adventurous outings with them? Well, any relationship needs a bit of variety, an injection of excitement and the opportunity to make lasting memories.

We’ve put together this list of activities that are inclusive of every member of the family, from the youngest child to parents and even grandparents. It doesn’t matter if you’re looking for an adventure to tire the kids out or a bit of peace and quiet, we have something for you.

GO FOR A RIDE

Our first suggestions are going to get you out and moving around in the great outdoors, sharing memorable moments as you discover a new place, and maybe a new sport too.

Horse riding

There’s no need to explain what horse riding entails, but we want to point out the benefits it can have for bringing a family together. The presence of horses has been described by many as therapeutic and - though we’re not suggesting that you need family counselling - this soothing atmosphere can help you relax alongside your loved ones. Why not try trekking through the Welsh countryside en famille?

Quad biking

For petrol-headed families, we recommend riding a quad bike. These vehicles are more suited to raising your heart rate and adrenaline levels than chilling you out, so you can expect a different kind of bonding when you're tackling tough terrain on the back of an ATV with your family members. Get ready for laughter, competition and mud! North Yorkshire has some of the most rugged terrain in England so it’s no surprise that you can find family quad experiences there.

HAVE FUN ON THE WATER

If you’ve got very young children, you might be disappointed with our first two suggestions (although we’d point out that there are riding stables around the country that will take children as young as four on lead rein rides). Now you’re probably wondering how adding water into the equation is going to help! Fear not, we have some winning ideas…

Canoeing

Unlike other paddlesports, canoeing is all about tranquillity - especially when we talk about Canadian canoes. These are large, stable, open-design craft that can carry numerous people and their possessions across the water with room to spare. Parents and older children can take care of the paddling while the little ones kick back and enjoy the ride. How about packing a picnic and giving them a chance to stretch their legs as you enjoy by the side of, say, the Norfolk Broads?

Boat trips

Alternatively, you can relax together, letting someone else transport you across the water on a boat trip. This is a particularly good one for grandparents, babes-in-arms and days when you don’t fancy doing something strenuous! There are so many places you can enjoy a boat trip in the UK, either as passengers on a scheduled tour or on a private basis, that we can’t mention all of them, but there are some excellent options around the Pembrokeshire coast - it’s a national park for a reason!

FAMILY-FRIENDLY EXTREME SPORTS

The phrase “extreme sports” conjures up images of wild adventurers and professional daredevils, but there’s no reason why families shouldn’t consider some of these experiences. After all, as we’ll see, a lot of them give you a chance to explore places that you don’t normally see up close.

Coasteering

This one takes place in the intertidal zone - the place where the land meets the water and rocks, caves and waves dominate. Spending time in this environment can get pretty hairy, but coasteering doesn’t have to be a high-risk pursuit. People of all ages enjoy exploring rock pools full of aquatic animals and plants. And, of the climbing, diving and open water swimming involved, you can pick and choose what you want to get involved with. If you’re worried about the cold being too much for the kids, try this activity in the balmy climate of the Channel Islands.

Gorge Walking

You might not have heard of this one, but you probably have some idea of what canyoning is. Gorge walking is very similar - it involves following the course of mountain streams. The main differences, which we’ve gone into more depth about here, are that gorge walking experiences tend to involve less immersion in the water and be more oriented towards children and families. Perfect!

So there you have it, six ideas to get you thinking about your next family adventure. We're looking forward to hearing all about it, so let us know what you get up to in the comments.

The differences between gorge walking and canyoning that no one told you about

Martin Buxton — Tue, 11 Jul 2023 00:00:00 +0000

If you’ve been on holiday to one of the rugged parts of the UK in recent years, for example the Scottish Highlands, you might have seen canyoning and gorge walking tours among the adventurous activities on offer. Now, unless you did A-level geography, you’re probably wondering if a canyon and a gorge aren’t the same thing. The truth is that there’s no clear distinction between the two, and that’s reflected in the similarities between the respective sports. But, despite the overlap, there are a number of characteristics that could tip your decision from one to the other. We’ll tell you all about it below!

The Similarities

The big similarity between the two activities is that they’re found in the same places. We’ve mentioned rugged areas like those that contain the Scottish Bens and Munroes, to which we should add the Snowdonia National Park and its towering mountains. These are the places where there’s enough relief and rainfall to form powerful watercourses that can cut into the landscape, giving us the kinds of terrain we can describe as canyons and gorges.

So, both gorge walking and canyoning take place in, well, gorges and canyons. The activities themselves are fairly similar too. Both involve following the lay of the land, interacting with the extreme environment of rock, water and vegetation. Why, then, are there two names?

The Differences

What does each sport involve?

The answer seems to lie in the intensity of the activities - and the clue is in the name. Gorge scrambling is all about scrambling - going hand over foot through rough terrain and cutting, as much as possible, a straight path. In and around high-altitude streams, that’s going to mean getting your feet wet. It’s certainly intense, but it could be even moreso! Imagine immersing yourself fully in the landscape by taking to the water - this is canyoning. There’s likely to be much more splashing, sliding and swimming on a canyoning expedition, meaning more time in the water and more extreme manoeuvres. Canyoning might also include climbing and abseiling techniques using ropes and other installations that allow you to stick to the path of the water - to the point of crashing down through waterfalls. A good example of this type of canyoning is the Grey Mare’s Tail in Glencoe, which can be combined with an ascent by Via Ferrata.

Who are they aimed at?

For this reason, gorge walking is usually advertised as a more family friendly activity and canyoning can sometimes be reserved for confirmed adventurers. Of course, the intensity of your chosen activity depends on your attitude too - if you want to jump into the river when gorge walking, be our guest! A good example of how a gorge (or a canyon!) can be whatever you want it to be is Bruar Water in Perth and Kinross, where three different expeditions of varying difficulties are run, each one having a different age restriction!

Ghyll Scrambling?!

Time for a bonus round! The waters become muddier when you enter Cumbria, in northwest England, and encounter a third term: ghyll scrambling. Before we get into what that means, we should mention that the Lake District National Park, located entirely within Cumbria, is one of the best places in the British Isles for getting stuck into the steep-sided valleys where today’s activities take place. That’s thanks to the presence of the highest peaks in England and the huge amount of water in the area. In fact, it’s only other contender in English terms is the nearby Yorkshire Dales National Park.

The word ghyll comes from the Vikings who ruled over the lands of the North of England hundreds of years ago. It means something like mountain stream. Combine that with scrambling and you’re forced to picture something like gorge walking or canyoning, which is more or less what it is.

A word of warning

Some people will tell you that gorge walking involves going upstream and canyoning is the opposite - travelling downstream. This opinion appears to be particularly prevalent in Cumbria, with ghyll scrambling being equated with gorge walking by its adherents. Well, we list dozens of activities of both types on our platform and we think we can debunk this theory. At the end of the day, the itinerary of an outdoor activity and its name are decided by the people who run it and we can’t see that our tour operators choose to make any distinction between gorge walking and ghyll scrambling on the one hand and canyoning on the other based on direction of movement.

We hope that our vibe-based definition of the difference between canyoning and gorge walking isn’t enough to put you off trying one of these fantastic activities. Whichever you choose, you’re guaranteed to have a fantastic experience when you book with us. Have you tried these sports already? Let us know in the comments!

Water sports with no winter expiration date

Martin Buxton — Mon, 10 Jul 2023 00:00:00 +0000

The classic image of days by the sea, or perhaps a lake or a river, include the sun beating down, scandalous swimsuits, and drinks by the marina at the end of the day, but let’s be honest. In the UK, we just don’t get that much good weather. The summer months tempt many of us to try our hand at water sports and there should be no need to let our enthusiasm drop with the temperature. Water sports can be incredibly enjoyable, with the pay-off multiplying when we keep them up into the autumn and winter. On top of that, scientific research is showing us that exercising in cold water has a host of benefits, from improving our cardiovascular health to reducing cholesterol and releasing mood-improving endorphin hormones. So when the evenings start drawing in, don’t put your swimsuit in storage - take the plunge!

Surfing Britiain and Ireland's biggest waves

Whether you’re in Britain or Ireland, you’re surrounded on all sides by the sea. The mighty Atlantic lies to the southwest of the British Isles, while the north of England and Scotland extend into the North Sea. Both of these masses of water are capable of creating powerful swells that send world-class waves right to our doorstep. Of course, these come more frequently in the stormy and turbulent six months of the year, making the best surfing in the UK and Ireland a cold water experience.

That will fall on deaf ears to the hordes of tourists on Cornwall’s Firstral Beach in Newquay in the summer, but ask any expert and they’ll tell you it’s true. Newquay may be the surf capital of England, but each part of the British Isles has its own headline-grabbing beach. In Wales, the Pembrokeshire Coast National Park doubles up as a surfer’s paradise. Scotland’s crown of surf capital must be shared between Thurso East on the exposed north coast and the Hebridean island of Tiree (otherwise known as the Hawaii of the North). Portrush is Northern Ireland’s answer to Newquay, but it’s on the wild Atlantic coast of the Republic of Ireland that the biggest waves are found. The Cliffs of Moher and Mullaghmore’s Head are legendary names to big wave surfers.

Stay warm with winter paddlesports

Winter surfing in the cold weather is hugely rewarding, but at the cost of getting fully submerged in the icy water. One step removed from this extreme (almost literally) are the paddlesports. We’re talking about canoeing, kayaking and stand-up paddleboarding (SUP). One of the great things about these water sports is that you don’t have to be by the coast to enjoy them. The rivers, canals, lakes, lochs and estuaries of England and Ireland are opened up to you as never before, perfect for those winter days when the rough seas are no place to be.

So what do we suggest? The Lake District is a fantastic place to go paddling, with an especially rich variety of canoeing options. But why stop there? Keep going north to the Highlands of Scotland for an unforgettable experience. There may be snow on the mountaintops, but paddleboarding through the Great Glen will keep you warm enough to enjoy the journey. For taking to the sea in the winter, we recommend sea kayaking. Again, Scotland and its islands are a fantastic place for this but the Gulf Stream-bathed archipelago of the Scilly Isles are an unmissable destination too.

Boat trips to keep away the winter blues

Okay, this one might not be a sport as such, but boat trips offer an equally beneficial experience as cold water immersions. Those benefits are the ability to explore the waterways of the British Isles at your leisure and feel cosy and warm whilst doing it. There are plenty of places to take a boat trip on the River Thames, whether in London or outside it. We’ll mention the Pembrokeshire coast again as a breathtaking place for boating thanks to the islands that lie off the southwestern tip of Wales. In Scotland, there’s the Isle of Skye which you can explore in a glass-bottomed boat, or you can take a trip along the spectacular Causeway Coast in Northern Ireland.

The best thing about this option is that there are so many kinds of trips to choose from. Big boats, small boats, guided tours, charter, even multi day hire in boats with comfortable sleeping quarters. Did we mention fishing trips? Perfect for dispelling the winter blues!

Have we persuaded you to keep up your love for the water in winter? Let us know which sport is your favourite in the comments!

Our hard-wired obsession with risky sports

Martin Buxton — Fri, 07 Jul 2023 00:00:00 +0000

There’s a range of different sports that might pop into your head when you hear the words extreme or high-risk, but they all have something in common - getting into environments and situations that humans just aren’t meant to be in. Whether it’s the bottom of a canyon, the top of a mountain, or thousands of feet above the ground, these aren’t the places we usually spend out time. So what is it that makes us go there? Why don’t we just stay at home? There are a couple of answers to these questions which we’re going to explore.

Before we start, we want to make it clear that the activities that Yumping.co.uk lists are all run by trained and, where necessary, qualified guides who use the best equipment available and tailor the activity to the abilities of their customers. These experiences might not be so risky, but they remain popular!

The Science

As we mentioned above, doing extreme sports usually involves going somewhere - and doing something - that you shouldn’t. This should judgement is based on the fact that there are inherent and immediate dangers to, for example, climbing up a cliff in breaking waves or jumping out of a plane at 15,000ft. The awareness of those dangers pushes us into survival mode. The brain releases large quantities of adrenaline in what is commonly called the fight or flight response. This hormone makes our heart beat faster and our muscles prepare for action in order to face the danger or run away.

When we lean into the experience and feel the adrenaline rush, it’s a very intense sensation. Getting through the experience, what we might call surviving, leaves us with the adrenaline and a mixture of other hormones such as dopamine in our systems, creating an incredible, heart-pounding high. As with any kind of high, it can be addictive! Read more about the science here.

The Social Factor

Of course, no one is an island. It’s not just the internal interplay of chemicals that makes extreme sports popular, but the social rewards that come with it. In the first place, we’re social animals and sharing experiences is a key part of the bonding processes that we all go through. If the intensity of the experience is dialled up, it only makes sense that interpersonal bonds should become stronger too. On top of that, we can all agree that navigating a deep gorge with a crashing river at the bottom wouldn’t feel half as intimidating in the company of some good friends as it would alone!

However, with our social instincts come the competitive ones. Though we might not admit it, we all like to show off from time to time so that we stand out from the crowd. One of the best ways to do that is by daring to do what others are too afraid to try. Pulling off some wicked stunts on the land, in the air or at sea is a sure-fire way to get noticed!

The Escapism

Finally, there’s the fact that we all need to shake up our routine from time to time. More than ever, our lives are dictated by timetables and schedules, safety regulations and biometric tracking, and so it’s normal that we feel the need to break those bonds. Many extreme sports, like bungee jumping, are over in a few seconds but the experience transcends time, taking our mind off the ticking clock and making a brief moment feel as long as a lifetime.

Other risky sports give us the opportunity to escape from our daily lives in a more physical way. Most rapid rivers are found in remote, mountainous areas, so going on a white water adventure is a fantastic excuse to take a trip to a breathtaking part of the world.

Of course, extreme sports aren’t for everyone. A lot of people get their kicks in other ways, but there will always be adventures among us, people who aren’t satisfied to do what’s expected of them. For the high-risk thrill seekers and those who are content with less strenuous activities, there’s Yumping. What will your next adventure be?

Kids and climbing walls: a match made in heaven

Martin Buxton — Thu, 06 Jul 2023 00:00:00 +0000

Climbing has been around since the dawn of time, but we owe the idea of treating it as a sport to the Victorians. Famously hard on their children, they kept it restricted to adventurers and eccentrics with the time and resources to go in search of rock faces. In the modern world, however, climbing is booming and attracting people of all kinds to get involved.

One of the biggest developments has been to bring the rock to the people, in the form of city centre climbing walls. This opens up a whole new world to thrill seekers who aren’t lucky enough to live in the mountains - and their children. Climbing has a host of benefits for kids and teenagers. Keep reading to find out more and get some ideas for introducing your little ones to rock climbing.

Why should children take up climbing?

Physical benefits

We all know that children need stimulation and exercise to develop healthy bodies and minds. Climbing exercises the whole body from the core to the tips of the fingers and toes and allows kids to use their muscles without the risks of high-intensity training like weightlifting. In addition, it helps them improve coordination, timing and balance.

Mental Benefits

Physical benefits aside, climbing is great for the mental health of both children and adults. It’s a reward-based sport, in which reaching the top of a route releases endorphins that create a sense of achievement and wellbeing. If you don’t get to the top of a route, be patient. You might well get there on your next visit to the climbing wall! Problem solving skills are also boosted by climbing, as is self confidence. There’s nothing like looking back at a challenging route and saying “I got to the top of that all by myself.”

Should you choose an indoor or outdoor climbing wall?

Indoor walls

Climbing walls are usually large structures with the general shape of an undulating cliff face which is augmented by protruding volumes and holds for your hands and feet. Indoor and outdoor versions exist and offer different kinds of climbing to children. The indoor versions have the advantages of all-weather use and crash mats that cover almost every inch of the floor, making them very safe.

Outdoor walls

Outdoor walls can be much higher than indoor ones, which means they’re a better place to try roped climbing. Using ropes, as opposed to bouldering on lower walls, adds some extra elements to the experience. For one, with ropes, harnesses, carabiners and other gadgets, there’s more equipment to use. Secondly, teamwork can play a more important part if your child learns to belay. Finally, it’s more closely related to outdoor rock climbing, so it can be a fantastic gateway experience to this adventure sport.

Getting involved

Climbing clubs and lessons

Anyone who used to climb trees as a child knows that kids have an instinctive love for climbing. This primes them for having a go on a climbing wall and, more often than not, means that they love it straight away. You don’t have to be an expert climber yourself to get your children involved. There are many climbing walls, like this one in London, that run kids’ clubs. These are regular sessions where groups of youngsters enjoy climbing games and challenges with the guidance and supervision of trained instructors. Introductory lessons on a one-to-one or group basis are also on offer at locations around the country, including venues near excellent outdoor climbing areas such as the Lake District and Dartmoor.

As nature intended

If you are a climbing enthusiast yourself, just take your son or daughter along to your regular climbing wall or rock climbing gym and show them the ropes yourself. Many of these venues have dedicated areas for children with safety mats, child-sized holds and easy spacing from each one to the next.

Introducing your children to climbing is a way of giving them a gift that lasts a lifetime. It will improve their physical and mental health, give them a space for social interactions and open up a myriad of possibilities for adventure around the world. What are you waiting for?

Different kinds of karts to make your heart race

Martin Buxton — Wed, 05 Jul 2023 00:00:00 +0000

Karting is one of the most exhilarating, exciting and, crucially, accessible motorsports out there. These little racers do without all the non-essential elements of racing vehicles, leaving a seat, 4 wheels, an engine, and not much else!

Having said that, there is variation between different models and it’s essential you get the right kart if you want to take the chequered flag. A lot of this comes down to size, with most karting venues in the UK and Ireland operating at least two different sizes for adults and children, but that’s not the only consideration.

Junior Karts

When we say that karting is accessible, we mean it. Young speedsters with a burning desire to put pedal to the metal don’t have to wait long before they can do just that. Many karting tracks around the country have karts designed for children over the age of eight. Some tracks, like this one, have 120cc engine, others have 160cc engines, while there’s a track in Suffolk where kids can have a go in 200cc karts. These more powerful options often come with top-speed limiters to make sure that inexperienced drivers don’t bite off more than they can chew. This venue also has battery powered karts that are suitable for children as young as five!

Cadet Karts

The next size up is usually referred to as the cadet class. These begin to become an option for growing racers at around the age of twelve. The engine size might be similar to that found in the more powerful junior karts but, with bigger wheels, a longer wheelbase and other improvements, they feel like a big step up. You can find 160cc cadet karts at a number of British karting tracks, such as this one, while those wanting 200cc could try this one.

Adult Karts

Here we go then, the full size karts. When you hear the word kart, you probably think of kids in go-karts or Mario Kart - neither of which are very helpful points of reference for what’s in store for you on a karting track. Powerful and light, these karts can accelerate fast enough to knock your socks off. A lot of UK tracks, for example this one, have Sodi SR5 models with Honda engines, others like this one, have comparable TBKart models. Both have 270cc engines.

Twin Karts

If you’re under 16, you’re probably feeling a bit hard done by here. Why can’t you feel the power of a full-size kart? What if we told you that you can? That’s right, the answer is twin karts, with two seats! The driving seat will have to be occupied by an adult, but you’ll get your taste of speed in the passenger seat! Both side-by-side and tandem models can be found at tracks in the UK.

Petrol or electric?

We’ve used the volume of the engines (cc) in the descriptions to give you an idea of the kind of kick we’re talking about - but that only applies to petrol-engined karts. As you might have guessed, karting circuits aren’t isolated from trends in the wider world and many of them now use electric karts. These are fantastic machines. Apart from being environmentally friendly, they’re also quieter and don’t have gearboxes, meaning smooth acceleration. In addition, some fleets of electric karts come with innovative systems that allow race marshalls to cut or reduce the power on all the karts on a circuit at once in case of a safety incident. A lot of people might prefer the roaring response of a petrol engine to pressure on the pedal, but we believe that electric karts are the future.

Conclusion

So that’s our round-up of the different kinds of karts that you can drive on tracks around the UK and Ireland. We hope it helps you get the perfect fit. It’s important to bear in mind that the ages given above are just a guideline. Most karting venues will have minimum and maximum heights for each model of kart that they operate and these are more exact ways to pair a kart with its driver. If in doubt, get in touch before booking. Happy karting!

Unexpected activities to shake up your relationship

Martin Buxton — Tue, 04 Jul 2023 00:00:00 +0000

You can’t beat the love, support and comfort that comes from a long-term partner. But sometimes life takes our focus away from our relationship and we spend more time with work, projects or other commitments. It’s crucial that we don’t let the effort slide in our relationship. Here are some suggestions for how to reinvigorate your romantic life, putting your relationship front and centre and creating memories, bonds and stories that you’ll share forever.

Spend some quality time with each other

Dates in the air

We all know the feeling when our routine doesn’t give us enough time to spend with that special someone. No problem! There are so many ways to get some alone time with your partner - and it doesn’t just have to be another meal in a fancy restaurant. Why not float above the clouds in the basket of a hot air balloon? The silence and serenity of this kind of flight will give you time to focus on each other and enjoy beautiful panoramas together. A helicopter ride is similar, but you have more control over the flight path. How about flying over the place where you spent a memorable date early in the relationship and reigniting the flame of your love?

Couples trips on land and sea

For a more classic touch, we recommend a horse riding experience. You can escape the crowds and explore one of the UK’s wonderful natural landscapes in the company of your partner - and a couple of charming horses. You can even take a horseback ride along the beach and feel the sea breeze on your face, a sensation you’ll never forget. Or how about going further from the land and taking a boat trip? This could give you a whole new perspective on the landscape and your partner.

Set your hearts racing

If your relationship needs a real shot in the arm, get the adrenaline flowing with an extreme sport. Aerial stunts like bungee jumping and skydiving are enough to make your hearts beat like they did at the beginning of the relationship. We know that by the time you’re back on solid ground together, you’ll feel closer to your partner than ever before. It’s possible to complete bungee jumps in tandem, strapped to each other for the whole experience. If that’s not a good way to build trust, we don’t know what is! Another terrific option that allows you to traverse a magnificent landscape while feeling a sense of adventure is white water rafting. Typically this activity takes place in large rafts, but you can find two-person inflatable kayaks for a more personalised experience too.

Widen your horizons

Fight for your love!

Having a private, one-off experience with your partner will do a lot to shake up your relationship, but changing your shared routine is best achieved by taking up a regular activity together. In this way, you can broaden your hobbies and expand your social circle at the same time. Clay pigeon shooting is an increasingly popular sport among people of all backgrounds and there’s a great community growing around it. If that’s not quite your scene, you could think about getting into airsoft. The fans of this sport take it very seriously, fostering a feeling of shared connections within teams and groups. Of course, both of these options are particularly suited to competitive couples!

Bonding with watersports

Something a bit more relaxed is stand-up paddleboarding. This watersport has shot from relative obscurity to huge popularity in the last couple of years, resulting in a proliferation of schools offering classes and, for those who know what they’re doing, SUP social events. Whatever you choose, the new skills you learn and friendships that you make together have the potential to make deep, long-lasting changes to the way you and your partner live your life.

We’ve chosen just a handful of the hundreds of exciting activities that can have a big impact on your relationship. If you have questions or opinions about any that do or don’t appear on the list, leave a comment below!

Easy advice to help you jump on a Wakeboard

Martin Buxton — Mon, 03 Jul 2023 00:00:00 +0000

Wakeboarding - the sport that combines water skiing with snowboarding - is one of the coolest watersports out there. Apart from the optics, there’s the fact that it’s actually pretty easy to get into. Unlike surfing, for example, most people find that they can stand up on the board and complete simple manoeuvres on their first attempt. Another difference with surfing is that you don’t need an oceanic swell to do it - more on that later. But beyond skimming across the water’s surface behind a boat, or towed by a cable, making progress becomes more difficult. We’ve all seen professional wakeboarders pulling off some awesome stunts, but how can we emulate them? Keep reading because we’re going to give you some tips and tricks that will help you complete your first jumps on a wakeboard.

Preparing to jump

"You have to walk before you run."

It’s the same in life as it is with wakeboarding - before you can start getting some air and jumping some waves, you need to have the fundamentals down. The first thing to do is stand up. To do this, you’re going to keep your weight low with your knees bent on the board as you start to move. As the rope pulls you up above the board, slowly start to extend your legs without shifting your weight to either side.

Turning comes next. The turns you complete on a wakeboard are heelside and toeside, referring to the direction that you move the board - towards the heels or the toes. Essentially, to carry out one or the other, you need to put pressure on the side of the board you want to go in. Toeside turns can be particularly difficult because you have to shift your weight onto the front of your feet - just remember to keep the rope taught and you should get the hang of it.

Basic Wakeboarding Jumps

Once you’re moving side to side, you can think about going up and down - jumping. The two basic ways to jump on a wakeboard are completing an ollie and jumping the wake. Just like on a skateboard, learning to ollie is a right of passing for wakeboarders. Start by holding the handle with both hands at chest height and lowering your weight gradually by bending your legs. Next, you’re going to push down with your back foot at the same time as lifting your front foot. This coordinated action can take some time to master but it’s all about getting a feel for the water and your own balance. The board should jump off the water’s surface. Stay calm, keeping your legs bent while in the air, and try to touch the water with the back of the board first.

Jumping the wake is the first step to some of the most epic wakeboarding stunts, so this one is worth getting right. First, move the handle to the left or right to position yourself off-centre from the boat. Then move your lower body to point the board back towards the boat and pull the handle down to your hips - this will make you accelerate forwards. As you approach the wake, keep your knees bent then straighten when you hit it, just like you're jumping out of the water. Now that you're airborne, the same tips for landing an ollie apply.

More Advanced Stunts

Getting the hang of those two jumps will keep you entertained for a while, but there’s plenty more you can learn to do. We recommend that you experiment with changing your position, centre of gravity and tension on the rope while completing these jumps to go higher and further. When you’ve mastered them, you can move onto flips, rolls and other gravity-defying stunts! Check out some of the best in this video:

Other Considerations

Wakeboarding Equipment

The equipment that you use will affect your ability to jump on the wakeboard and complete other manoeuvres. Beginners will usually use a long, flat-bottomed board for extra stability. That’s not exactly what you want for pulling off jumps and tricks so you’ll want to take a look at shorter boards with a more complex cross-section. This is referred to as the rocker. Experienced riders usually choose a three-stage or a continuous rocker, allowing detailed control of the board as they shift their weight.

Boat tow or cable wakeboarding

Another consideration is the kind of wakeboarding that you’re doing. The typical setup uses a boat that tows the wakeboarder. There’s a lot of fun to be had when you're being towed by a boat because the pilot can change your speed and direction Of course, the boat also creates the wake which is where the best jumping is found. The other variant is cable wakeboarding, where a winch system pulls you across the water. While there’s no wake to play with, this version often takes place on lakes where ramps and other installations have been put in place to allow you to do some awesome stunts. It’s also a great option for practising as prices are lower when you don’t need a boat and a pilot.

The best British Wakeboarding Locations

As we’ve just mentioned, lakes are a good place to enjoy wakeboarding. Some of the best lakes in the UK are the Tallington Lakes in Lincolnshire, Hove Lagoon in Brighton and Hove, and the Rotherfield Valley outside Sheffield. Wakeboarding behind a boat can be enjoyed on the open ocean, for example near Newhaven and Seaford in East Sussex or off the South Devon Coast, or on estuaries like the Camel in Cornwall or the Bann in Northern Ireland.

Are you ready to try it? Have a look at our wakeboarding experiences and let us know how you get on!

Diferent types of Caving

Paz Pineda — Thu, 17 Sep 2020 00:00:00 +0000

If you are thinking of doing a caving route for the first time, you should first get some information about everything that this sport entails, as it is not completely free of risks. But then again, you are going deep into a cave! What do you expect? However, nothing compares to the sensation of being truly and absolutely in the darkness.

The UK is full of caves to get into, whether they are natural caves, old mines, caverns, etc. Without a doubt, this is the best way to understand in person everything that this type of underground formation involves. But to do so, you must always be accompanied by an expert team that not only trains you on the subject but also guarantees your safety throughout the route, equipping you with specific materials and guiding you through everything you will have to do.

Like in any other sport, and even more if it's a risky one like spelunking, the first thing you should know is what your level of skill is and the physical shape you're in right now. Let experts give you advice on which cave is right for you and we will offer you all the options available in our country to practice speleology.

Not all caves are created equal

The different types of caving vary according to your knowledge of this pursuit. You should choose wisely when practising it because not everyone is prepared to go into a cave that has a specific level. The main difference between one cave and another lies in how each of them was formed, distinguished mainly between:

Rock caves or also called karst caves, which are those that have been formed between the spaces left by fallen rocks.

Lava tube or Tubular Cave, are those that have been created by the lava that has come from a volcanic vent.

Epigenetic or Marine Caves. These have been formed due to the water that soaks into the ground, thus forming cavities.

Hypogenetic caves: these are caves that form when water rises from under the rock and dissolves the rock, usually because the two waters have mixed.

There are many other types of caves, which are much more demanding and therefore require a very exhaustive and previous study to enter them for a speleological practice.

More technicalities

But for the type of cave that a speleological beginner or an avid caving fan practices, this sport can be broadly divided into two types: by its horizontality or by its verticality.

Vertical caving involves much more technicality. The most dexterous of speleologists here will abseil down walls to the depths of the cave, and climb back up using the single rope technique.
In horizontal caving, one must crawl, bend and scramble through narrower spaces... Pure fun!

You can't always get carried away by the images you see or the most incredible caves to visit. Above all, you must be aware of your experience, your physical condition and never venture into a cave without a guide by your side to provide you with all the technical equipment and advise you with his/her knowledge of the area.

As for the rest? Leave the rest to enjoy and learn from the incredible formations you will find in the different galleries of the cave.

Indoor Adventure Activities

Jo-Ann Halstead — Fri, 18 May 2012 00:00:00 +0000

There is a long list of adventure activities that can be enjoyed under a roof! There are many indoor motor sport tracks throughout the country, arenas for tactical games like laser tag and paintball (which can use the dark to their benefit), indoor climbing walls, pools for diving training and indoor arenas for horse riding lessons. Read on to get ideas for splendid things to do when the weather is just not encouraging enough to get outdoors!

Karting

Karting is every big kid's dream come true! Each driver is provided with their own race car and let loose on the circuit while trying to become the Lewis Hamilton of the race. Indoor circuits are often impressively built with loads of twists and turns, excellent and realistic features like lights and pit stops.

Not only is this a great way to blow off steam on a rainy day but a day at the karting track is great for special occasions and young people!

Laser tag and Paintball

There is a plethora of laser tag and paintball venues around the country. Loads of indoor arenas have excellent obstacles and setups for a great game and the great benefit of playing indoors is that you can never get rained off - plus you stay warm and relatively clean as it's mud-free! The added effect of being indoors is that laser tag can be played in the dark, adding a special effect that children love!

Climbing and Abseiling

With climbing becoming one of the biggest trends these days, there are climbing walls springing up all over the country. Indoor climbing walls are great for acquiring and developing good skills and techniques before heading out onto natural rocks and crags and for enjoying the activity without having to head into the wilderness.

Don't think that by climbing on a climbing wall that you are selling yourself short! Many are intricately built with overhangs and challenges and there are even a few ice climbing venues for those who want to try some winter climbing. Old barns and warehouses are spacious constructions that are ideal for venues and companies to put an old structure to good use while providing climbing.

Diving

Diving is a marvellous hobby that can take you to the depths of the oceans and seas, but much of your training can be done in swimming pools. This means that you can dive all year round and even in the city. There is even a dive centre that runs courses in London in Canary Wharf!

Horse riding

Horse riding has various disciplines, most of which can be practised in indoor arenas, which means that rain or shine, you and your horse can get out to practie your trot, canter and jumps. If you are looking for a coastal horse ride or a lovely walk on the trails you will be disappointed but this gives you the opportunity to perfect the skills you need to enjoy the previously mentioned activities.

Don’t be sold short on the UK weather. We may have been blessed with a rainy climate but we have been inventive enough to come up with endless ways to enjoy adventure activities under the shelter of a roof, and there are some brave old souls out there who get outdoors no matter what (and props to them!). No matter what the weather's like, don't stay at home - get out and have an adventure today!

Where to Kitesurf and Windsurf in the UK

Jo-Ann Halstead — Thu, 10 May 2012 00:00:00 +0000

Windsurfing, a classic watersport that may make you think of the 90s, and the rapidly gaining in popularity watersport of Kitesurfing (so much that in the 2016 Olympics in Brazil it will be replacing windsurfing which has been an Olympic sport since 1984) are brilliant sports for practising in the UK! One thing is for sure, the UK, as an island, boasts an extraordinary coastline with excellent waves and wind for both of these aquatic sports that rely on the wind!

Where to go in the UK and Ireland

Dorset

Dorset, located on the south coast, boasts two fabulous spots for either windsurfing or kitesurfing. Weymouth Harbour, which will be the home of the Olympics, is great due to its sheltered waters. It is a great place for intermediate surfers to perfect their skills as well as for those with the need for speed as the calm waters allow for surfers to pick up speed. Poole Harbour, on the other hand, offers a great area for all levels. The harbour offers shallow and sheltered waters for beginners while the more experienced can surf along the coast.

County Kerry

Brandon Bay in County Kerry offers waves big and small which come in from the Atlantic. The weather conditions vary, providing calm conditions for beginners and massive waves for adrenaline seekers looking for waves as big as a house!

Essex

The Ray, Southend-on-Sea, offers conditions that are like night and day. Strong winds are perfect for reaching speeds of 50 knots while on a calm day, it's a lagoon with perfectly flat waters.

West Sussex

West Sussex offers Shoreham and West Wittering for these watersports. Shoreham boasts large and rambunctious waves, ideal for the more advanced and it is even where many professionals train. West Wittering offers something for everyone, as, depending on the tide, it has a water conditions fit for advanced levels, or when the tide is out, sheltered waters for intermediate surfers.This is also where two daring kitesurfers made it over Worthing Pier by sailing through the air!

Scotland

Heading up to Scotland, the Island of Tiree, Hebridies is a place of relentless wind and waves that never cease as they come off the Atlantic Ocean. It is also home to The Tiree Wave Classic, which brings international windsurfers for this competition! An added bonus to this location is that it is supposed to be the sunniest place in the UK!

Cornwall

What watersports list would be complete without Cornwall? Gwithian Beach is known for the amazing waves that roll in off the Atlantic as the beach lies on the northwest coast.

Hampshire

This is a great option for those looking for kitesurfing or windsurfing in the southeast. It boasts conditions that are almost always suitable for these sports no matter which way the wind is blowing. The month of September boasts the Fat Face Night Surf competition!

Anglesey

Rhosneigr, Anglesey, has hosted British National Wave Championships and some of our best kitesurfers and windsurfers have their roots in this part of the country. It is also an area with pleasant weather and non-stop wind!

Whether you are a windsurfer or kitesurfer (or perhaps one of those who has crossed over to the "Dark side," going from windsurfing to kitesurfing), you will not be short of places to enjoy the watersport of your choice here in the UK! If you are just starting out, contact one of our training centres for kitesurfing or windsurfing today!

What is drift diving?

Jo-Ann Halstead — Wed, 18 Apr 2012 00:00:00 +0000

One of the most popular watersports and adventure sports in the UK - and the world over - is scuba diving, and for good reason too. As human beings we are fascinating by flying but the idea of being able to breathe underwater like a fish and explore the liquid substance that covers almost three quarters of the Earth's surface is equally irresistible.

Drift diving is when when a scuba diver purposely dives where they know there is a current. This current, which can be a river or sea current (currents are affected by the time or year and the tide), carries the diver along which creates a sensation of flying and allows the diver to travel much further than if they were just swimming.

Due to the fact that the diver does not have to propel him or herself through the water, he or she uses less air and therefore can stay underwater for longer periods of time. The currents can carry the diver at a speed of 1 to 4 knots, a speed which feels much faster when underwater.

How to experience Drift Diving

In order to practise drift diving, prior specialised training is required. The training can be obtained through dive training centres with Open Water Diving Courses and the PADI organisation which offers a course specifically for open water drift diving. Drift diving usually requires more planning than normal diving as many external factors have to be taken into consideration before embarking on the dive.

In order to correctly catch the current, the diver must submerge him or herself and, only after achieving neutral buoyancy, can the diver let themselves be swept off by the current.

The challenges of Drift Diving

Divers must be cautious of not choosing tidal streams that carry them into areas of danger such as shipping lanes. Drift diving in waters with poor visibility is also dangerous as you can hit something without seeing it coming. When diving in groups, divers also risk being separated and it is important that they have a compass and signal with them as well as backup oxygen so as not to have to rely on others in case of emergency.

Once in the current it may be tricky to tell how powerful it is, while resisting the curious natural instinct to swim against it, which can be exerting and tiring. It is a good idea to drift dive in a group when the current makes it quite easy to stay together. In order to regroup, it is a good idea to go to the bottom of the current or the ground (a dive knife can be used to dig into the ground to hold your place), as here the current will be weaker, giving time for everyone to gather together.

Almost all drift dives start from a boat. It is very important that there is a boat following the divers at all times with the appropriate flag flying; a diver must never go alone. It is important that the captain is aware of the path of the current. Divers should carry a marker or signal flag to deploy once they need to be picked up so that the captain knows where to pick the divers up.

Divers must be very cautious, keeping a careful eye on the depth gauge as the currents can raise or lower the depth of the diver very quickly depending on their strength, which can be extremely dangerous for the diver, especially in deep waters. To avoid this danger you can keep your eye on the underwater terrain, or optimally stay away from drift diving in deep water, or dive with a slackline

Check out this famous Drift Dive site - the "Washing Machine" in the Bahamas!
.

Where to Drift Dive

The UK is not short of places to drift dive, with our extensive coastline and plethora of inland rivers. For a gentle ride (great for first timers or divers in training) try King West Rock off the coast of Brighton.

Beside many coral reefs there are currents which enable the diver to simply float by and take in the fascinating sights. In the UK the Orestone reef near Teignmouth is a great drift diving challenge.

Start Point located in Wembury Bay has faster currents (although some are not safe for drives as they can reach speeds up of to 7 knots), The Menai Strait (which separates Wales from Anglesey) and Portland Race, close to Weymouth, are great locations, but they need to be done with supervision and on a slackline. They worth it as they are areas with fascinating wildlife.

Inland, you can find great currents on the River Lune in Cumbria, Devil's Bridge in Kirkby in Lonsdale and the Falls of Lora in Argyll. These are great dives but good visibility is a must!

To find out more about drift diving, find a dive centre near you!

How to Buy a Compass

Jo-Ann Halstead — Fri, 13 Apr 2012 00:00:00 +0000

In our modern world, advanced technology is taking over everything, and the traditional navigation tools of maps and compasses are being replaced by GPS, iPhone apps and Google Maps. However, there are still secluded spots in the world where network coverage doesn’t reach and these tools are still needed. There are many outdoor sports as well, such as orienteering and hiking, that use these tools.

Choosing and buying a compass

This can be complicated for someone new to the world of navigation and there are many options on the market. It is important to choose a good compass as one with poor readings could get you into trouble and an accurate compass can save your life. The weather, especially in the mountains, can be quite volatile and, from one minute to the next, visibility can be affected leaving you with only your compass to find your way home.

There are many brands of compasses available, but, to help with your search, we will examine the fundamental qualities that the compass should have.

Components of a compass

There are different models of compasses for different sports. There is the classic pocket watch style, the protractor compass (which is extremely handy for using on a topographic map) and even smaller compasses to attach to your thumb for activities.

Base plate

A good thing to have for your compass, especially if you are going to be using it for orienteering, is a clear base plate. This enables you to place it on the map and still be able to read it. Having a long base plate will also allow you to plot more accurately and a printed scale along the side is also extremely useful.

Mirror

Another type of compass is one with a sighting mirror: this is a handy feature to have as it allows you to take better readings without having to look into the distance and down at the needle at the same time. It has a flip up mirror that permits you to see the arrow and the object in the distance that you are focusing on. The mirror can also be used as a signal in case of emergency! These are of the most accurate compasses.

Declination adjustment

Another good feature to look for is a declination adjustment option: There is something interesting about north and that is that there is a difference between the magnetic north and true north. This is due to the iron content of the Earth and it causes a shift in declination depending on where you are and the time of year - which can be up to 30%. Maps are usually written according to true north or grid north, which means that if you are in an area which affects your declination, you will have to factor that in, or you can have a compass which does so for you automatically. Of course, it is a good idea to be able to do the calculations mentally, and many compasses do come without the option, but if you want the option to have it calculated automatically, invest in one with this feature. You will have to adjust the declination setting depending where you are but the compass will do the rest and have your needle pointing to the true north of the map.

Needle

Needle dip correction is good to watch out for depending on where you are going to be doing your activty. The Earth's magnetic field also has another effect on the needle which is that needle is pulled upwards or downwards depending on the hemisphere. The closer you get to the North Pole, the more the needle is compelled to move downwards and in the South Hemisphere the opposite takes place. The solution for this is to buy a compass designed for the part of the world where you will be navigating. Compass manufacturers have appointed 5 different magnetic areas and compasses are made for each area, or you can invest in a compass that is equipped to work all over the world (which does come with a steeper price, but if you are going to be travelling a lot, it may be worth it instead of investing in more than one). The only way to check is to see if the needle is touching any part of the compass shell as that is a sign that the compass is affected by the magnetic field.

Bezel

A rotating bezel (which is the ring around the circumference of the compass) which should either be marked with 360 degrees and/or have N, E, S and W indications. Having the degrees makes your navigation more precise and the smaller the graduation, the better. Two degrees is ideal.

Other points

The time that the needle takes to settle should be something to look out for as well. The needle should be ideally liquid-filled which will help damper its movement and find north quicker. It is also a good idea to have the direction-of-travel arrows and orienteering lines engraved on the face of the compass so that they do not wear off with use and time.

Buying your compass online is not a bad idea but make sure you do your research prior to purchasing. Compasses are vital for navigation but don't forget that knowing how to use them correctly is essential as well! Make sure to be confident and competent before heading out!

What does it feel like to Bungee Jump?

Jo-Ann Halstead — Wed, 11 Apr 2012 00:00:00 +0000

Bungee jumping, along with sky diving, is seen as one of the most exhilarating adventure sports. It evokes the idea of the adrenaline junky, but bungee jumping can be a thrilling experience that makes anyone feel alive.

We spoke with Howard Thorpe, editor of the website Able2UK, a web page dedicated to news regarding disabled topics which has interviewed a wide variety of celebrities and reports on news and current events. Howard did his third bungee jump in South Africa and we are going to have a chat with him to find out a bit about his personal experience and what it was like plunging hundreds of feet with only a bungee cord to save him. There was nothing holding him back. Howard has Cerebral Palsy but nothing gets in his way of fun and adrenaline!

Yumping UK: Where did you do your jump and why?
Howard Thorpe: I did it in South Africa.

Y: And why did you choose such a distant and exotic destination for your jump?
H: One of my best friends was getting married in South Africa and we went on the stag do and, as I love bungee jumping, I wanted to do the highest one in the world. It's the highest built jump I believe. I did it off a bridge and underneath there is a river.

Y :Were there any alligators in the waters below?
H: I didn't see, honestly (laughing).

Y: Why did you decide to do the jump?
H: I've already done two bungee jumps before in the UK and I liked them so much I wanted to do this one.

Y: Why do you love bungee jumping so much?
H: That's a very good question. I love going on roller coasters and I love the thrill and the adrenaline that goes along with it.

Y: What exactly does it feel like when you first jump into the abyss?
H: I would say the first seconds of the jump you believe you've just gone forward and dived, but I would describe it as the first drop of a roller coaster times a thousand or a million.

Y : How long does the feeling last?
H: There are two answers… It lasts for about 15 seconds, but it's quite difficult to tell you because you haven't got time to think about it - but it seems longer than it is.

Y: After the jump, how does your body feel? Can you feel the effects of the recent jump in your body?
H: Completely fine! People do say that it’s the same feeling as making love. It's a really great feeling, you have to give it a go. It's like a high….

Y: Where do you get the nerve from to actually take the leap? Do you hesitate?
H: If you hesitate, that is the worst thing you can do. You cannot hesitate. You have to go with it straight away.

Y: How were the staff? Were they encouraging?
H: The staff were amazing. I found people in South Africa to be amazing. Everyone is very patient and very laid back and very understanding.

Y: Will you do it again?
H: I may do one later this year….

Here's the video of Howard's jump!

If you wish to follow Howard and his brilliant news feed, you can follow him on Twitter at @able2uk and don´t forget to peruse Able2UK!

Wreck Diving the HMS Scylla

Jo-Ann Halstead — Tue, 03 Apr 2012 00:00:00 +0000

Diving is an extraordinary watersport that has captivated fans the world over. Diving opens up the door to the secret underwater world which holds stunning wildlife, underwater landscapes and intriguing shipwrecks. This is where wreck diving comes from. It comes from the urge of human curiosity to explore ships and aeroplanes that lie on the ocean floor, many of which sunk tragically or alternatively were sunk on purpose to create attractive locations for divers while at the same time giving older ships in disuse a new calling.

This wreck dive site in particular offers the diver the opportunity to explore the HMS Scylla (although the extent to which the diver may explore depends on the diver's level of training) as well as the Scylla Reef that has grown and prospered since 1994.

This Scylla and the Scylla Reef have created a great amount of tourism (an estimated £5m annually) for the local area aroud Whitsand Bay in southeast Cornwall. It has also provided a diving spot for over 30,000 divers as well as providing a habitat for an extensive array of marine creatures which in turn have made this a landmark for scientific investigations.

History of the HMS Scylla

The naval history of the HMS Scylla is what attracts so many to her. HMS Scylla was the last ship to be built at the Devonport Royal Dockyard in Plymouth. She belonged to the Royal Navy for 25 years and was a protagonist during the Cod War with Iceland in which she served as a patrol boat, the Queen's Silver Jubilee, humanitarian aid for Cayman Brac after the hurricane and the Armilla Patrol for the Persian Gulf.

In December of 1993 she was decommissioned and her fate was decided - she was to be sunk. After her 25 years of service she had become old and it was ever more difficult to steer her.

A group of UK divers pulled together to request that she be sunk in order to create a wreck dive and reef site that was hospitable and in safe waters. The funding was granted and on 27 March 2004 she was scuttled. Prior to her sinking much work had to be done to ensure that she was safe and environmentally harmless. In order to do so her tanks had to be cleaned, copper piping and wiring was removed as were dangerous materials such as batteries, radioactive materials and antifreeze. Her masts and sonar domes were also removed so that she could be sunk in shallow, diver-friendly water and allow other boats to pass overhead. The body of the ship was also altered having 58 holes made and warning signs hung around the ship.

Her location

The HMS Scylla lies 50O 19.64’ N 004O .15.2’ W (Admiralty Chart: Plymouth 1900) in Whitsand Bay, Southeast Cornwall. Scylla lies close to the James Eagan Layne which is only about 700m away, making this a great site for more than one dive. The wreck depth is approximately 21m (26m during spring tide). The visibility for the water in the area is normally roughly between 3 and 8 metres and there is usually a SW wind.

Diving the wreck

Diving this wreck is a fabulous experience for all divers, however, divers must not penetrate the wreck unless they hold the correct certification and are experienced wreck divers. No artefacts may be taken from her.

Prior to the dive, it is recommended that divers familiarise themselves with the wreck and the difficulties she may present during a dive. Always make sure you dive with a buddy and that your equipment is fully serviced. Never go beyond your comfort level nor exceed your skills.

Experienced divers can enter her lower decks and fascinating areas like the mess decks, galley, the bridge and operations rooms can be explored, however these areas are suitable for experienced divers only.

If you are interested in diving this site, get in touch with a dive centre in Cornwall to find out about excursions to the wreck or, if you are venturing out alone, for buddies, permits, and information on where to launch from. Enjoy!

Fishing in Scotland

Jo-Ann Halstead — Fri, 30 Mar 2012 00:00:00 +0000

Scotland is one of the most scenic areas of the UK with its extensive coastline, 790 islands and gorgeous cities like Glasgow and Edinburgh not to mention the Highlands, the Grampian Mountains and the extensive rivers that flow through the country. Fishing, amongst the dozens of other outdoor activities that can take place in Scotland, is extensively popular throughout the country. Fishing in Scotland is an ideal getaway for lovers of the outdoors and relaxation!

Types of Fish

The main fish species that you will find in Scotland are Salmon, Brown Trout, Sea Trout, Rainbow Trout, and Pike. Most fishing in Scotland is fly fishing.

Where to fish

Scotland boasts numerous rivers, streams, lochs and lakes and an endless coastline for fishing. To continue we will list a detailed description for various locations throughout the country for fishing.

The River Tweed

The River Tweed is a classic river for salmon fishing and is also an excellent spot for Brown Trout and Grayling. It is a huge river system with multiple different rivers and it runs mostly through Scotland with a point where it forms the border with England, the county of Northumberland. It is almost 100 miles long and it is unusual in that fish can still be found in its waters up until November and autumn is an excellent fishing season on the Tweed. Spring Salmon can be found in the lower parts of the river before they move upstream later on in the year. More fly caught salmon are caught in this river than in any other part of the UK.

Dumfries and Galloway

Dumfries and Galloway, located in the southern part of the country, is a great place to fish with multiple areas notable for salmon, and should not be overlooked for sea trout and brown trout. Lochs, streams and rivers are where you cast your line.

Doon
Girvan
Stinchar
Bladnoch
Cree
Cairn
Nith
Irvine in North Ayrshire.
Annan
Border Esk

The River Tay and System

This river boasts a large river system with plenty of fish to be caught! The River Tay leaves the Loch Tay and flows through the Highlands. The system incorporates various others like The River Tummel and The River Almond. It is a prime spot for salmon throughout the season.

Speeside

Speeside offers the River Spey and Findhorn, Isla, Devern and Lossie. This is also a fantastic river for salmon and the Deveron has great salmon and sea trout as well.

River Dee

The River Dee in Aberdeenshire is a spectacular river that is fed by the melting snow of the Cairngorm Mountains. It is also a spectacular river for salmon fishing, although it is a trickier river to fish as there are many eager anglers. It is great for spring, summer and autumn salmon fishing and it is generally a fly river. However, it must be noted that it is a catch & release fishing river and it has been for over 15 years which has brought huge benefits to the salmon population.

The Scottish Islands

The Scottish Islands are a great place to fish, although do expect the fish to be small. It is not one of the most popular fishing areas and you will quite likely find that the rivers and lochs have few anglers around.

The following islands are great for a fishing trip:

Lewis
Skye
Islay
Arran
Orkney
Shetland
Mull

The Ness system and Inverness

This is an area rich in waterways. Dividing the Grampian Mountains and the Scottish Highlands, The Great Glen is an area that boasts Loch Ness and the Rivers Ness, Moriston, Garry and Oich. The fish found here are mainly salmon and trout. If you are considering fishing in the fruitful Loch Ness, do be careful as it can be risky for inexperienced anglers.

Central Belt

Fishing in this part of the country is convenient as it is near both of the major cities of Glasgow and Edinburgh and the grand rivers Clyde and Forth run through it. Loch Lomond has a wide variety of fish, Pike being one of the biggest catches and Loch Level is known for its Brown Trout and Rainbow and Golden Trout which can also be found throughout the area.

Northwest Scotland

The Northwest area of Scotland is a great area for a wider variety of species of fish such as Hope, Maree, Stack, Dionard as well as sea Trout and Brown Trout. This is a great place to find areas of untouched beauty with ample fish to keep you entertained. With its loch and spate rivers, it's a wonderful place to enjoy the sport of fishing and you're guaranteed to not go home empty-handed. The following are some interesting locations to look into:

Shin
Oykel
Carron
Connon
Beauly
Brora
Helmsdale
Croe
Ewe & Maree
Lax & Hope
Dionard & Polla
Hope & Strathmore
Naver
Strathy
Halladale

The West Coast

The West Coast is another remarkable part of the country for trout (brown and rainbow) fishing. The waterways in the west consist of sea lochs, inland lochs and rivers and there are quite a few spate rivers. Char, pike and salmon can also be found in the area. Loch Awe, the River Croe, Moidart, Lochy, Aline and Orchy are interesting areas to fish.

Scotland's astounding beauty, as well as the abundant fish populations that swim the waters, makes it a heavenly location for fishing . Due to its rugged wilderness, if you are not familiar with the area, it is a good idea to contact fishing companies in the area for advice and tips. Discover the beauty of Scotland and this relaxing watersport!

Wreck Diving in the UK

Jo-Ann Halstead — Thu, 29 Mar 2012 00:00:00 +0000

Scuba diving is a multifaceted and dynamic adventure activity that allows you to explore the fascinating underwater world of wildlife and the treasures that the sea guards. Diving, however, can also be a way to submerge yourself (literally) in history when it comes to wreck diving. Wreck diving consists of exploring shipwrecks and sometimes even aircraft that lie under the water's surface.

The UK boasts hundreds of sites for wreck diving as we have a rich naval history, and unfortunately there are many ships that have sunk around the coast. Nowadays there are also ships that are scuttled (purposely sunk) in order to create tourist attractions for diving and to give a second life to a ship that is no longer able to sail the ocean blue.

Why wreck dive?

There are multiple reasons why wreck diving is fascinating. First of all, the sunken ship creates an artificial reef which creates a new habitat in which sea life prospers. Divers are often attracted to the morbid, tragic history of the boat, and/or by the mechanical parts of the boat. Many of these parts are no longer featured on ships or they cannot be seen when the ship is afloat. Wreck diving is a great way to preserve our cultural heritage and to make history interesting.

Categories of wreck diving

Non-penetration diving, Limited penetration diving and Full penetration diving, are defined by Gary Gentile in his book The Advanced Wreck Diving Handbook. The first type consists of only swimming over and around the shipwreck. It is dangerous, but not as dangerous as the other types but divers must be aware of fishing lines and nets that may be around as wrecks are often a popular place to fish.

The second, Penetration within the "light zone" as named by Gentile, is diving the wreck where there is still light. However it presents dangers like getting snagged or cut by parts of the wreck. Divers must also be able to move horizontally, something which can cause complications in the event of a cut air supply.

The last consists of going deep into the wreck which is only for experienced divers as it involves diving with technical equipment and dealing with the dangers of getting lost inside the wreck, losing the source of light or not being able to exit in case of a loss of air supply as well as becoming injured by part of the structure. It must be noted that not all wrecks are fit to be explored inside and one must investigate first before undertaking the dive by contacting the Nautical Archaeology Society.

Wreck Diving Courses

It is quite easy to find a course for wreck diving as many diving schools provide both technical and theoretical training for wreck diving. The official diving bodies PADI and SDI both offer courses. The training usually consists of learning skills like air management, wreck diving planning and how to correctly use the reel (which is used to mark your way throughout the dive) along with other special equipment for wreck diving. However, most courses are only for the second level of wreck diving or for wreck diving which penetrates 100 feet into the wreck.

Technical diving courses do exist for those looking for advanced training so as to be able to explore deeper into wrecks using more complicated equipment. In the UK the Nautical Archaeology Society is a distinguished organisation which looks after underwater cultural heritage as well as diving and archaeology.

In the UK there are thousands of sunken ships to explore, especially along the Isles of Scilly and the Southern Coast. Wreck Diving is controlled in the UK and there are three Acts of Parliament that were established to protect these historical treasures at the bottom of the sea.

Regulation of wreck diving

The Protection of Military Remains Act 1986 states that divers may not take any artefacts from the wrecks without reporting it to the owner of the wreck (who is called the Receiver of Wreck).

The Protection of Wrecks Act 1973 states that, without a licence, certain wrecks are not allowed to be explored.

The Protection of Military Remains Act 1986 states that if a wreck is a war grave (in the UK there is one military aircraft and 16 shipwrecks), it may not be explored without a licence.

Wrecks to explore

There are countless wrecks in and along the British coast. One notable wreck is the recently scuttled HMS Scylla who now lies in Whitsand Bay, Cornwall. She was purposely sunk in order to create an artificial reef, to give her a new use and to create a diving attraction. In the near future we will be publishing more articles about specific dive sites, so stay tuned!

We highly encourage anyone who is even slightly fascinated by naval history or diving to try wreck diving. It is an astounding and fascinating experience that you won't soon forget!

How to Maintain your MTB

Jo-Ann Halstead — Fri, 23 Mar 2012 00:00:00 +0000

The choice of adventure activity for many people these days is mountain bik ing. With our two-wheeled companions we can get to work, ride through woods and forests, cross countries and push ourselves to new limits. This is great but if your bicycle is not in top form, neither will your performance and achievement. The following article gives you tips and step-by-step instructions on how to clean and maintain your bike so that it works to the nines and lasts as long as possible.

The following tips are to be done ideally after every ride, but realistically that may not be possible and depending on the intensity of your ride, it may not even be required. If you don't own a MTB, many of these pointers can be applied to other bicycles as a way to keep them in tip-top condition.

At first this may seem intimidating but this is a great way to get acquainted with your bike! This revision from top to bottom should take about 40 minutes. If you have any problems or questions, there will always be someone in your local mountain biking community to help you out! None of the materials or products you need are expensive or difficult to come by. You will be able to find the following at any bike shop or hardware store:

Chain lube
Lubricating oil
Degreaser
Toothbrush
Lint-free rags
Stiff-bristle brushes
An old spoke or a thin metal bar
Washing-up liquid

The chain

First in order is washing down the chain. The chain is a vital part of the bicycle's mechanism and it must not be abandoned! To start off, fill a bucket with hot water and add a bit of washing-up liquid. The hotter the water, the easier the muck will come off.

Make sure the chain is on the biggest gear and with a stiff brush, scrub the chain until its original colour shines through (which you may or may not remember depending on how long you have let it go).

After scrubbing the chain, use a (preferably biodegradable) degreaser to degrease the chain by applying and letting it do its job and ooze into all of the links. Move the pedals backwards a few times to ensure that the degreaser spreads and then either wash it off or let it drip dry (if you have it outside).

With an old rag, now rub the chain and watch as more dirt comes off. Try to rotate each link as much as possible in order to clean as much as possible.

Now apply a light lube onto the chain, but only when you are sure that the chain is very clean. Ensure that you get it into all of the links as this is the most important part to lubricate.

The cables

Now clean the cables. You will most likely have to pull back a rubber layer that protects them. Clean with a rag and degreaser, and then - with a lint-free rag with a dollop of grease - run the rag down the cable using your thumb and index finger to squeeze the cable. You do not want to leave any clumps of grease.

The front and rear mechs

After the chain and cables have been looked after, move onto the front mech. This is a short form for Derailleur Mechanism and it consists of the front and rear mech. The front mech shifts the chain across the chainrings and the rear mech is what controls the shifts of the back of the bike between the freewheel's sprockets. The rear mech puts tension on the chain so that it doesn't slide off when there is pressure.

Now get into the front mech with a small brush (a toothbrush is ideal) and hot water with soap and scrub until clean getting into all of the nooks and crannies. Dry it off with a thin strip of rag, making sure that the inside gets as clean as possible.

Now tackle the jockey wheel of the rear mech. For many people, this is one of the most satisfying part. You will need a thin piece of metal for this and an old spoke is ideal. Overlook this part of the cleaning and all of the previous work will have been a waste! Scrape and pick out the mud and muck that has got encrusted in and then clean with a toothbrush and degreaser. Apply just a drop of lube. You do not want to overdo it here as the lubed chain also runs through the jockey wheel.

Now apply lube to the front mech, making sure that you work it in well. The best advice is to shift the mech to the smallest chainring and rub the lube well into the parallelogram. This part of the bike takes a beating and it is wise to make sure that it is sufficiently lubricated.

Now as you did with the jersey wheel, clean the back sprockets either with the spoke or with something a little bit wider. There is bound to be lots of drier muck in there! Take a brush and hot soapy water to them and for stubborn grime you can apply degreaser and then try again with the brush. Then, wipe clean with the rag and thread the rag between sprockets in order to clean it all as best as possible.

Last but not least, apply some lube to the brake lever pivots and the shifters. They will thank you!

Now you can clean and polish the superficial parts of the bike until she's sparkling and immaculate!

An Introduction to Horse Riding

Jo-Ann Halstead — Thu, 22 Mar 2012 00:00:00 +0000

One of the most unique outdoor adventure sports is horseback or Horse Riding. Riding, or Equestrianism, is a special sport in that it is one of the only sports in which the athlete works with a live animal. Riding is an activity that has multiple different disciplines and can be practised by a wide range of people, including those of all ages from children to professional adult riders and has fans the world over. Riding is a brilliant way to be active, as a hobby and to develop a special and therapeutic relationship with your horse. Horses are astoundingly beautiful animals that are delightful to groom, train and ride.

Who is horse riding for?

Riding may evoke the idea that it is quite an expensive and traditional activity, but it doesn't have to be - depending on where you ride and what your ambitions are. Not everyone has the time, money or space to own a horse but there are options to enjoy classes at a riding centre, part board where you pay to use the horse when you wish, or you can board your own horse at a farm, paying for their accommodation and food.

If you are looking to start out, classes are your best bet. If you are wondering what is ahead, we will provide you with a quick description of the basics of riding and the different disciplines so that you can choose the one that will kick you off in the right direction. Riding can also take you through precious landscapes, remote beaches and places you would never be able to go on foot.

Learning to ride

Among the first things that you will learn are how to tack up the horse, mount and dismount (very important), good posture and balance and how to walk with your horse. A second step is starting to learn how to trot, canter and lope (for Western). As you advance you can move towards learning how to ride bareback, jump, show and compete and even play polo on horseback. A good rider has to be decisive and capable of directing the horse.

Riding is very beneficial to one's overall wellbeing. Not only is it a physical activity (and it is much more physical than one would imagine), it's mentally stimulating and a great way to bond with an animal.

Styles

There are different styles of riding that have different backgrounds. There are two main disciplines, Classic Riding (called English in North American which can also just be referred to as "riding") and Western Riding.

The main characteristic of "classic" riding to point out is the saddle. An "English" saddle, which is shallow and has no horn (unlike the Western saddle) and they enable the horse to move much more in order to carry out the different commands. The bridle does vary depending on the discipline.

In English riding it is quite common for the rider to rise or post which consists of the rider moving up and down in the saddle in tempo to the horse's trot.

The attire for formal competitions is quite traditional in the sense that the rider wears jodhpurs (the tight pants which often have knee pads), boots, a shirt, helmet and a jacket.

Some of the different subcategories of classic riding are:

Dressage

The widest category which involves making the horse into a gracious and responsive partner for the rider. It entails the riding style, appearance and reaction of the horse.

Show Jumping

Often involving other categories like dressage and eventing, this is when the rider jumps obstacles with the horse in which they are awarded points according to the time, how the horse approached and how it clears the jump. There is another similar category called Hunter which is similar but it focuses more on the style and appearance of the horse and its jumps and points are awarded subjectively.

Eventing

A mix of dressage, cross county and jumping.

Polo

The brilliant game of polo, played on horseback.

Western Riding

Western riding has its roots in the horse riding the Spanish Conquistadores took to America which was used for cattle herding and war. Although there is not a marginal difference, the easiest place to spot variations is in the saddle (which has a horn at the front of the saddle), the wider stirrups and the way in which the rider holds the reins (one hand is used in competition).Western riding is not as popular in the UK as it is in America.

The outfits of Western Riding tend to be much flashier than with English Riding and it could be easily compared to cowboy attire.

The beauty in horseriding lies in that the rider often forms a deep bond and comes to understand the horse on another level. Although it may seem as if the horse is doing all the work, it is not the case, as the rider uses their legs a great deal in order to stay on as well as to control the horse.

Reining

This is the equivalent of Dressage in the Western style. The focus is on the performance of the horse for the challenges in place.

To find a location near you to start riding, have a look at our directory to find a riding school near you. Do not hold back no matter what your age!

Climbing and Abseiling for Disabilities

Jo-Ann Halstead — Fri, 16 Mar 2012 00:00:00 +0000

Of all outdoor adventure sports, climbing and abseiling have become exceedingly popular in the last couple of years. They are sports that people of all abilities can try and excel at and with indoor venues they are year round sports that the weather can't ruin. As we become a more advanced and developed society, we are progressively making more activities available for those with limited mobility and disabilities. In common with kayaking and archery, climbing and abseiling are also being made accessible to everyone.

Climbing

Climbing is a brilliant activity which does not only require strength, but flexibility and mental nimbleness. They are many indoor climbing facilities that provide climbing equipment and even special rooms with special equipment, although many times this is only offered for those who can stand on their own two legs. Other centers offer climbing for those in a wheelchair, either with a special pulley system that permits the climber to ascend the wall or rock face using their upper body strength while sitting in the chair.

If the climber is not able to climb themselves, sometimes there is the option of being pulled up. Though this does not let the climber carry out the climb themselves, it can be a thrilling experience that provides the climber with a new sensation.

Another possibility for climbers is slab climbing. This consists of climbing rock faces that are at less than a 90 degree incline and they can be less intimidating. They are also convenient for adding platforms and ledges which enable climbers to rest on the way up. If however the climber will be lowering themselves down the slab, this section should be free of ledges. It is important to keep in mind as well that if projecting bolt-on holds are being used, they must be positioned on either side of the body line, not along it, so that the disabled climber does not have to pull themselves over the bolt-on holds.

Vertical or overhang walls can also be an option for disabled climbers and in many circumstances they can excel and even overtake able bodied climbers as they often have amazing upper body strength. The only downfall to these climbs is that it is more difficult for them to be able to rest on the way up so it is a good idea to have many leader placement points along the way up.

Disabled climbers can also try bouldering and traversing but as these are climbing activities that don´t use ropes, they should be practiced only to a height of 2.5m with good crash mats below and people to spot.

Abseiling

Abseiling can be done in a wheelchair if the facility permits and has the correct equipment. In order to incorporate wheelchairs, the facility must have an angled slab on which to lower the wheelchair with a level surface and walls on either side or a slightly concave shape in order to ensure that the wheelchair cannot slide off in any moment.

An abseil can also be done without a wheelchair, provided that there are two belay points and no friction points on the wall that the rope may rub.

There are also disabilities that we don't often think of for example deafness and lack of vision. In climbing and abseiling, communicating is vital but there are ways around this like the ingenious method of rope tugs which can be used for communicating with deaf climbers and abseilers. The blind can have a pre-established climbing route.

Extra support harnesses are also available for the added security of the climber.

The British Mountaineering Council holds an annual climbing competition where all climbers can compete! If you are interested in finding out more about climbing for all abilities, talk to a climbing venue near you!

Yacht Charter Holidays

Jo-Ann Halstead — Wed, 14 Mar 2012 00:00:00 +0000

When we imagine yachts, the first thing that probably comes to mind is royalty, the Mediterranean and extravagant luxury. However, yachts come in all shapes and sizes, price ranges, and private yacht charters are becoming ever more affordable and accessible to everyone. Yachts are an amazing way to enjoy the water and they are la crème de la crème when it comes to watersports.

Hiring a yacht

There are various options when it comes to hiring a yacht. If you have your boating licence you can sail it yourself or, if not, let someone else do the job and just sit back and relax. These options are called bareback or skippered. If you are in the market for outstanding luxury, you can also hire a full crew to cook, clean and take care of all the upkeep of the boat and to ensure you have an unforgettable experience aboard. Many yacht charter companies offer bespoke itineraries which means you get to enjoy visiting the exact locations you fancy with no annoying tourists or holiday makers to bother you!

Holidays

Yacht charters are a brilliant idea for unique holiday ideas or a special way to celebrate special events like teambuilding and corporate functions, weddings, honey moons, wedding anniversaries and birthdays, just to name some of the occasions when people decide to hire out a private yacht. This is a great way to spend a holiday with friends or family and, depending on the company you choose, they can offer you other activities like windsurfing or jet skiing as well. It may seem like a more expensive alternative, but if you keep in mind that many times you won't need to purchase airline tickets, worry about accommodation or eating out, doing the maths it can be quite an economical idea.

Onboard

Onboard, like we said before, passengers can enjoy sunbathing, swimming and sometimes even added activities like windsurfing, kayaking or snorkelling. This can also be a brilliant way to learn how to sail as this gives you a firsthand experience of how things work onboard and your skipper can provide you with the instruction for learning how to run a ship yourself! Make sure that the training offered is in accordance with the national regulatory body for sailing (RYA) but it's a great way to make your holiday educational and entertaining especially for those who get bored just lying on a beach chair!

Models

Yachts come in all shapes and sizes, price ranges and styles. Some of the most common yacht models are Bénéteau Océanis Clipper 411, Jeanneau Sun Fast 37, Elan 40, Dufour 455 which are all between 10m and 13m. They offer sleeping cabins and water, showers and toilets providing everything you need for a comfortable voyage.

Destinations

The UK boasts amazing waters for sailing - from the coast of Cornwall and Devon to the waters of Scotland. We are also conveniently located just a short trip away from the coast of France and those interested in stunning days of endless sun can hop over to the Mediterranean. In Scotland, visit the Firth of Clyde and all of its sea lochs, the west coast of Scotland, the Orkney Islands on the northeastern Scottish coast. The southern coast of England offers exquisite yacht destinations like the Solent, the Isles of Scilly and the Channel Islands.

If you are looking for an incomparable experience on the water, why not think about a yacht charter? This is a brilliant way to enjoy a tailor made vacation just how you wish!

The Coasteering Experience

Jo-Ann Halstead — Fri, 09 Mar 2012 00:00:00 +0000

Coasteering is one of the most popular commercial group experiences in the country! Coasteering consists of moving horizontally along the coastline. The technical term for this part of the coast is the intertidal zone and it refers to the part of the coast that is underwater when the tide is in and not covered when the tide is out. It is a multi-faceted adventure that entails various different activities from scrambling, traversing, climbing and canyoning along the rugged rocky terrain of the shoreline as well as cliff jumping and swimming in the swirling sea water below. Coasteering allows you to get up close to discover gullies, caves and the exquisite natural rock formations of the coast. There are also tons of places to jump off (part of the thrill) into the water below with jumps from 1 to 10m above the sea!

Coasteering equipment

One of the best parts of Coasteering is swimming in the wild sea water below. A coasteering adventure without getting wet is just not a real coasteering experience! Coasteerers must dress for the event and neoprene wetsuits are worn, along with booties, gloves and hoods in the colder months. Coasteering can be done all year around but in winter 4-5mm thick wetsuits are worn, whereas they are normally 3mm during the warmer months. A helmet is always worn, along with a buoyancy aid no matter what the season is.

Coasteering is regulated by the Adventure Activities Licensing Authority and there is an established British Coasteering Federation which regulates the activity.

Safety practices

Before you start your adventure, you and your group will be given a briefing about water safety, swimming along the coast with rocks, what to do in an emergency, how to climb along the rock (there must always be three points of contact with the rock), how to swim defensively and aggressively in order to deal with the sea water and correct body posture when jumping. Over the years the British Coasteering Federation has developed the position of the crossing of the arms in order to prevent any shoulder or arm injuries when hitting the water.

Locations for coasteering in the UK

The activities of Coasteering have been around for ages as they are ways of discovering sections of the coast that would otherwise be impossible to reach. However, it was established as a commercial activity in the 1990s in Pembrokeshire in Wales which boasts a wonderful coast for such activities. Nowadays there is excellent coasteering along many parts of the British coast, in particular Dorset, Cornwall, Anglesey, the Isles of Scotland and the Highlands. One could say that Britain boasts the world's best coasts for Coasteering!

Coasteering excursions

Coasteering can be for all levels as different intensities can be chosen. There are beginner, intermediate and advanced levels and Coasteering races have been developed in other countries. It can also be geared towards ecological studies of the coast and it is becoming a tremendously popular activity for hen and stag dos, teambuilding events and birthday parties.There are full and half day sessions offered with half-days running from 2-4 horus and full days from 5-6.

By regulation, Coasteering sessions must always be led by a minimum of two Coasteering leaders (2 guides for a group of 14 but if the group is any bigger, more guides must be added). One may be a head guide and the other an assistant. The activity provider running the Coasteering activity must hold insurance for £5 million.ç

This is an exhilarating activity that's a must for everyone! Children to grown adults will have an memorable experience in natural surroundings while really blowing the cobwebs away! Have a look at our directory and find a coasteering provider near you!

Sailing at the 2012 London Olympics!

Jo-Ann Halstead — Thu, 08 Mar 2012 00:00:00 +0000

This is the big year; the summer that the Olympics are going to be held right here in London with all of the events and adventure sports! As it is to be expected, the sailing events cannot be held in the capital so they will be celebrated in Dorset on the Southern coast of England at Portland Harbour and Weymouth Harbour, from Sunday July 29th until Saturday August 11th, and the Paralympic sailing events will be held from September 1st to 6th. This was the first site for the 2012 Olympics to be finished - a whopping three years before the games - and Portland and Weymouth boast the best sailing waters in the UK!

Sailing in the Olympics:

Sailing has been an Olympic sport since 1900 and it was only not featured at the 1904 Olympic Games in St. Louis. This year our team is headed by Ben Ainslie CBE, who is the holder of three gold medals. Our team has triumphed at the last 3 Olympic Games. We expect to do the same this year and we are the international leader when it comes to Olympic medals!

Sailing vocabulary

If you are not up to date with all of the sailing terms, here's a quick review so that you understand everything this summer!

Fleet race: a fleet race is when there are three or more sailors competing against each other.

Match race: This is a one-on-one competition where more aggressive moves are permitted and the rules are different from other races.

Port: the left side of the boat.

Starboard: the right side of the boat.

Tacking: Changing of direction when the sail boat goes through the eye of the wind. Sailboats cannot sail right into the wind which means that they have to zigzag.

Elliott 6m: this is the keelboat used for women's competition. It is a sailboat that holds 3 sailors and the 2012 London Olympic Games is the first time this boat will be seen in the Olympics.

Events

There will be ten medal events with a total of 380 Olympians competing for Bronze, Silver and Gold! This will be a male-dominated event with a total of 237 men participating (6 events) and 143 women (only 4 female events).

Each of these events consists of multiple races in which the winners are awarded points. The scoring system works as follows:
The first place winner gets one point, second place 2, third place 3, etc. In the final race the points are doubled. The winner of each category is the one with the least amount of points.

Women's categories

One person dinghy sailing
Two person dinghy sailing
Windsurfer
Keelboat Match (Elliot 6m)ç

Men's categories

One person dinghy sailing
Heavyweight one person dinghy sailing (men only)
Keelboat
Windsurfer
Skiff
Two person dinghy sailing

Getting to the venue

As the venue is not located in London, travelling will be required to get to the events. Dorset is about a 3 hour train ride from London, roughly 215km. Due to the high volume of traffic expected, it is recommended that spectators use the train, coach or Park and Ride, and once in Portland or Weymouth, use the buses, walk or cycle.

This is the first sustainable sailing centre in the UK! Sails will be recycled, all food will come from local vendors and they will use solar energy! The sailing venue was already established and has already hosted international events like the 2006 ISAF World Youth Championships where there were participants from over 60 countries. The sailing centre uses the Weymouth and Portland National Sailing Academy (WPNSA) and it has kick started the revival of the Portland Naval Air Station which now goes by the name Osprey Quay. They have also installed a permanent slipway of 250m and provided new mooring and lifting facilities.

This venue is a magnificent venue for spectators (with or without a ticket) and there is no assigned seating. It is not necessary to buy tickets if getting a front row seat is not your worry. The town will be providing a big screen to project the events and much can be seen from along the shore!

Sailing is a fabulous sport, and not just for watching! Sailing is the passion of thousands all over the UK. If you wish to have a go yourself (and if not right now, after watching the Olympics you're bound to want to have a go), the RYA is the official governing body where you can receive official training at a long list of sailing centres around the country!

How to Kitesurf?

Jo-Ann Halstead — Fri, 02 Mar 2012 00:00:00 +0000

Kitesurfing could be considered a mix of surfing, windsurfing, paragliding and wakeboarding with some acrobatics thrown in! Kitesurfing, which can also be called Kiteboarding, uses the natural force of the wind to propel the kitesurfer on the board across the surface of the water. The boards, which are known as kiteboards, are similar to small surfboards or wakeboards, which may or may not have bindings, depending on the kitesurfer's preference.

As any extreme sport, kitesurfing presents some dangers. Modern technology is improving its safety record but kitesurfers must be aware of other kitesurfers and the weather as strong winds present the biggest danger. It is highly advisable to have training a kitesurfing school.

What to do with a kite and board

Turning, controlled flying, board grabs and jumps. There are various ways of turning which depend on the skill level of the boarder. Board grabs are done in the air and there are different names for the grab depending on which part of the board is involved. Controlled flying and jumping is one of the most attractive aspects of this sport, but it can also be the most dangerous. Boarders create tension on the lines and position the kite overhead which causes the board to "release" and boarder starts to "fly."

As in many sports, there is an extensive list of jargon used by kitesurfers to describe the tricks, stunts and conditions.

Where Kitesurfing comes from

When it comes to the history of Kitesurfing, it only really came about as a widely popular sport until the late 90s. Since the 1800s people have been trying to combine kites with buggies, boats, skis and skates, although it wasn't until the 70s that a special kite was designed and patented. Bruno and Dominique Legaignoux, two French brothers, designed the kite which became the model for kitesurfing kite designs. Kitesurfing boards were developed in 1997 and by 1998 the first competition was held in Maui, Hawaii (where else!). Now that this is a widely known and practised sport, there is a national governing body called BKSA, the British Kitesurfing Association.

Equipment for kitesurfers

The basic gear needed to start kitesurfing is a kite, board, harness, flying lines and control bar. Kites can be foil kites or leading edge inflatables and they can come in different sizes for different variations of kitesurfing. It would also interest the kitesurfer to invest in a neoprene wetsuit as they are going to be spending long periods of time in the water and it's best to stay warm. A safety hook knife is also required for getting out of trouble if the kitesurfer has to break loose in any moment. A helmet and GPS are optional and depend on the kiteboarder's tastes.

Different types of Kitesurfing

There are many different forms of kitesurfing which can be independent although some do end up sharing characteristics:

Freeride

The most common way to enjoy kitesurfing. The vast majority of equipment produced is for this category and it involves riding and developing skills and technique.

Freestyle

In this style of kitesurfing, the kitesurfer uses the kite and board to get high above the water in order to practise tricks in the air.

Wave-riding

This is a combination of surfing and kiteboarding that requires waves and wave breaks. The board is a bit larger and can also be used for regular surfing if the bindings are removed. This board is a directional board and it needs to be able to turn easily in order to surf the waves.

Wakeskate

This version of kitesurfing uses a board similar in size to a skateboard. The board is binding-free and is also done on flat water.

Wakestyle

Similar to wakeboarding. The kitesurfer uses a board with bindings to perform tricks and stunts, occasionally off ramps. Flat water is optimum for this category.

Jumping

This may be seen as belonging to the category of Freeride. It involves what the name implies; jumping - and these kitesurfers often use kiteloops to gain more height and the kites have shorter lines and kites smaller than others.

If you are interested in trying this sport, now is the time to start looking! It's an exhilarating sport that unites the beauty of water and wind sports! As we are lucky enough to be an island, there are endless locations within Scotland, Wales, and England like Devon, Weymouth, Calshot and Aberdeen (just to name a few)!

What is Zorbing?

Jo-Ann Halstead — Thu, 01 Mar 2012 00:00:00 +0000

Zorbing is an intriguing extreme adventure activity that has rapidly become popular all over the world. Zorbing, which can also be called sphering, orbing and globe-riding, was developed by Dwayne van der Sluis and Andrew Akers in New Zealand in the 1990s, although it has been a reccurring idea in science fiction for decades. They have a futuristic look to them and allow humans to roll down hills, man-made ramps or even over the surface of the water!

Anatomy of a zorb

The ball (which can be referred to as a zorb or an orb) is a transparent plastic sphere that is actually made up of two spheres with about 2 feet (which translates to about 13 cubic metres of air) between the layers in order to cushion the impact of the ground for the zorber inside. The two layers are connected by thousands of tiny ropes and the plastic is less than a centimetre thick. As there are 2 balls (one inside the other) and they do not have to be inflated and deflated for every use.

The general measurement for a zorb is 3m in diameter and zorbers can get in and out of the zorb by one or two little doorways. These doors are the obvious entrance and exit for the zorb, and they are also the air circulation system. There are various ways to enjoy these modern toys: if it is found somewhere like New Zealand where space and hilly landscapes are not a rare commodity, then these balls are rolled down gentle slopes, or down purpose-built ramps which can be up to 200m long.

Zorbing options

Orbs can have a built-in harness, or be just as-is, in which case the zorber has the freedom to move around as they wish, trying to stay on their feet, which is nearly impossible, or being thrown around by the ride. Harnessed zorbers will go much faster down the hill though! There are children's zorbs, adult zorbs and zorbs that can hold more than one person (maximum 3).

Zorbings balls can also have a twist! For a wet adventure, water can be put inside the ball before the descent which gives it a washing machine effect! Zorbers will be sloshed around all the way down! Orbs can also be used on water (as they will not sink) and they are commonly used for children as a fun and innovative form of exercise. It is quite common for water zorbs, or water balls or aqua zorbs, as they are known, to have just one layer of plastic as no shock needs to be absorbed.

What the ride is like

Once inside the ball, the outside world may become quite blurry. Even though the balls are made of transparent plastic, once they start spinning it becomes impossible to distinguish the ground from the sky!

Despite what one may assume, one of the designers of zorbing claims that zorbers will not get dizzy or sick. Due to the large circumference of the ball, the ball only actually completes a 360 rotation every 9m.

Zorbs are safe! They do not pop as a balloon would, they simply lose air slowly without any drastic outcome. Whereas one may view as dangerous the fact that the zorber has no control over the ball, the balls are always used on controlled tracks. These balls do not pick up sufficient speed going downhill to become airborne so there is no need to fear that your ride will be excessively turbulent.

There's also a new zorbing invention that has come about that's called body zorbing. Zorbers put a smaller sized zorb on their upper body and bounce off of each other like little molecules or like a human game of ping pong. Whatever will they think of next?

This is a brilliant extreme adventure sport for everyone. It does cost a pretty penny but it is a unique and adrenaline-filled experience that practically anyone can try! This is a perfect treat for a special occasion or for trying something wacky and new! Have a look at our directory to find a provider near you!

Caving in the UK

Jo-Ann Halstead — Fri, 24 Feb 2012 00:00:00 +0000

Caving, which also goes by Potholing or Spelunking in the United States, consists of underground exploration of caves systems and tunnels. It incorporates many different activities in one, including abseiling, belaying, crawling, climbing and even swimming and scuba diving. In some cases, caving refers to vertical exploration while the term potholing is more for horizontal expeditions. While caving, one can explore the fascinating geological artefacts that are hidden from sight, magnificent underground rivers and lakes and even old mines. As this activity has evolved, it has developed into what we can consider an adventure or extreme sport, while appealing to many different people of different ages, backgrounds and abilities.

The origins of caving

The history of caving dates back to the late 19th century with French explorer Édouard-Alfred Martel embarking on a descent in Gouffre de Padirac, and the first complete caving expedition was carried out here in the UK at Gaping Gill in the Yorkshire Dales in 1895. The United States boasts a plethora of immense caves and the National Speleological Society (NSS) was created to protect their natural wonders and to advance their underground research and other caving organisations have been created in France, Romania, Columbia and Pakistan.

Caving in the UK

There are multiple locations around the UK for caving like the Peak District, The Brecon Beacons National Park in Wales and the Yorkshire Dales National Park. Caves are usually limestone with narrow passages, steep pitches (that need to be abseiled) and rivers. Cavers or those interested in this activity can find an extensive list of outdoor adventure providers and caving companies that organise excursions for beginners to the more experienced caver. If you already have experience as a caver, there are multiple organisations and clubs you can join - or you can practise on your own terms - however, caving can be a dangerous sport that need not be taken lightly as rescue attempts are extremely precarious. The difficulty of the cave is designated by grades and the scale is 1 to 5, 5 being the most extreme.

Equipment for Caving

The essential equipment needed for caving is:

A helmet
Overalls
Wellies
Lights (that are mounted on the hard hat). They can be Led or halogen but they are a must as it can be extremely dark. A backup should also be taken.
Warm attire (depending on where you are caving) as hypothermia is a danger.
Waterproof attire if needed
Polypropylene if you are caving in a tropical cave as they are dry and this material protects from abrasions while being a fairly cool fabric.
Knee and elbow pads if there is going to be a lot of crawling so as to protect these important joints from unnecessary stress.
Rope, karabiners, bolts and slings if the caver is going to need to abseil or climb. Descending and ascending in caving uses what is called the Single Rope Technique.
First aid kits, equipment and tools for emergencies and food.
Diving gear if cave diving is going to be done, however this is for very experienced and knowledgeable explorers. In the UK cave diving forms part of caving, however in the United States it is considered a part of Scuba diving.

Caving is an absolutely fascinating activity which, as it offers physical components, is also great for keeping in shape. Depending on the extremity of the excursion, it can also provide an extreme adventure experience that adrenaline seekers crave. It's also fantastic for school trips as pupils will be able to see geological phenomenon like stalagtites and stalagmites in real life.

Caving is a unique adventure sport like no other and what you can explore caving are some of the least visited places on Earth. There are even deep caves where fewer people have been than the moon! Even if you've never tried the sport, there is something for everyone and you can progress until caving grade 5 caves if you want, exploring the underground wonders the Earth hides from us!

Water sports for Disabilities

Jo-Ann Halstead — Thu, 23 Feb 2012 00:00:00 +0000

In the modern world, the term disability watersports is becoming progressively more visible as being disabled no longer impedes one from being a capable and competent adventurer - many aquatic sports are becoming accessible for people of all abilities. We can thank modern technology, human creativity and scientific advancements for these developments. Classic watersports like sailing and powerboating have had their equipment altered so as to accommodate new ways of controlling the boat but there are more common sports such as kayaking and waterskiing that can be enjoyed just as they are.

There are also numerous official governing bodies such as The British Disabled Water Ski Association, IFDS and RYA who organise and regulate these special fields of activity. The term disability is quite widely used and it can be used to describe various different conditions from someone who is visually impaired, in a wheelchair or suffers from a learning disorder. Read on and discover how eager adventurers of all abilities can get outdoors and enjoy their dose of adventure on the water!

Sailing

Sailing is one of the most common water sports for those with disabilities. Many boats can be adapted but there is also an international increase in the boats designed for disabled sailors which can also be used by everyone.

The most popular sailing boats internationally used for disability sailing are:

Paralympic three-person keelboat
the Sonar
the Paralympic single-person keelboat
the 2.4mR
the Martin 16, Ideal 18
Access Dinghy,
Rhodes 19,
Hobie Trapseat
Freedom

Steering devices

There are various different steering devices which depend on the disability of the sailor. There are steering devices that use the sip and puff technology which is used for those who do not have use of their hands or have reduced muscular abilities. The sip puff method involves the sailor inhaling or exhaling into a tube which in turn controls the steering of the boat. There are also joysticks, wheel steering and collapsing metal tillers (which permit the sailor to move from side to side in the boat). For steering systems, levers can be put on the sides of the boat and handles can be added so that the sailor is able to hold on. It is important to make sure that there are as few obstructions onboard as possible. All of these devices and systems must follow IFDS rules for optimum safety.

Seats

Different seats can be added to the boat in order to make the steering equipment accessible and comfortable for the sailor. These seats can be simply taken from a golf cart (or similar) or they can be more complex translating seats which allow the sailor to switch from side to side in order to tack and jibe. Seats should be comfortable and padding is an excellent idea.

Waterskiing

The BDWSA has helped thousands ski and wakeboard across the surface of the water and graduate from their programmes. They offer amazing instructors and helpers who make skiers feel at home on the water and they supply all of the equipment necessary for the experience no matter what the skier's disability may be. They developed their special adaptive equipment over 20 years ago which has enabled many to learn quickly and efficiently. The Triple bar and Delga sling assist the skiers and wakeboarders and they also provide both skis and boards for seated positions.

Powerboating

Although sailing is usually the dominant water sport for disabilities, powerboating is an up-and-coming alternative! Powerboats can be equipped with wheelchair tie-downs and ramped steering positions so they can be driven easily by someone in a wheelchair. For those who suffer from reduced mobility or strength, as in sailing, an adaptive steering system can be implemented. This system uses a joystick and up-rated hydraulic steering system. There is a new organisation run by Geoff Holt called the Disabled Powerboating Trust. A quadriplegic himself, he noticed that there were oodles of charities for disabled sailing but none for powerboating, and as a boat lover himself, he took the initiative of starting his own!

Kayaking

Kayaking is a brilliant water sport for people with disabilities as many times few or no adaptations of the boat need to be added. On the water, most disabilities disappear! The national regulatory body of canoeing BCU has given this field of paddling it the brilliant name of Paddleability as the focus is not on the disability, but on the ability of the paddler.

Just as regular kayakers can choose the type of kayak that best suits them and their needs, disabled kayakers may also choose from a sit-on-top, white water, sea or inflatable kayak.There are brilliant 2 seaters kayaks that are perfect for a paddling duo for visually impaired paddlers.

The beauty of kayaks is that an outrigger may be added (like a sort of stabiliser like we use for bicycles) for added stability. There are specially designed tools which could be compared to a sort of crane called a Hoyer lift for lowering and lifting the paddler into and out of the boat if the paddler is not able to do so by themself. The kayak can be placed on top of a wagon which is used to launch the kayak into the water as that the kayaker is able to get in the boat on dry land.

Adaptive Paddling fixtures or paddle holders permit the kayaker to use the paddle in a fixed position. Adapted gloves can also be used which have velcro that can be attached to the paddle for those with grip problems who cannot hold the paddle. Different seats can be put in as well to make the boat more comfortable and accessible.

When it comes to enjoying the water and aquatic sports, thanks to today's modern technology, those with disabilities are no longer left out, and in many cases they are as capable as the next person. With organisations like RYA and ISAF, these are regulated sports and there are even international competitions and events in the Paralympics! There are heaps of outdoor activity providers around the country offering sessions for disabilities, so why not look at our directory and find one for yourself today!

What is Canyoning?

Jo-Ann Halstead — Fri, 17 Feb 2012 00:00:00 +0000

Canyoning is an extreme outdoor adventure that doesn't lack in adrenaline or adventure! This outdoor expedition consists in walking, scrambling and hiking through ravines and gorges, descending down waterfalls and rock faces, cliff jumping and very often swimming in rivers and pools in the fresh water. The expeditions take place in gorges and ravines which are usually bedrock stone where rivers have carved their way through the rock creating stunning gorges, cliffs and landscapes perfect for a wet and wild adventure.

This adventure activity may be also known as Gorge Walking or Canyoneering (although the latter usually refers to a more technical form of canyoning involving more abseiling) and as it involves a range of different activities and different intensities, making it a brilliant multi-adventure experience for all abilities!

Skills necessary

In order be a competent "canyoner" you have to be in fairly good physical shape, be able to swim and be fairly comfortable in an outdoor setting. Although it doesn't always involve abseiling, it may in some cases so canyoners should be familiar with this sport.

Swimming
Basic rope work
Abseiling
Sldiing (down waterfalls)
Navigation skills (if you are going without a guide)

Equipment

Neoprene wet suits or dry suits depending on the time of year and water temperature. You will wear a swimsuit underneath, saving dry clothes for afterwards.
Rope (if your adventure is going to involve abseiling).
Harness (for abseiling).
Helmet (mandatory).
Water shoes or boots as sometimes the terrain can be hazardous for ankles.
A waterproof backpack.

Canyoning Destinations

Canyoning is popular the world over and there are exceptional canyoning ravines and gorges scattered all over the world. There are developed canyoning routes in the following countries: Slovenia, Spain, Argentina, Australia, Canada, Brazil, Chile, Costa Rica, Croatia, Ecuador, France, Portugal, Greece, India, Italy, Turkey, Bosnia & Herzegovina, UK and many more. For canyoning or gorge walking in the UK, Wales and Scotland especially offer brilliant locations such as Aberdyfi, Dinorwig and Kinlochleven, while the Lake District is England's premier destination.

Risks

Canyoning can become dangerous in certain situations, usually when it is a more extreme adventure. There is a possibility of flash floods, torrential and powerful waters, hypothermia and getting lost. Due to the remoteness of some of the routes, getting lost can be a dangerous and life threatening event. Make sure to take a mobile with battery in a waterproof bag and let people know where you will be venturing.

Training

Although there is no national regulatory body for canyoning in the UK, it falls under the British Mountaineering Council. Courses are offered and many organizations which feature this activity offer courses to learn the necessary skills. In the majority if cases, the programs are divided into 3 or 4 levels of difficulty, however, if you are going to embark on a canyoning adventure with an outdoor activity provider, you will usually only have to worrying about having a blast!

This is a fabulous activity for those with a thirst for outdoor adventure and exhilaration. For those new to the sport it is advisable to go with an outdoor activity provider that provides this activity. This is also a brilliant idea for a special occasion like a Hen or Stag dos! Have a look at our list of canyoning providers to find one best suited to you!

Tips for Clay Pigeon Shooting

Jo-Ann Halstead — Wed, 15 Feb 2012 00:00:00 +0000

Clay Pigeon Shooting is a sport that makes a brilliant leisure activity, a hobby or a training method before hunting season to keep up your game. With its roots in English countryside culture, it is an exciting sport to take up and to appreciate for the skills involved. This guide contains tips for those just starting out and some interesting facts about the history and the equipment which will make you a more knowledgeable Clay Pigeon Shooter.

How to shoot

When learning how to shoot, the most important things to keep in mind are body position and stance, how you hold the gun and aiming.

Stance

In order to shoot accurately the shooter must have the correct posture for both his or her body and the gun. Feet are shoulder-width apart. If you are right-handed, your left foot is forward (facing the range) and right foot back. Your gun should be held correctly with the butt positioned firmly against your shoulder which will avoid a violent recoil where the gun pulls back due to the power of the shot. Your shooting hand will be close to the trigger and your other arm supports the gun near the barrel.

Aiming and Shooting

Familiarise yourself with the sights of the gun. Before shooting, you should have a good line in your sights. Your cheek should be resting against the barrel, enabling you to look down the barrel of the gun. Once ready to shoot, lock your shoulders and arms and aim by rotating from the waist. You will want to aim a bit ahead of the "pigeon" and, as you rotate, your shot should catch up with the flying clay disk.

History and Disciplines of Clay Pigeon Shooting

Clay Pigeon Shooting dates back as far as 1831, when real birds were used as targets and set free in front of shooters in pheasant and grouse shooting. Between 1883 and 1887 glass balls filled with feathers or powder (a game known as glass ball) were developed to replace live birds, which then transformed into clay disks. These disks have a much more realistic flight and stay airborne longer. Today, these disks are normally orange with a measurement of 110 mm in diameter and are made of Calcium Carbonate (Limestone) and Pitch. The colour can vary depending on where the shooting is taking place in order to stand out and there are even "rabbit" clays, launched at ground level.

The gun used for shooting is a shotgun and the main model is an Over & Under Double Barrel Shotgun which normally has a barrel width of 18.5mm. When a shot is fired, hundreds of metal balls are shot out which disperse therefore making it easier to hit a flying target.

Disciplines

There are various disciplines within Clay Pigeon Shooting which should be named. These are the most common at British shooting grounds and clubs:

English Sporting, today this is the most popular form of Clay Pigeon Shooting. Originally two different types of targets could be used and nowadays both can be launched roughly at the same time. The layout is constantly moving and this is a brilliant challenge.
English Skeet, 25 shots by the shooter in 7 different positions around a semicircle.
Down the Line (DTL), shooters shoot 5 consecutive shots from the same position then move one spot to the right under 25 rounds have been shot.
Universal Trench (UT),shooters shoot from a trench located 15m from the shooting line from 5 different positions. Disks are launched from different directions and 25 rounds are fired.

These are less common or reserved for competitions:

Olympic Trap (OT), the version of the sport which is featured at the Olympics.
Fitasc Sporting, what many consider the hardest challenge when it comes to Clay Pigeon Shooting. There is an "old system" and a "new system."
World Sporting is best described as a mix of Fitasc and English Sporting.
Compak Sporting, shooting which takes place on a smaller area and permits all types of targets.
ISU Skeet, like English Skeet but faster. The shooter must start with the gun down and the shooter may have to wait 3 seconds after the launch to shoot and the shooter moves to 8 different positions.
Automatic Ball Trap (ABT), where a trap constantly moves vertical and horizontally in order to launch the disks in a random fashion.

Clay Pigeon Shooting is a dynamic game which offers a dozen ways to keep you on your toes. You will want to learn at a Clay Pigeon Shooting activity provider for professional training, so find a venue near you to learn and come have a go at this traditional English game!

Underwater Orienteering!

Jo-Ann Halstead — Fri, 10 Feb 2012 00:00:00 +0000

In the world of outdoor adventure activities there are loads of hybrid sports, but Underwater Orienteering brings together two of the most challenging and fascinating activities around; diving and orienteering. This sport, for experienced and competent divers, involves divers navigating an underwater course usually in lakes, at a depth of 1 to 3 metres, using modified diving gear and a compass. The big challenge lies in that the participant may not go to the surface at any point to get their bearings and many times the visibility of the water is 0m.

Competitive Underwater Orienteering

International events

The orienteer-diver needs to have good knowledge of diving, navigation and be in excellent shape, which makes this an excellent competition sport! The first European Championship was held in 1967 in Anger, Italy and the first World Championship in 1973 in the former Yugoslavia. Last year the 15th World Championships were held and the winners were Zuzana Dvoradova from the Czech Republic and Dezlo Laslo from Hungry coming in first in the men's division. The 4th Open European Youth Championships in Underwater Orienteering 2011 was held in Berlin in September. International competitions are held every 2 years with the continental championships being held on the off year.

The challenges

Over the decades the challenges have developed and become more advanced which calls for more sophisticated equipment and techniques for the diver. The diver wears a mask and fins or a monofin, a scuba tank which is held in front of the body (so as to create the least amount of resistance against the water) and a buoy with around 3 metres of rope so that their progress can be seen from the surface; a boat or kayak follows them from above. The buoy also serves as a safety device as this way the diver can be found easily. They also have a flow metre and compass and they have to take the course instructions with them underwater as they cannot go up to the surface. Some may choose to write it on their forearm while others may carry it with the compass.

The underwater orienteering challenges can be done individually or in teams of 2 to 4 divers. The challenge lies in finding the markers of the course and there are three common patterns: the M course, 5 point and Star. In the M course, the diver must get to 3 buoys which are positioned in the shape of an M. The 5 point consists of finding the 5 points in a certain order which calls for search planning and the Star, where the diver must round a marker and find another, doing that 5 times in a row. Points are awarded for accuracy and time, making this a sport that demands precision and speed.

Underwater Orienteering Equipment

As mentioned earlier on, the diver will have the following tools:

A kit comprising a compass, depth gauge, scuba tank and the instructions for the course. Depending on the water temperature, a neoprene wetsuit is worn, mask, fin or monofin and weights. It is quite normal that each individual diver uses his or her own equipment as it will be adjusted to the individual in order to achieve the best performance.

Although not the most common activity found in the world of adventure sports, this is a brilliant way for diving fans to try something new and spice up a sport they already adore! Competitions and clubs can be found in the UK and Europe and if you look hard enough, you will find fellow fans of this marvellous activity.

Types of Mountain Biking

Jo-Ann Halstead — Thu, 09 Feb 2012 00:00:00 +0000

A mountain bike can be the key to utter freedom and exhilaration! Peddling can take you miles away and through stunning landscapes while presenting challenges and adrenaline-filled moments. Mountain Biking is a multifaceted adventure sport that, with its different variations, can take you from trails in the foothills of the Grampian Mountains in Scotland to obstacle courses in an urban setting.

Also known as MTB, Mountain Biking's different disciplines include Cross Country (also known as XC), Downhill, Trail Riding, Freeride and Trial biking to name the most popular categories. Outside of these subcategories, Mountain Biking can be combined with other activities to create a new and interesting spin on an activity while allowing MTB lovers to branch out while still being loyal to their beloved sport. The following is a breakdown of some of the most popular categories and spin offs of the sport.

Cross Country Mountain Biking

This is the subcategory that is the most demanding on the cyclist, both physically and skills-wise. It is the most popular form of mountain biking and since 1996 it has been an Olympic Sport (the only form of Mountain Biking to be part of the competition). The cross country cyclist's strength is in his or her endurance, without such a focus on technical performance as in other categories. The terrain is what defines this category and it must be of easy or moderate complexity or else it becomes a different category. Trails ridden by XC cyclists can be single or double track, forest trails, or fireroads (usually unnatural breaks in vegetation to avoid fires spreading), generally which are flat and not too complicated.

These are the lightest bikes, weighing in at between 7 and 16 kilos, and they normally have front suspension forks and occasionally suspension in the back. The tyre width nowadays is 26 inches; however there are other 29-inch and 650b around although it is a disputed subject. The helmet worn is normally a normal bike helmet

Trial Riding

Trial Riding, which also goes by the name of Observed Trials, is when the cyclist tackles a series of obstacles (either natural or man-made) and attempts to move through them all without having to put their foot on the ground at any moment. It is said that it has its origins in Spain and it is mainly a sport practiced in Europe.

These bikes when used for competition usually have wide handlebars and powerful breaks, are single-speed and low-geared and don't have a seat in their particular frame structure. The back tyre is wide and kept at a low pressure.

Downhill Mountain Biking

The name itself is quite self-explanatory! As one would imagine, Downhill Mountain Biking (DH is the short form) takes place on steep downhill tracks where the objective is to obtain the best time and there can be featured jumps and obstacles which serve to gain air time. Our champion from the UK was Danny Hart in 2011 who won the the 2011 Downhill World Champion.

The bikes used are heavier than XC bikes with weights from 14 to 19kg. Their frames are designed for a more backward-shifted posture for the rider. They normally have 8 inch suspension and wide hydraulic disk brakes. Riders wear a full helmet and sport full armour and occasionally wear a neck brace for extra protection for the neck and back.

Freeride Mountain Biking

Freeride mountain biking is rapidly gaining in popularity. Freeriding (which is "free" of courses or set obstacles) consists of tricks, technical trail features and the creative style. The bikes have a steeper frame which makes them more agile and better for balance. Originally they were altered Downhill bikes that had their gears adjusted to allow them to go uphill as well. Freeriding is often done in downhill skiing venues and more and more we are seeing ski centres offer lifts and areas for the bikes.

Mountain Biking with a twist

Nighttime Mountain Biking. Riding at night is a great way to improve your skills and there are also multiple competitions that feature riding at night (which are sometimes 24-hour ordeals). It's also a way that cyclists deal with the winter months as day light time diminishes as the cold months come around.

The essential equipment that you will need to take are torches and warm clothes, but biking at nighttime makes one concentrate on the immediate path ahead and teaches bikers how to deal with surprises that pop up along the way. It's great in the summer as the temperature is lower at night and there are usually fewer people out and if you are bored with a trail, you may not even recognize it at night! You must be careful with cycling at night, however, as some major dangers can be hidden by the dark and a mobile phone should always be packed in case of getting lost.

Mountain Biking Orienteering

This is orienteering done on a bike, and the bike you chose depends on the terrain (tracks and trails) where the navigation challenge takes place. The efining feature of mountain bike orienteering is that bikers must not go off the designated track so much of the challenge is focused on choosing the right route while navigating, not to mention that the cyclist has to read a map as well as peddling! This requires multiple cyclists to work together while using their map and compass skills.

Winter Mountain Biking

The snow doesn't have to be a damper! Mountain biking off the beaten track in the snow can be heaps of fun. tyres need to be deflated a tad as underinflated tyres have better surface grip as they have a larger contact area. The wider the tyre the better and there are even speciallity tyres on the market. Studs can be added to the tyres as well as outriggers. The weather can prove to be utterly exhilarating and chances are you will won't cross paths with many others.

Mountain Biking in the UK has an infinite number of options and locations. The more serious categories can be left to the professionals, but cyclists of all ages can enjoy mountain biking, learning along the way!

Handy Advice for those new to Mountain Biking and Cycling

Jo-Ann Halstead — Fri, 03 Feb 2012 00:00:00 +0000

Mountain Biking and cycling are brilliant outdoor adventure activities that have captivated the hearts and energies of so many adventure seekers and many people who are now using a bicycle as an economical and green way to get to work. Generally, riding a bike isn't extremely dangerous, but this does depend on where you are riding! It is one thing to be on your bike in the countryside and another to be on rugged mountain terrain - just as riding in a village is different to riding in London! It is always smart to be cautious, attentive and to dress appropriately at all times just to be on the safe side.

Apart from nasty falls or perhaps being hit by a car if we are cycling on the road, these are generally the only way to become injured or hurt on a bike. Generally, if we are careful, it is only a question of taking certain precautions. For those just starting out, the following is some useful advice for those new to peddling.

Bicycle basics

The most common injury in both novice and advanced mountain bikers is in the perineum due to the fact that it rubs against the seat. To avoid this problem it is important that your seat is not too wide; however this is not such a worry for women. Cycling clothes should have additional protection in the area that rubs and another option or precaution is using a silicone seat cover if the journey is going to be long.

If you are going to be out on the mountain bike for extended periods of time, cycling can produce digestive disorders as the position in which you ride does not favor digestion. For this reason it is wise to wait two hours after eating before getting on your bike.

On any terrain for any distance, one should always use a helmet. This is of course an obvious tip, yet one that so many overlook. As unstylish or uncomfortable as they may be, it is a small detail that may very well save your life or prevent you from doing irreversible harm to your body. When looking for a helmet, it is one thing that you should not skimp on and it should be of good quality, strong and resistant.

When it comes to the handlebars, the cyclist should hold them firmly but without excessive force. To avoid blisters, slips and sore spots from where they rub, padded gloves are always a brilliant idea.

Another important detail when it comes to mountain bike gear is footwear. Specially designed shoes for cycling clip into the peddle and improve the cyclists peddling while avoiding suffering from pain in the arch of the foot.

Best cycling practice

The size of the bike (whatever type of bike it may be) should always be adjusted for the cyclist. The handlebars and seat should always be positioned (height-wise) correctly according to the cyclist's body in order to avoid injuries in the back, knees, arms or neck. The height of the seat should be adjusted so that the knees are only slightly flexed when the peddle is close the ground.

Last but not least, rules about riding your bike in traffic. A bicycle is a vehicle on the road and bikes should respect the rules just as drivers do. Cyclists should always circulate in the same direction as cars and use hand signals for turning. Speed limits should also always be respected, especially in areas such as school zones where drivers must slow down.

Climbing the Petit-Grand Vignemale

Jo-Ann Halstead — Thu, 02 Feb 2012 00:00:00 +0000

Climbing is an outdoor adventure activity that can take you to some of the most astounding landscapes in the world. The Vignemale is a summit of the French Pyrenees (bordering Spain as well) which, being the highest, often receives a lot of attention when it comes to climbing. Some of the most distinguished and well known peaks are Grand Vignemale or Pique-Longue which are at 3298m, Pointe Chausenque at 3204m and Petit Vignemale at 3032m. There is also an impressive glacier which is the second largest in the Pyrenees.

This ascent has an accumulated height of 300m, of which 150m require climbing. From the shelter built on Petit Vignemale, it is roughly one hour; from Petit Vignemale to Pique Longue you are looking at roughly 2 to 3 hours. The starting point is the shelter in Bayssellance which is at 2.651m.

The basic gear that you will need is of course rope, a large roll of 2 metres of climbing tape, and 2 or 3 karabiners.

Itinerary

From the shelter, the destination is the peak of Petit Vignemale via the Hourquette d’Ossoue. There is a clear path which is the normal route of Petit Vignemale. At the start of the season these rocks are usually found covered by snowdrifts that do not usually interfere with the ascent. Follow the edge of the rock that unifies Petit Vignemale with the ledge of Pointe Chausenque where you pass the glacier and head onto the standard route of Grand Vignemale.

Climbing Route

From Petit Vignemale one has to descend 4 to 5m either down the vertical ledge or by lightly descending down the left wing in order to reach an opening that leads to a rocky passage sunken in the slope. Follow this passage for 2 to 3 metres and you will pass a plaque which is inclined towards the northeast and that you cross horizontally to reach the ridge which is sharp, yet easy. There is then a new ledge which you descend via its southeast slope. The ridge widens until it turns into another slope of 8 to 10m. A vertical chimney which provides excellent damns is right in front of the stunning Ossoue Glacier which, directly south, permits one to descend the down the face. Once at the base, turn right 2m and descend a short slab and return to the left to reach a marvellous terrace. From the west end of the terrace one must take a large dihedral chimney that slopes north towards the seracs of Petit Vignemale.

This is a delicate descent between 15 and 18 metres. Walking underneath the terrace one arrives at a narrow route that will take you left; a short crack permits you to get to a narrow gap that unites Petit Vignemale with the edge of Punta de Chausenque.

Climb this sharp slab while staying on the edge with your feet on its north slope. If climbing with novices it would be sensible to establish a fixed point (a large ring of rope) half way up the crossing. This is a more intimidating than it is difficult, although climbers do run the risk of falling and being caught in a pendulum swing. There are some easy ledges in the south slope that lead towards the Col des Glaciers.

Ascend the back of Chausenque Point along the edge, always staying on the south slope where there are numerous routes separated by small ledges and fallen rocks. Finally, you will reach the previously mentioned Chausenque Point located at 3.138m. An easy ridge ascends to the same Point but you can also reach the Ossoue Glacier by some horizontal ledges without having to pass by the peak.

The descent from the peak to the glacier is not difficult either. Pass closely by the funnel of Couloir de Gaube and try tackling a bit further on the schistose cone of Pique Longue. The climb should not be that difficult but one should be careful and alert of falling rock if climbing in a large group.

Descending

Take the normal route on the Ossoue Glacier which is generally easy. However, at the end of the season when the glacier is exposed, crampons may need to be used. Although it may be the opposite of the normal practice, it's advisable to stay harnessed on the glacier, despite its safe appearance and that you may see many other climbers disobeying this rule.

Everything you need for Kayaking

Jo-Ann Halstead — Fri, 27 Jan 2012 00:00:00 +0000

Kayaking can be a relaxing watersport or it can be an adrenaline filled adventure sport; it all depends where you decide to paddle. Here in the UK we are blessed with extensive coastlines and a marvellous network of canals, lakes and lochs and plenty of rivers. We are just spoilt for choice! Have a look and see all of the locations where you can paddle and read on to find out what you'll need to get started.

Essential Gear for Kayaking

Of course, the basic of the basics is needed. A kayak, double-bladed paddle and a lifejacket are the first and foremost items on the list. Depending on where you are paddling, you may also require a guide or more information about the area. There are multiple types of kayaks for different water conditions like rivers, lakes and tranquil lochs on the one hand, to raging white water rapids or coastal waters on the other. If you are just starting out, it's most likely that you will be with an activity provider who will have supplied you with your equipment, but if you're looking at buying a kayak, it would be best to take a look at all of the different varieties, what waters they are used for and where you will be paddling.

To go beyond the basics, if you are going to be paddling during the colder months, sea kayaking or white water kayaking, there is some additional equipment you will need. Cold weather and water call for a neoprene wetsuit or a dry suit (depending on what kind of cold we are talking about), because if you were to capsize, cold water can take a life in a matter of minutes. Make sure your suit has a hood for protecting the head (remember we lose a lot of our body heat through the head) and neoprene socks with a thick sole and gloves. A helmet is needed for white water paddling to protect us from any bumps we may have along the way.

For expeditions

Many kayaks, such as sea kayaks, have compartments for storage. For longer paddling trips, food supplies, water, camping gear etc., needs to be factored in as well as sunglass (with a strap to attach to your helmet if you are going to be paddling white water), sunblock and a hat to protect from the sun's rays that reflect off the water.

Having a previously planned route is also essential as knowing where you are going and where you are is of utmost importance. A map goes without saying but you can also bring along a GPS and some sort of mobile just in case. In some cases it may even be necessary to notify coast guards about your trip.

Paddling Training and Techniques

The first skills you will need to know are how to paddle, how to change direction and if you are paddling a closed cockpit kayak you will need to how to do a wet exit (where you roll the boat and learn how to slide out). It is also convenient to know about your boat and it's parts as good boat knowledge makes a better and more confident paddler. Organisations like BCU or AALA are national regulatory bodies for kayaking and outdoor activities. For the best training according to national standards, look for course providers recognised by these organisations with instrcutors that hold these qualifications.

When it comes to sitting in the boat, make sure that you are comfortably seated in the correct position. The small of your back must be against the seat and your feet (the balls of your feet) will either be positioned on the inner foot pegs or on the peddles which control the rudder (for sea kayaks usually). Your legs should be bracing either side of the cockpit as this is where much of your stability comes from.

Contrary to common belief, paddling is not only about arm strength but much of the power comes from torso, back and legs. The paddling stroke is a push-pull movement and the key to gaining more power is twisting the torso which will give you better endurance as you won't tire yourself out as quickly.

Kayaking can take you to some of the most scenic natural spots in the UK and further afield. Explore the breathtaking coast around Devon, head up to Scotland for some rougher and wet and wild rapids or paddle along the Medway for some quiet paddling and lots of scenery. Remember, never paddle alone and share this experience with others!

What to take when hiking in the mountains

Jo-Ann Halstead — Thu, 26 Jan 2012 00:00:00 +0000

When setting out for a hike, mountaineering or even a climbing excursion in the mountains, moors or hills, much care and caution must be taken when it comes to packing and planning. Like with most adventure sports, you are far from home, shops and civilization. Your resources are solely what you and your fellow hikers have on your backs. Here's a check list of what you must not forget to bring to make your adventure a brilliant one!

The Essentials

Backpack/Ruscksack

First and foremost, a good backpack is always the hiker's first priority. It must be comfortable, practical and easy to wear without straining the back (look for one with a strap for the waist to take weight off the back and shoulders).

Loo roll

When it comes to hygiene, while most are prepared to rough it a bit, loo roll is one commodity that will be hard to go without. It's also unquestionably useful for many things, from tissues to lighting fire. However, when out in the bush, one must remember that depending on where you are, used toilet paper may attract wildlife and we should try to leave as little trace as possible so it may be necessary to clean up after yourself.

First Aid Kit

A First aid kit with gauze, plasters and other essentials. Deoderant is a good idea for applying to feet for avoiding blisters as well as special socks.

Multi-tool

A Swiss Army Knife or similar: These knives are a classic for a reason. I'm sure if you have one, you'll never be caught without it. With various different models from the basic penknife to one with everything from a can opener to screwdriver, they can be used to get you out of practically every quandary and their small size and low weight are great for hiking and keeping your load-out to a minimum.

Snacks and meals

Food. You may include some sweets and trail mix. It´s always necessary to keep your energy levels up. For more information on what to take foodwise, read further about hiking nutrition.

Water

A Water bottle (or multiple bottles): The best on the market these days are stainless steel bottles because they are light weight and better for you than plastic. Water must always be drunk when doing exercise so make sure you always stock up.

Interesting things to take

String

A little kit of laces or string and safety pins. This basic items are brilliant for fixing an infinite number of problems that you never know may come along the way.

Plastic Bags

First of all, when out in the wilderness we should always have the utmost respect for the environment. Picking up after yourself and leaving nothing other than footprints behind should always be your motto. Little rubbish bags are great for picking up non-biodegradable waste but they can also be handy in many other situations, especially as they are waterproof (great for situations like using for an improvised rucksack cover!).

A torch

Even if there is a full moon, a bit of extra light at night is handy. There are new ones that don't even need batteries so there's no chance you'll ever get left out in the dark, unless of course you lose the light.

Appropriate Clothing

Lots of layers. There are oodles of expensive brands of outdoor clothing but one of the best pieces of advice is to dress in layers. That way you can easily adjust to changing temperatures of that of the weather and your body. Also layers are very effective in keeping warm in that the air between the layers heats up which in turn keeps you warmer.

Waterproof Layers

A rain jacket or plastic ponch because we all know what British weather can be like and no one enjoys being damp.

Hiking Poles

These poles, although they may look a bit ridiculous at times, are brilliant for working 90% of your body's muscle, for endurance and for absorbing shock when walking downhill.

Next time you´re packing for an adventure, keep some of these tips and pointers in mind and enjoy a hopefully hassle-free excursion!

Types of Kayaking

Jo-Ann Halstead — Fri, 20 Jan 2012 00:00:00 +0000

In the world of watersports, kayaks are one of the most popular ways to enjoy the water. Kayaking, versatile and varying in difficulty, offers something for everyone from the complete novice to those looking for extreme adventure.

Kayaks are small boats that can be extremely versatile and tons of fun! A kayaker propels the boat using a double-bladed paddle. There are many different variations, each one designed for a different type of condition or water.

Kayaks were originally made and used by native groups in northern, sub-Artic areas like what is now Canada, Greenland and parts of Asia. These boats allowed fishermen to get close to their prey while not causing any disturbance in the water. Kayak fishing still exists, as well as kayak sailing, white water kayaking, sea kayaking and the list goes on and on. In this article we will outline the different uses of kayaking and how each modifies the form of the boat. Depending on the kayaker's location, skills and interests, the kayak is chosen.

Recreational Kayaks

These kayaks are the bog-standard paddling boat and are apt for paddling on calm waters like lakes or rivers. These are usually the boats that a kayaker would learn in (and which many of our kayak providers use) and, as they are made of polyethylene and are unspecialised, they are the least expensive type of kayak. In size, they usually measure less than 12 feet (3.7m) and they have a larger cockpit for easy entry and exits. They can be single-seaters or tandems and lack cargo space.

Sea Kayaks

Sea kayaks are kayaks built for stability to deal with the waves and currents of the sea and ocean as these waters can destabilise the boat. They usually have a rudder or skeg which keeps the kayak from being blown off course or upset by the waves. The rudder is often controlled by foot pedals that the kayaker has at his or her feet and it can be pulled up for exit and entry so as not to damage it. A skeg is a fixed rudder which cannot be removed. The form of the boat also includes an upturned bow or stern which is designed for wave shedding. They can have one, two or three cockpits for more paddlers.

Sit-on-top Kayaks

These kayaks are open as they are designed for kayakers who need to be able to get in and out easily. Fishermen, scuba divers and wave surfers (often we see these boats being used at holiday resorts as well) are often those who choose this version of the kayak. They are usually made of polyethylene like the recreational kayak as this material proves to be strong and durable. There is also usually a skeg for dealing with the rougher waters and keeping the boat from being bullied by currents and waves.

The water that enters the kayak through what is called a scupper (tubes that are linked from the cockpit to the bottom of the hull) can easily be removed. Due to the design of the craft which has the kayaker raised above the water, these kayaks are wider to deal with what would be instability for the boat.

Surf Kayaks

These kayaks are used for doing just what the name implies, surfing on ocean waves. They come in two varieties, High Performance (HP) and International Class (IC) and are normally made from fibreglass or plastic which can be heavy or light. These kayaks were designed for fun and exhilaration. The HP models are dynamic boats that move quickly and are easy to control. They have a flat hull and they have what are called fins. The IC are longer and can be called "long boarding" but they cannot have fins and they have concave hulls.

Racing Kayaks

Racing kayaks are sleek boats designed to go fast! They are narrow in order to create the least "wetted surface area" possible. However, they cannot be too narrow because that would cause them to be impossible to keep upright. For ultimate lightness and durability, they are made out of fibre enforced resin which prevents the boat from getting scratches which, even though it sounds unbelievable, can slow the boat down. The more the surface of the kayak touches the water, the more friction will be created, which the kayaker has to fight when paddling. There are also white water racing kayaks which have hulls that tend to be turned up to give extra stability for the uneven water surface. They do not have rudders and share a lot in common with the flat water racing kayaks.

Last but not least...White Water Kayaks

White Water Kayaks are designed to be durable and withstand quite a beating! Made of plastic (polyethylene is the plastic of choice) they are able to endure quite a lot of abuse from rocks although, as everything must, they do give in eventually. They can range in size from as short as 3 feet to 10 feet long and there are 5 types of these boats: Squirt boats, which due to their low volume are great for certain moves and tricks in the rapids, Playboating (which can also be known as Freestyle or Rodeo) and the difference with these kayaks is that they tend to not move around the water, yet they stay in one spot using a hole created by a current or a wave in order to perform certain tricks and stunts. River Runners which generally go downstream are next. And finally, there's Creeking, which consists OF extreme river running and paddling and battling ledges, slides and even waterfalls.

The boats have tough bows and sterns in order to avoid getting wedged between rocks and they are designed with a higher volume (this refers to the amount of water that is displaced by the boat).

After these brief descriptions, we hope that the world of kayaking seems a bit simpler. If you're just starting out, obviously it would be best to choose a recreational kayak. But now you know what other options are waiting for you when you get the hang of paddling! To get started, have a gander at our kayaking providers today!

How to Choose the Best Film for Underwater Photography

Jo-Ann Halstead — Wed, 18 Jan 2012 00:00:00 +0000

Scuba diving is a fascinating and breathtaking watersport that can take you to the depths of oceans, lakes and seas to places where most humans never get the pleasure of exploring. Choosing your diving site depends on what you want to see. Many people go to exotic countries like the Seychelles or Australia to see tropical fish and natural marvels such as the Great Barrier Reef, while others stay close to home and explore the wealth of shipwrecks (called Wreck Diving) we have scattered along and around the British coast. Whatever your interest is when it comes to diving, scuba diving is also an amazing opportunity for photography as one can take photos of wonders rarely captured on film.

Technology is reflected in every aspect of our lives but lately we have started to see a demand - and fondness - for older technologies (what some would call vintage). Digital cameras have taken over photography, but many true aficionados still enjoy the classic method of using and even developing film.

Big names in underwater camera film

If you're looking for the basic film, then the answer would be Kodachrome 64 slide film. In the old days, if photos were to be printed, they would always use slides as opposed to colour print film. Now, as colour prints can be scanned by computer and many publications whose colour budget is marginal, they are scanned and do not make colour separations. So for some magazines and newspapers, colour prints can be used. For the sheer personal enjoyment of looking at yourself and your friends on film, colour prints are the best. For large screen projection and important images, generally for bigger enlargements, slide film is the right choice.

For slide films, the market is dominated by Eastman Kodak and Fuji and these companies spend millions in developing their film stocks and improving technology.

There remains a choice of E6 or K14; Ektachrome or Fujichrome film, or Kodachrome. The E6 processing is simpler than Kodachrome, and Kodak sells processing kits that allow you to develop your own in a kitchen sink! Kodachrome requires a much more complicated processing procedure and generally necessitates waiting a couple of days for the finished product. If you need the photo urgently, then Ektachrome or Fujichrome film is the best choice.

What about colour rendition?

The normal response has always been that Ektachrome renders blue hues more pleasingly and Kodachrome does skin tones and warmer colours better. If an underwater photographer is using natural light, then Ektachrome or Fujichrome is a good choice. When strobe lighting is used, most people's preference is Kodachrome.

What about the new Kodak Underwater Ektachrome film?

It is a good film that is colour-balanced for natural light underwater below depths of ten feet. The film brings out or saturates the warmer colours, like reds and yellows, better than normal Ektachrome. A Wratten filter must be used on the underwater strobe if a strobe is to be used in exposing the Kodak underwater slide film.

What speed film should I use?

The slowest ASA speed for the job intended. The higher the ASA number, the more grain enlargements will reveal. Film is available in 3200 ASA as well as 25 ASA. Newspaper photographers shoot with natural light inside sports arenas and convention centres using high speed films and telephoto lenses. Higher speed films enable faster shutter speeds, thus eliminating the shakes when telephoto lenses are used.

This is not a problem underwater where wide angle photography is generally the rule. Thus, getting enough light to properly expose the picture is the key. I still shoot 64 ASA or 100 ASA exclusively. If you have an important job where low light makes using a fast film imperative, use Kodak's push film that is specially designed for that purpose. It has good grain structure even at 1800 ASA. Do not keep changing film speeds; you will forget what you've loaded in the camera and under-or over-expose your pictures by accident. Human beings forget!

Which brand to choose, Fuji or Kodak?

This is a personal choice, but many like Kodachrome 64 ASA. Kodak Ektachrome and Kodak Ektachrome Lumiere are extremely popular although Fuji Velvia slide film has a nice, vivid tonality. Choosing a film stock is always a matter of price and preference, as well as getting something that is suitable for the job intended. Fuji has spent millions developing their Sensia and Provia slide films. They are great slide films, and the 100 ASA film should work together very well. Kodak has developed Elite Ektachrome slide film and it is a very good film, as is Lumiere. Some of these films are "pro" films and they cost a lot more than Kodachrome or Ektachrome or Fujichrome.

Are the "pro" films worth the extra money?

Not for the average photographer,although it does depend on what you are looking for. If you are looking for quality that expert photographers will be able to distinguish, then perhaps. Pro films are at their peak when they are sold, so they should be used right away. They must be kept refrigerated to maintain their quality. Ektachrome films are more sensitive to heat and humidity than Kodachrome films. If you are taking the film on a tropical vacation where refrigeration is a problem, choose Kodachrome. Kodachrome should be exposed underwater with artificial light - then again, artificial light (strobes) should always be used in underwater photography unless the deep and rich overall blue and green ocean hues are desired. Strobe photography, for all practical purposes, is only effective at distances not exceeding ten feet underwater.

If you want more information, investigate a bit more about underwater photography. Hopefully we've given you a good introduction. In the end, a little experimentation on your own will turn up just the right film!

Floating Ski Bindings Change Skiing

Jo-Ann Halstead — Fri, 13 Jan 2012 00:00:00 +0000

It's the season for winter sports! When it comes to skiing, skis and ski bindings, the terms "flex" or "floating" may ring a bell, but do we know exactly what we are talking about? It would be a safe bet to say that the majority of us have no idea. The aim of this article is to reveal the "floating" technology of ski bindings and to describe some of the best products on the market.

The Problem with Classic Ski Bindings

When skis were designed it was just assumed that the middle of the ski restricted by the binding would not be flexible and would remain relatively rigid due to the interaction with the ski boot.

This is easy to see when one imagines the ski itself. When the ski is not being used, the distance between the toe and the heel is the length of the boot but if we arch the ski in the shape of a semi circle, the part of the ski under the binding is reduced, therefore when we are skiing, this part of the ski is occupied by the sole of the boot which means that it can't bend freely.

With this traditional technique, a frequent problem is that tension points appear in the springs which prevent the bindings from opening correctly in case of emergency. With the emergence of carving, what we want is to be able to use the whole ski in the turn and for this, a flexible ski binding is required.

"Floating" Bindings

For those with technical training, you will quickly understand the difference between a normal binding (which features two fixed points) and a floating binding which has one fixed point and the other has the ability to move. This enables there to be a space where the boot is by allowing one of the parts of the binding to move, which in most bindings is normally the heel.

This is regulated by the pressure. As the pressure increases when the ski is flexed, the binding feels it and moves, responding in the appropriate way and progressively returning to its original position when the excess pressure is reduced.

It is necessary to point out that all of these systems are passive, in other words, they do not actively influence the behaviour of the ski itself. This is an important attribute since the majority of middle and high range bindings are usually superimposed elements that affect the ski. For example we can see the Power Select by Tyrolia, Selective Control by Marker or Propulse by Saloman.

Without a doubt, it can be said that all middle and high range bindings are mounted by a floating method. Three of the following systems have been chosen due to their historical importance and/or advanced technology.

Tyrolia Freeflex®

This system, which came out over a decade ago now, was one of the first in which both the heel and the toe were joined to be able to regulate the distance that we have mentioned above. Although newer models of their bindings in the last seasons have featured new add-ons (Freeflex® Pro, Power Select), the system itself has remained the same and continues to show amazing results.

Salomon Pilot

These bindings were a huge novelty back in the season of 2000-2001. Apart from being able to mount these bindings without tools, it is one of the systems that least interferes with the natural flex of the ski. The main reason for this is the number of anchors on the ski: while a conventional binding is attached with 7-8 screws, the Pilot bindings have only two dowel pins. This avoids any damage to the nucleus (which is inevitable when drilling) and any rigid areas are eliminated.

Völkl Motion

These are some of the best bindings out there. Their newly created system iPT Wideride offers a binding with a contact area of only 30% larger than with normal bindings. Moreover, the point where the bindings are attached is closer to the ski's edge and the skier is able to transmit force more precisely. At the same time, the impulse transmission works more directly and delivers a better edge grip.

Collaborating with Maker, Völkl Motion offers a binding that does not need screws. They are attached by guides that are already attached to the nucleus of the ski and they are screwed onto a central piece, which is done by hand. The end result is a light ski-binding combination that doesn't interfere with the ski.

Disadvantages

As with anything, not all of these were going to be advantages. The first problem is exclusivity. Modern systems need structures that are incorporated into the skis, which means that only certain skis with can be used with certain bindings. For some, this could be looked at as an advantage because one does not need to puzzle over which bindings to choose.

The second disadvantage is a rise in price, as it's not possible to mount old (or not so old) bindings on our older skis, and price is usually an important factor in being able to enjoy our favourite sport.

The truth is that the tendencies of the market have favoured incorporated bindings with skis which have improved the behaviour of the ski-binding combination. Moreover, almost all ski manufacturers also make bindings, which ensures better sales and makes us only have to go through one painful process of choosing our gear.

Human Flight: Wingsuits

Jo-Ann Halstead — Wed, 11 Jan 2012 00:00:00 +0000

There are adventure airsports out there that allow us to fly, glide and even plummet through the air such as hang gliding, paragliding and even sky diving but there is no doubt about it, Wingsuit Flying is the ultimate flying experience for those looking to feel as though they are flying themselves.

Wingsuit facts

The wingsuit, also known as a birdman, is an innovative jumpsuit that, by creating a greater surface area of the body, allows adrenaline junkies to glide through the air at a slower speed than if they were free falling. The jumpsuit is designed with fabric between the arms and legs which, as with aeroplane wings, creates a lift which permits a horizontal descent instead of a free fall. As the suit has webs that open out, it creates an airfoil and gives the flyer the shape of a flying squirrel.

Wingsuit pilots also wear a parachute for landing and land in the same style as a BASE jumper or skydiver would. As they approach the ground, they open the chute and then proceed to open the webs between the body and arms and legs. The jumps involved in wingsuits
There are two main methods of jumping: the first one being from an aeroplane and the second from a firm structure like a building (where BASE jumpers would jump) or cliffs. The effect of the fast moving air when jumping from a plane requires a different technique which is somewhat complicated. The jumper must stretch out at the precise moment to avoid hitting the aircraft, while when jumping from a base like a cliff or building, the birdman does this later so as to achieve a speed which will enable him or her to glide with the lift effect that's created.

Wingsuit jumps

There are two main methods of jumping: the first one being from an aeroplane and the second from a firm structure like a building (where BASE jumpers would jump) or cliffs. The effect of the fast moving air when jumping from a plane requires a different technique which is somewhat complicated. The jumper must stretch out at the precise moment to avoid hitting the aircraft, while when jumping from a base like a cliff or building, the birdman does this later so as to achieve a speed which will enable him or her to glide with the lift effect that's created.

The effect the wingsuit has on the fall is roughly 2.5 which means that for every foot lost in height, the wingsuit operator gains 2.5 horizontal feet. One of the most fascinating and exciting traits of this adrenaline sport is that the speed can be controlled by changing body positions - shifting the angle, bending or stretching the limbs or the torso and changing the tension on the webbed fabric. The danger of this activity lies in falling into a bad position which can lead to a spin that´s tricky to get out of.

Getting involved

Those interested in Wingsuit flying should look into a company with instructors as most countries have strict regulations and the training is quite extensive and more complicated than that of sky diving. There aren't any international regulatory bodies or restrictions, but in the United States, first timer wingsuit pilots are required to have over 200 free fall jumps under their belt. The most common providers of training are the actual manufacturers of the wingsuits, a piece of equipment that, along with the mandatory parachute, will set you back a bit financially speaking .

This extreme sport is done all over the world but some of the most exceptionally beautiful (and astounding) jumps take place off cliffs, especially in Norway, where many videos of this extreme sport are filmed. For all of those with the disposable dosh, time and quest for adrenaline, this is the ultimate extreme sport which brings humans just that bit closer to defying the rules and laws of nature!

Have a go at Grass Skiing!

Jo-Ann Halstead — Wed, 14 Dec 2011 00:00:00 +0000

Snow sports are just getting starting as winter is beginning, as are the snowfalls and the opening of ski stations! But what if no snow falls? There are always dry slopes, but there is another less common - and perhaps wackier - alternative: Grass Skiing!

Despite sounding quite strange, it's a popular sport especially in the Alpine countries of Germany, Austria and Italy, although Slovakians and Turks have also tried their hand at this quirky sport.

The roots of Grass Skiing

If we take a glance back in time, the first news of Grass Skiing came from Austria in 1893 (although other sources say it originated in France or the Czech Republic) where a type of roller ski was designed, which, however, did not end up being very successful. It was in Germany that it all changed as the Emperor Josef was a grand supporter of the invention.

In 1956 a prototype of these skis which could take on the same pistes and hills that were skied during the snowy season was introduced in Stuttgart. This first model was not taken very seriously but the designer did not give up easily. By 1963 he had designed over 30 models due to the incredible number of modifications that were made to the skis.

Grass skiing grows

Nevertheless, making Grass Skiing popular was not going to be an easy feat. Germany and the rest of Central Europe were still sceptical about this new sport and in Germany they even encountered problems with the German Federation because they were not in agreement with using the term ski. This did not discourage Grass Skiing fans, who continued to enjoy the sport regardless of the name it was given.

Due to television coverage and reports, Grass Skiing became well known in the United States and Japan and from this emerged a grand fan base and in 1965 the first international competition was held in Owen Teck.

Competitive Grass Skiing

In 1970 a committee was formed for the organisation of the trials for the European Cup. Shortly after in 1976 the International Federation of Grass Skiing was formed and the first World Championships were held which were followed by those of 1981, 1983 and 1985.

After long negotiations, the International Ski Federation decided to take on Grass Skiing and organised the World Championship in Nobeyama (Japan) in 1987, Austria in 1989, Bursa (Turkey) 1991, Aciago (Italy)1993, Kalnica (Slovakia) 1995 and Muestair (Switzerland) in 1997.

Grass Skiing equipment

The equipment required for grass skiing is quite similar to that of alpine skiing apart from, of course, the winter clothing! The ski boots are the same; the poles are practically identical although they are a touch longer due to the difference in height of the skis (Grass Skis being more elevated off the ground). It also goes without saying that it is highly recommendable to wear a helmet and it is mandatory on many grass slopes.

All models of skis have a maximum length of 80 cm and height of 12cm. There are both wheeled grass skis and tracked grass skis which are designed to "slide" and skiers can pick up great speed on them if they are on a lush, grassy slope.

Grass skiing is a great way to make sure your skiing skills don't get rusty during the snowless months, to practice skiing where there are no snowy slopes and to train for Alpine skiing. It is quite odd that it has not taken off in the UK as there are endless amounts of grassy hills that would make extraordinary Grass Ski pistes. It could be in part due to scepticism or the wide availability of dry slopes, but in the end it's just a mystery to us!

Nutrition tips for hiking and walking

Jo-Ann Halstead — Wed, 30 Nov 2011 00:00:00 +0000

When we head out for a day of hiking or hill walking, we always think about the appropriate clothing and footwear, but we shouldn't forget to pack the correct food and beverages. Our bodies need to have sufficient fuel, especially if we're going to be doing more strenuous activities than normal. Like a car, if we run out of petrol, we will grind to a halt and out on the trails is not a goood place to be stranded.

Managing nutrition intake

Eating frequently and small amounts is the optimum way to maintain ones blood glucose level and energy, and to avoid the crash and burn after eating a large meal. When we are active and using our bodies for intense physical activity, it is necessary to cut the time between meals and snacks and ideally munch on something every 2 hours to keep our energy levels at a reasonable level.

The optimal snack should be composed of carbohydrates, proteins and fat. Carbohydrates should be eaten for energy, protein for the muscles and fat provides slow-burn energy. Great options for snacks are nuts and seeds, dried fruit (which, if mixed together, is appropriately called trail mix), a turkey sandwich on wholewheat bread (always opt for whole wheat as it is digested slower) or a hardboiled egg.

The right kind of carbs

There are simple and complex carbohydrates. Complex carbohydrates (like whole grain rice or bread) are digested slower and do not provide the rush of short lived energy that simple carbohydrates like sugar do, which cause a sharp increase and then a drastic decrease in energy. Avoid at all costs prepackaged trail mixes that contain sweets or chocolate; you do not need them!

Hiking hydration

When it comes to drinking, we must rehydrate frequently as dehydration is very dangerous and takes place much more quickly when active and sweating. We should strive to drink roughly a litre of water every two hours, but there are other opinions like sports drinks. Although a lot of those fancy products contain a lot of unnecessary sugars and artificial flavours, they do provide electrolytes, salt and sugar which are good for muscle recovery. Also tried to avoid caffeine, as although these drinks do mildly hydrate, they are also diuretics and they rob you of valuable water.

The benefits of hiking and trekking

Hiking burns a great number of calories, so this is not the time to skimp on food. On average a man of average height and weight will burn about 517 calories in an hour and a woman, roughly 444 calories. Happily tuck into good and natural food which will enable you to enjoy your route, the challenge and your body. Remember there are lots of fancy processed products on the market (both food and drink wise), but remember, it's best to keep it simple!

Hiking is a marvellous activity that will take you breathtaking locations while helping you stay fit and active. Your body should be your temple, so look after it and treat it right. Check out our hiking options on Yumping.co.uk.

South Downs Cyclo Sportive Cycle Challenge

Jo-Ann Halstead — Tue, 06 Sep 2011 00:00:00 +0000

Charity bike ride

Peddle for a good cause and this September 18^th come along for the sixth annual Cyclo Sportive. Chose to cycle a 50 or 80 mile route while enjoying the stunning sights of Hampshire and you cross the South Downs National Park and follow the marked out route to the victorious finishing line! Proceeds will go to Action for Blind People and you will be helping those who have been unfortunate enough to lose the gift of sight that we too often take for granted.

Participants in the Cyclo Sportive

Cyclists of all shapes and sizes, ages and walks of life are invited to participate. In the past there has been an astounding age range of 13 to 74 proving that anyone who puts their mind to it can achieve this feat.

The route has been thought out with safety in mind and groups will venture out in packs of ten, finding check points and refreshment stations along the way. The route consists of pleasant "on-road" country lanes and the clearly marked sign posts make it impossible to stray off the path.

Signing up is easy and foolproof! Sign up online and you can even set up a sponsor's page so friends, family and colleagues can sponsor your effort and donate funds to a cause that will help improve the quality of life of someone who needs it, helping them maintain their independence. Sign up in advance or show up the day of, bright and early and enroll then! Cost is £23 in advance and £25 on the day.

So come along this September 18^th and spend a wonderful day out on your bicycle taking in the breathtaking scenery along while raising money for the blind. If you want more inspiration for bike rental and moutain biking, head over to Yumping.co.uk.

Classic Car Run to be held in Derby!

Jo-Ann Halstead — Tue, 12 Jul 2011 00:00:00 +0000

Car lovers everywhere can prepare for one of the biggest events in the classic car calendar. On July 29^th oodles of classic car lovers will drive from the Mackworth Hotel in Derby all the way to Ashbourne, putting their spectacular automobiles on parade.

This Bank Holiday Monday come and watch the classic car run that will drive through the Derbyshire countryside to Ashbourne, and then back again to their starting point, the elegant Mackworth Hotel for a delicious cream tea.

All money raised from this event will be donated to the charity Me&Dee. Participation is only a ten piounds and it includes a special plaque for your car along with a cream tea and a professional photo taken at both the start and the end of the race.

Don't miss out on this unique event! Come and participate with your stunning classic car or just have a gander! What a lovely way to spend a day off and it's a marvelous event for the whole family! If you don't have your own classic car but would like to have a go at driving one, take a look at our driving experience providers on Yumping.co.uk.

15th National Wakeboard and Wakeskate Competition to be held this summer!

Jo-Ann Halstead — Thu, 16 Jun 2011 00:00:00 +0000

The competition

The British Cable Wakeboard and Wakeskate National Championships are set to take place on July 23^rd for the 15^th consecutive year. Over 70 of the best riders in the UK will compete to be the star champion in the stunning Cotswold Water Park, an absolutely brilliant setting for such an exciting event.

These are two thrilling sports that you just won't be able to take your eyes off. Developed in the late 1980s, wakeboarding is rapidly growing in popularity, with over 3 million wakeboarders worldwide. Unfortunately, roughly 75% of all wakeboarders are males between the ages of 13-24, although at this competition you will be able to see oodles of professional female wakeboarders tearing across the water brilliantly. Wakeboarding is an extreme sport which resembles water skiing combined with snowboarding with a bit of surf thrown in. If you'd like to try it yourself, check out the wakeboarding activities on Yumping.co.uk.

The sports

Wakeskating is a newer water sport and in this case, the wakeskater is not fastened to the board as in the case of wakeboarding, but uses grip tape. It's a bit more complex being a cross between wakeboarding and skateboarding.

You will be able to see a wide variety of daring tricks and stunts from the boarders. From Tsunami Flips to Tootsie Rolls, you won't be able to peel your eyes away.

Come along and watch Steph Caller, runner up in the National Championships and fourth in the European, Alex Newman and even the outstanding 11-year-old boarder Oscar Townsend.

The experience

You're bound to enjoy a brilliant, entertaining and excitingday in the summer sun watching this invigorating and adrenaline pumping activity. It will be an event that offers something for everyone, from families to night owls. There will be all day entertainment, live DJs and music at night.

Book your ticket today to avoid missing out and experience the most thrilling water sport competition in the UK!

Record Breaking Hang Gliding Flight

Jo-Ann Halstead — Mon, 06 Jun 2011 00:00:00 +0000

The longest hang gliding flight in the UK ever flown was recorded on May 10^th, 2011. The determined hang glider is Neville Almond, an experienced glider who already held a record of 249 km from two years back. He completed a successful flight of 269 km, from Milk Hill in Wiltshire to the Norfolk coast.

Armed with his Air Atos VR, he had originally intended to fly for an astounding 300 km when he received a NOTAM (notice to airmen) which forced him to change his route. The weather conditions were decent but not exceptional, which meant that although his route had to be altered, the conditions were such that at some moments he flew at a whopping 139 km an hour at groundspeed.

By beating this record, not only did he outdo himself, but also fellow glider Nick Pain who held the record for a trip 254 km and Robin Hamilton who had flow 260km. Although he would have liked to have been able to complete his planned 300km flight, he didn't do too badly with 269km.

Apart from the need to deviate the route, the other set back was the landing, which Almond described as "frightening" when he couldn't find anywhere suitable to land. He managed to land successfully without any problems by making a crosswind landing.

Although he didn't make the fully planned route, he still did a very good job at beating the other records and now holds the national hang gliding record for open distance. Good job Neville Almond!

Would you like to emulate his achievement? Checl out our hang gliding experiences on Yumping.co.uk.

2011 World Championship of Bog Snorkelling to be held!

Jo-Ann Halstead — Fri, 20 May 2011 00:00:00 +0000

Can you think of a wackier idea for a sport than swimming through what is practically mud, AND racing at the same time? Well, this is what Bog Trench Snorkelling consists of! Snorkel two lengths of the bog (60 yards in length each way) while outfitted with flippers and goggles. And the only power allowed is from the flippers so boggers must be in top form!

This is now an annual event, and after having turned a quarter of a century old, this is the 26^th year this marvelous and unique tradition takes place! Llanwrtyd Wells, Powys is the lucky host, and they wouldn't miss out on the chance for anything.

Oodles of boggers come from the whole world over to be able to participate in the original yet peculiar event. Anyone over the age of fourteen is allowed to compete, so this is a wonderful way to stay out of trouble? Or is it….

May the best bogger win! With flippers flipping to the max, the annual winner will get to hold a spot in the Guiness Book of World Records! Head on down to Llanwrtyd Wells and do not miss out on this fascinating event!

Extreme Athletes Embark on Challenging Triathlon Cancer Fundraiser

Jo-Ann Halstead — Fri, 13 May 2011 00:00:00 +0000

Two extreme athletes are preparing themselves for one of the toughest challenges of their lives: over 1,000 miles of intense kayaking, hiking and biking, and all for a good cause. They are braving this feat in order to raise money for Cancer Research and they hope to be able to raise a whopping sum of £25,000.

They have chosen this long and agonizing course because, although it will be painful, cancer patients suffer much more. Unlike Bruce Duncan and Anthony Emmet, they cannot take a break from the physical strain that comes along with this disease that grips one's body.

Their planned itinerary consists of a 65-mile run and a 874-mile bike ride followed by a kayak race. In total they will be covering over 1,000 in fewer than 7 days. Such a plan can only be given one name: The Epic Tri.

Both athletes recognise the challenge they're facing, but admit to being stubborn. Although this may seem fairly demanding, neither Bruce nor Anthony is a stranger to such physical challenges. Bruce has won the Wenger Patagonian Expedition three times over!

They will be crossing the mountains of the Lake District, traversing the country from Land's End to John O'Groats and passing through villages and towns along the way, so come and cheer them on! They deserve it!

Introducing The Martin Jetpack

Matthew Gatt — Wed, 04 May 2011 00:00:00 +0000

The future of flight

The Martin Aircraft Company Ltd., based in New Zealand, is currently taking deposits for individuals wishing to purchase the world's first practical jetpack.

Glenn Martin, along with a network of experts, have been working since 1981 to develop sustainable personal flight. Since the unveiling of The Martin Aircraft in July 2008, the Martin Jetpack Company is now in the final stages of R&D, with considerable interest from the defence and civil defence sectors and 2500 successful test flights, or over 100 active engine hours.

Specs of the Martin Jetpack

The Martin Jetpack's carbon fibre composite body achieves flight with a custom-built V4 engine driving twin turbines to produce over 600 pounds of thrust.

It uses regular petrol, making it safer than highly flammable rocket fuel and utilises VTOL (vertical take-off and landing) meaning that special take-off or landing strips are not necessary. Meanwhile, the Federal Aviation Administration is currently developing its Highway in the Skies project, utilising GPS technology, which would provide the infrastructure for us all to fly to work on our new jetpacks.

Jetpack safety

With such new technology, safety is a prime concern, and the technology involved in making the Martin Jetpack a safe aeronautical experience is cutting edge.

In the development of The Martin Jetpack, safety has been a prime focus since the beginning, andis present in the design, the operation of the craft, the development of specialised pilot training and the emergency systems that minimise the impact of an accident.

With a carbon kevlar roll cage built into the structure, an extremely high factor of safety built into all parts, moving and otherwise, a ballistic parachute system capable of reducing harm at relatively low altitudes and more built into the Jetpack, the intention of making this flight system safer than similar light helicopters is clear.

Currently it is designed to meet the requirements of the FAA Part 103, Ultralight Regulations. The Martin Jetpack does not require a licence to operate and may be flown over non-populated areas, although you will need to pass the Martin Aircraft Company's approved pilot training program.

Currently at the price of a fancy sports car, US$100,000 plus delivery, taxes and duties, the cost of achieving a childhood dream is pretty high - but isn’t it worth it?

Segway ventures

Simone Dallas — Tue, 23 Nov 2010 00:00:00 +0000

Seg-what?

Segways are an American phenomenon and were revealed to the public for the first time in 2001.

A Segway, for those that didn't know, is a two-wheeled, self-balancing electric vehicle that is designed to transport a single person. Your movements dictate the movement of the Segway; by leaning forward, the Segway moves forward and by leaning backwards, the Segway moves backwards!

The uses of Segways

They have multiple uses, including:

Segway city tours
Personal theme park transport
Segway police patrols
Segways for the disabled
Segways at work
Segway rural adventures

The possibilities are never-ending! What´s more, they are suitable for people of all ages and fitness levels.

You may be thinking why Segways are featured on Yumping.co.uk as they are not especially adventurous or interesting. The truth is that these motorised vehicles have more potential than they are usually given credit for. Many outdoor pursuits centres offer off-road Segway ventures that involve personally managing your Segway over all types of challenging terrain. In fact, due to current government legislation, all Segway experiences in the UK take place away from public roads.

Segway Feautures

The basic models perform best on flat roads, yet there are many different versions and upgrades that have a variety of purposes. Those designed to travel off-road have:

Deeply treaded tires
Scratch resistant fenders
Higher ground clearance

The overall aim of the design is durability, allowing you to conquer the rugged trail ahead.

Rally races have also become a popular event with Segways. The electric motors are capable of reaching speeds of up to 12.5 miles per hour.

If you fancy finding out more about these curious vehicles, explore the many Segway experiences on Yumping.co.uk.

Hiking in the great outdoors

Simone Dallas — Thu, 18 Nov 2010 00:00:00 +0000

Hiking is a great introduction to more adventurous sports. The health benefits, which have been confirmed in various studies, improve your overall fitness level.

Hiking officially refers to cross-country walking in remote locations; it is very unlikely that you will hike in populated areas. Many of the outdoor pursuit centres featured on Yumping.co.uk that offer hiking are situated close to National Parks like Snowdonia or Areas of Outstanding Natural Beauty like the Jurassic Coast.

Principles of hiking

The difficulty of the hike is decided by a qualified Mountain Leader. They will plan a route that suits your fitness level and requirements; you may prefer a single day out in the great outdoors or perhaps you are looking for a hiking holiday.

A hiking holiday can involve wild camping! This depends on the location and duration of the trip; more comfortable lodgings are normally available too.

Most hiking expeditions involve small numbers of people in order to avoid damaging the environment. You may also find in protected areas that the numbers are restricted officially! However, this enables us to continue enjoying these beautiful environments for many years to come. It is best to follow the Leave No Trace philosophy, which works on the practice of leaving no sign of your presence for future hikers.

A safe outdoor pursuit

There are very few hazards in hiking; depending on the circumstances you may suffer from dehydration or hypothermia if you have not prepared properly but it is very unlikely. What's more, an accredited centre will provide professional hiking instruction before and during your hiking experience. They will tell you what you will and won't need and show you how to read a map and use a compass correctly in the event that you get separated from the group.

Enjoy the great outdoors with a hiking excursion on Yumping.co.uk. It will be a memorable experience that benefits your overall health and costs you very little!

Take the plunge with bungee jumping

Simone Dallas — Wed, 15 Sep 2010 00:00:00 +0000

Bungee jumping is a popular adrenalin rush sport that can take place in various locations that have a high structure like a bridge or space to intall a crane.

It literally involves jumping into the air and freefalling toward the ground! The only thing stopping you from hitting the ground is a large elastic cord, which is normally attached to your ankles.

The cord is calculated to stretch to a certain limit and snap back, which causes the jumper to fly upwards again. You will continue to move up and down at a slower pace until all the energy is used up and you finally stop.

The initial drop enables you to experience freefalling as the only force acting upon you is gravity. The sensation of falling through the air cannot be described adequately; you have to experience it for yourself!

Bungee jump safety

It is important that you deal with professional bungee jumping companies that regularly revise and maintain their equipment. The elastic cord is braided shock cord, which consists of many latex strands and a tougher outer cover. Body harnesses have become increasingly popular and are used as a back-up for the ankle attachment. Finally, many bungee jumping operators in the UK rely on mobile cranes to jump from. They provide the greatest recovery speed and flexibility.

Types of bungee jumps

There are many different ways to complete a bungee jump such as:

Forward and Backward: That standard jumps - you leave the jump platform either forwards or backwards.
Catapult: A reverse bungee jump; you will start on the ground and be released into the air.
Trampoline: Similar to a catapult, you will start on a trampoline and be released into the air as the tension in the cord is heightened.
Running: The aim is to run as far as you can before being pulled back by the cord.
Ramp: Jumpers ride, bike or ski down a ramp before jumping.

If you think you are ready to take plunge and would like to find out more, we recommend that you browse through the bungee jumping companies featured on Yumping.co.uk, all of which are professional, accredited providers. By contacting a professional bungee jumping provider you can resolve all your doubts quickly.

What are buggies?

Simone Dallas — Wed, 01 Sep 2010 00:00:00 +0000

Buggies are recreational vehicles that count on four large wheels to travel over all types of terrain. They are relatively light and have powerful motors, resulting in a high power to weight ratio. The open frame is called a sandrail or tube-frame.

Buggy basics

You can think of a buggy as a larger, off-road go-kart. They are easy to drive and tend to be automatic, which means that you can enjoy buggy racing without holding a current British driving license.

There are many buggy opportunities throughout the UK and we believe you should take the chance to experience some high speed action within a safe and controlled environment. Most buggies are powered by a 250 - 400cc Honda engine and they really are an amazing type of racing vehicle. Get your adrenalin pumping!

The best ways to enjoy buggies

You may also hear buggies being referred to as dirt buggies because you will finish up covered in mud and soaked through. You are likely to embark on a demanding dirt track that includes water crossings and muddy ditches. It will all depend on the particular company you choose to visit and their facilities.

It is important that you are instructed on safety and driving techniques before your actual session begins. You should also be issued with the appropriate safety equipment, which includes:

Crash helmet
Gloves
Waterproof overalls

We also advise you to wear appropriate, comfortable footwear that you don´t mind getting dirty and wet.

Perfect occaions for buggying

Buggy racing is ideal for:

Birthdays
Corporate events
Hen & stag parties

Alternatively, you can enjoy this exhilarating activity individually.

If you would like to find out more, visit yumping.com to find your nearest buggy racing venue. We hope you find exactly what you're looking for!

Theme parks

Simone Dallas — Thu, 26 Aug 2010 00:00:00 +0000

You can't go wrong with a theme park

Whether you have a day off work or you’re celebrating a special occasion by doing something different, a visit to a theme park is the perfect choice - even if it’s a last-minute plan!

It is a great group day out and there is plenty of fun to be had. What’s more, each park caters to all ages and the variety of attractions is vast, ensuring that nobody misses out on the action.

Put a smile on everyone's face

Why not treat your family to a special day out? Most parks have designated areas for children and adults. You will also find entertainers in fancy dress, themed restaurants, gardens and - of course - a variety of rides to enjoy. Your visit can be as relaxing or as adventurous as you like.

Each park works hard to maintain high safety standards and the rides are supervised throughout the day by qualified mechanics. Any malfunctions are normally fixed in a very short amount of time. There tend to be meeting points dotted around the park too, just in case you are separated from your group accidentally.

Make a trip out of it

The larger theme parks are now equipped with themed hotels to accommodate longer visits. They provide unique mini-breaks that are filled with excitement. Subsequently, there has been a significant increase in the number of birthdays, corporate events and hen & stag parties that are celebrated or take place within a theme park.

The selling point of a theme park is its adaptability: if you are not up for the challenge of a giant roller coaster, which consists of loop-the-loops and freefalls, you will be entertained by the various games stalls and gentler rides that are located on site.

Visiting a theme park is a memorable experience and one you will likely want to repeat, especially if it happens to pour down with rain the very day you visit! There are many located throughout the UK and Yumping.co.uk is here to help you find them.

Seeing as each park is unique, with regards to the theme and rides available, you will have the perfect excuse to visit each one. Browse the various theme parks featured on our website to decide whereabouts to start your adventure.

Freefall adventures

Simone Dallas — Mon, 23 Aug 2010 00:00:00 +0000

Skydiving is a freefall experience; the average fall rate is about 120 miles per hour! You should maintain an "arch-like" position as you fall in order to avoid potential dangers. There are many skills to master that can take many jumps to perform competently.

Experienced skydivers often experiment with freefalling sequences in order to create special formations with fellow jumpers.

The basics of skydiving

As a beginner, there is a lot of ground to cover:

Basic Safety
Freefall Manoeuvres
Parachute Deployment
Landing

Certain skydiving centres have vertical wind tunnels that are used to practice your freefall manoeuvre. The most common training options include:

Static-line: The parachute is deployed by a fixed cord as you jump.

Instructor-assisted deployment (IAD): Similar to static-line, your jumpmaster will deploy your parachute as you jump from the plane.

Harness hold training: Your instructor will jump with you and deploy your parachute after freefalling approximately 5500 feet.

Tandem skydiving: You will jump connected to an experienced skydiver via a harness. It is the fastest method to experience freefalling as little training and experience is required.

Parachute tips

Your parachute is deployed by a toggle attached to a small pilot-chute. If you are jumping alone, you will have received plenty of training and practice about when to open your parachute and how to land safely. There is no need to worry about malfunctions because you will always have your reserve parachute!

Anyone interested in making skydiving and parachute jumping their hobbie should find an Acelerated Freefall (AFF) Course.

There are many skydiving centres throughout the UK and Yumping.co.uk is here to help you find them. Experience a bird's eye view of the world and a sensation that takes your breath away.

Karting frenzy

Simone Dallas — Thu, 12 Aug 2010 00:00:00 +0000

What is karting?

Karting is an open-wheel motorsport. The karts tend to be small, four-wheeled vehicles designed to reach high speeds on specially built circuits. Go-karts have been introduced in theme parks and activity centres for the general public to enjoy. They tend to have a limited speed of 40 mph and the circuit is smaller.

Karting is a thrill-seeker's dream activity. It has speed, competition and plenty of adrenalin. The karts are powered by 2-stroke or 4-stroke engines, or electric motors that are very low maintenance. It has become a popular event for:

Birthdays
Corporate events
Hen & stag parties

How do karting activities work?

A standard go-kart track can accommodate up to 10 people, but some are even larger. Furthermore, most centres have specialized lap timing equipment, enabling you to compete against your friends. If you believe yourself to be the better driver, why not put it to the test?

Clothing is important in order to avoid unnecessary accidents. You will be advised to wear comfortable, loose-fitting clothes and flat shoes. The karting centre will provide crash helmets and race suits.

The qualified karting instructors will also present a safety briefing before the real fun begins. It is important that you respect the rules laid down by the particular karting centre as they are in place for your own personal safety.

You are likely to encounter two different racing formats, alongside "arrive and drive" options:

Heat Events: You will compete individually in a series of heats and the top drivers will compete in a final race.
Endurance Events: You will drive in a team and the team that completes the most laps wins. It is a great team building strategy.

If you would like more information about karting in your area, Yumping.co.uk features a variety of karting experiences to browse through. You can request more details from a specific company and you will be karting sooner than you think with very little effort. Take part in the karting frenzy!

Horse riding excursions

Simone Dallas — Thu, 05 Aug 2010 00:00:00 +0000

Riding a horse for an extended period is the best way to gain valuable riding confidence and a greater understanding of horses and their nature. Long excursions, often referred to as treks, offered by equestrian centres are designed by specialist instructors who are dedicated to providing you with the best possible experience. The duration, difficulty, route and horses involved in each trek can be adapted to suit the abilities of the riders.

Preparing for an excursion

The excursions are carefully monitored by horse riding guides; your safety is their priority. They have many years of knowledge and experience to share. You will be carefully advised before the excursion takes place and familiarised with the proposed trip.

Basic horse riding skills are essential. Everyone must be able to keep up with the planned pace. The potential difficulties are very few, but it is important that you are comfortable and not easily frightened by the horse's sudden movements.

If you have no previous riding experience, you can quickly pick up the basics by investing in some lessons. Furthermore, if you express your desire to try trekking, the particular equestrian centre in question will work hard to help you to reach your goal as quickly as possible.

The best ways to enjoy an excursion

There are many excursion options available depending on the location of your trek. Most are customised to accommodate your specific needs. They can also be exclusive; you may wish to celebrate a special occasion with a loved one or a group of friends. You may also choose to enjoy trekking through a variety of landscapes such as:

Woodland,
Open areas,
Picturesque villages,
Beaches - in Northern Ireland, for example.

The opportunities are endless. If you would like further information regarding horseback riding excursions available in your area, you can start by browsing our website. We have featured a variety of friendly and professional equestrian centres located throughout the UK.

Quad bikes

Simone Dallas — Fri, 16 Jul 2010 00:00:00 +0000

Quad biking has gradually become a popular recreational motorsport among children and adults. We recognise a quad bike by its four, all-terrain wheels and bulky shape.

The origins of quad bikes

Quads were originally designed for off-road situations such as herding animals on farms. You may also be familiar with specialist quad bikes such as golf carts and airport baggage carriers. They can be driven on public roads if you possess a current driving license.

The safety regulations for quads are more permissive than those for other motor vehicles, which helps to explain the vast number of leisure quad biking centres throughout the UK. They tend to be automatic; all you will need to learn is how to start, stop and turn.

The appeal of quad biking

There is a great element of adventure in quad biking. The vehicles' ability to travel over all terrain types, such as rocky, muddy, wet and root covered, makes for exciting off-road treks. Many quad biking centres offer various types of routes that are graded according to their difficulty. Your quad bike instructor will make sure that you can control your vehicle properly before the trek begins. It really isn't very difficult.

Racing models also exist; they are built with performance in mind, rather than utility. The bike is as lightweight as possible and high-powered. It must also have good suspension and a low centre of gravity. The racing disciplines are varied; quads can be used to race through woodland, desert, etc.

A motorsport activity for the little ones

Children's quad bikes provide the ultimate driving experience for the younger ones. So much so that quad biking parties are becoming increasingly popular. The bikes are smaller and the engine power is limited for safety reasons. Most quad biking centres accommodate children and are capable of organising private birthday parties; the traditional birthday celebrations will never be the same again!

If you are a thrill-seeker and like speed, quad biking cannot be beaten. The experience is unique and there is always something new to learn. An experienced quad biker can drive freestyle, which includes jumping and completing varied obstacle courses. Try browsing Yumping.co.uk for more information. There are a variety of quad biking centres listed throughout the UK.

Canyoning, a multi-activity sport

Simone Dallas — Tue, 13 Jul 2010 00:00:00 +0000

Canyoning, also known as gorge walking, takes place in canyons that have been cut into limestone, sandstone or granite. The canyons form narrow gorges with plenty of drops and waterfalls to negotiate. The setting is rugged and there is a real sense of adventure.

You can enjoy canyoning throughout the world, yet there are plenty of amazing and diverse canyons to explore in the UK and Yumping.co.uk can help you to locate them.

The Adventure

It can be a challenging or relaxing experience, depending on your ability. A difficult route will include technical climbs that require ropework and there will be deep water passages to swim through, including plunge pools. Sandstone canyons can also consist of potholes that you will be expected to crawl through.

You will be required to wear a helmet, wetsuit and adequate footwear. You may also have to wear a safety harness, depending on the altitude and difficulty of the climbs.

The Social Side

Canyoning is considered a fantastic team building opportunity for family and friends alike, as well as corporate events. It is a great bonding exercise; you will be encouraged to support one another throughout the scramble. Check out this group enjoying a canyoning experience at the Grey Mare's Tail in Scotland -

Your expert guide will work hard to bring out the best of each team member. It is a test of positive communication, leadership skills and the ability to work well in a team. Many companies choose canyoning in order to identify the strengths and weaknesses of their employees. It will also help you to learn more about yourself.

Canyoning is also ideal for hen & stag parties as well as many other social events. Celebrate your special occasion by doing something new and exciting.

If you are interested in finding out more, take a look at the many canyoning activity providers featured on Yumping.co.uk. By simply requesting more information, the particular company you are interested in will provide you with all the necessary details.

Kayaking or Canoeing?

Simone Dallas — Thu, 08 Jul 2010 00:00:00 +0000

Kayaking or Canoeing?

As paddle sports they are very similar, which is why many of us get them confused.

Canoeing basics

There are two principal types of canoe; a flat bottom canoe (or Canadian canoe) and a white water canoe. The flat bottom canoes are generally used on flat water and provide stability, as well as open space to store personal belongings. Flat bottom canoes can also carry two or more people, depending on the size of the boat. A white water canoe, as its name suggests, is used to race on white waters or complete challenging slalom courses. The bottom of the boat is also curved, which helps you turn in the water.

Using a canoe

You will use a single-bladed paddle to move both types of canoe through the water smoothly. You may kneel or sit in a canoe; many people choose to kneel as the boat is less likely to capsize. The capsize drill is a standard paddling technique to practise.

The paddler sits face-forward in the direction of travel. Canoes, like kayaks, are human-propelled boats and you will be expected to steer and stop the canoe by using your paddle. These are basic skills that will be learnt in your first canoeing lesson.

The deck of a canoe is normally open, although they can be covered similar to kayaks. If an open canoe capsizes, it is much easier to get out of than a closed-deck canoe. Canoeing novices are likely to use open deck canoes in many watersports activity centres.

Your choice of canoe will depend on the type of paddling experience you are looking for. If you would like a relaxing paddle that enables you to take in the beauty of your surroundings, we recommend flat bottom canoes. The adrenalin junkies will want to attempt white water rapids with white water closed-deck canoes.

Kayaking 101

There are also two principal types of kayak; open top, also known as sit-on-top, and enclosed hull. Many people consider kayaks a subtype of canoe yet there are important differences. Contrary to canoes, kayaks tend to have a closed deck and you will steer with a double-bladed paddle.

The double bladed paddle provides greater mobility in the water; you will not have to change sides whilst paddling, as you would in a canoe. The paddler also sits face-forward in the direction of travel yet the sitting position is different.

Making progress in a kayak

The paddler must sit with their legs in front; canoeists may sit or kneel. Furthermore, kayaks tend to have a spray skirt attached to the hull of the boat, which provides an almost watertight seal. This is because they sit lower in the water.

Kayaks are smaller and have less drag than canoes, which makes them easier to paddle. They are ideal for tackling rough water conditions, whether on rivers or the open ocean.

If you would like to find out more about kayaking or canoeing, take a look at the many activity providers featured on Yumping.co.uk. We know you'll find something useful.

What's the difference between bouldering and climbing?

Simone Dallas — Tue, 06 Jul 2010 00:00:00 +0000

Bouldering and climbing

Bouldering is a kind of free climbing; there are no ropes involved. As you can imagine, practising this discipline outdoors can be very dangerous, but bouldering usually means staying within a couple of metres of the ground. Indoor climbing centres tend to have specially built bouldering rooms, which are equipped with special matting to break your fall.

At first, bouldering was considered a climbing warm-up as it allows climbers to practie certain technical moves before moving onto the climbs. Today, it is a sport in its own right, and the first experience that many people have of climbing.

Indoor bouldering consists of low walls fitted with various holds. Your job is to traverse the wall without aid, or tackle a certain obstacle such as an overhang. It is a test of strength and agility. There are few people capable of not falling, but the low altitude and crash mats mean you can get up and start again!

Indoor and outdoor bouldering

Bouldering outdoors can be reasonably safe if the boulders are small. Normally, the climber is spotted by another climber who places a cushioned mat where the climber is likely to fall.

There are annual bouldering competitions; the premier U.K. event is the British Bouldering Championships (BBC) hosted by the British Mountaineering Council (BMC), which is followed by the IFSC Bouldering World Cup.

Bouldering is a technical activity that centres on individual movements. In contrast, climbing is an endurance sport. Similar to bouldering, climbing can be enjoyed indoors and outdoors depending on the facilities available near you.

Rock Climbing

Indoor rock climbing is a safe sport as you will be controlled and supervised by a professional instructor. There are plenty of ropes involved, as well as a safety harness! The specially built climbing walls can reach dizzying heights, but thanks to the belay system there are no risks involved. The belayer controls the tension of the rope, giving or taking as the climber ascends. It is a great sport with many physical and mental benefits.

Rock climbing is the ultimate climbing experience. The various outdoor climbing hotspots located throughout the UK are situated in stunning locations, including National Parks like the Lake Distirct and Dartmoor. The views make for an even more exhilarating experience! Furthermore, belaying and other roping systems can be applied outdoors, making rock climbing equally safe.

The BMC also host the British Lead Climbing Championships (BLCC) annually.

If you would like more information regarding bouldering or climbing, we suggest that you make contact with a climbing centre on yumping.com. Many centres offer taster days, enabling you to find out more without committing yourself to a particular course first.

Now that summer's finally here...

Simone Dallas — Wed, 23 Jun 2010 00:00:00 +0000

We may not have the best climate, yet our varying landscapes enable us to enjoy plenty of adventure sports. In summertime, water sports are particularly enjoyable than usual and if you are looking for an adrenaline rush we propose enjoying a jet ski activity.

Jet ski basics

Jet skis have been around since the 1970s and made famous by various Hollywood action movies such as Waterworld. It is a personal motorised watercraft that can be driven standing up or sitting down. There are up to four-seat models available!

The average top speed of a jet ski is between 65 - 85 mph. As you can imagine, their speed has a lot of appeal for water daredevils. The International Jet Sports Boating Association (IJSBA) holds annual world finals in which jet skiing enthusiasts demonstrate their freestyle skills to score points.

What are jet skis capable of?

Jet skis are not only fast but capable of jumping among other more elaborate moves such as the Barrel Roll, Nose Stab and Fountain. The agility of the driver is very important as you can see stuntmen like Jack Moule, the British National Freestyling Champion. We don't expect you to pull off many tricks, but you can get a real thrill!!

Jet skiing is an exhilarating sport and very accessible as no previous experience is necessary to participate. If you are looking for an alternative day out we invite you to browse our jet ski listings. You can find some really imaginative days out - like this!

We guarantee that there is a centre closer to you than you think. You will be wave hopping sooner than you can imagine!

Is canoeing really that exciting?

Simone Dallas — Mon, 14 Jun 2010 00:00:00 +0000

Types of Canoes

Canoeing is a water sport also known as a paddle sport. The deck of a canoe may be open or closed. An open-decked canoe is generally safer and easier to move through the water. It can be:

Poled: the canoe is pushed along and controlled by a long metal or wooden pole
Sailed: the canoe is rigged with a small sail
Line and tracked: two or more canoes are attached together using ropes
Paddled: the traditional canoeing method; the canoe is steered by a single-bladed paddle

Origins of Canoeing

Canoeing originates from the native peoples of North America. They used to fell and hollow-out tree logs to make canoes. They depended upon canoes to travel between islands and transport supplies. Today, canoeing is considered a recreational activity; as a method of transportation it has been replaced by motorised boats and aeroplanes.

Canoeing in the mordern world

Canoeing world-wide is regulated by the International Canoe Federation. They recognise the different disciplines of competitive and non-competitive canoeing. As a beginner, you will be taught how to paddle a small-craft canoe in relatively calm waters. It is a great touring method! You may also participate in or organise a canoeing camping trip.
If you prefer a more adventurous experience, there are many alternatives such as:

White water canoeing: paddling down white water rivers with raging torrents. This is not for the faint-hearted!
Play-boating: a form of canoeing where the paddler performs certain tricks and stunts such as back-surfing and flat-spins
Canoe polo: it combines paddling and ball handling skills. It is an exciting contact game where two teams intend to score goals in their opponent´s net
Canoe Touring: Completing long journeys by canoe, for example down the River Spey, carrying all necessary equipment.

If you are interested in one of the canoeing disciplines mentioned, you may wish to browse our canoeing providers to see what they offer. Canoeing is a diverse sport, catering to all ages and abilities since you can decide your limits. You may paddle around a picturesque lake or try something a little more exciting!

What is Laser Tag?

Simone Dallas — Thu, 10 Jun 2010 00:00:00 +0000

The basics of Laser Tag

Laser Tag is a recreational combat sport designed to simulate authentic military operations. In recent years it has become a popular alternative to paintball as it is considered less painful, and less messy! Paintball markers shoot actual projectiles filled with paint that can hurt a little on contact. In contrast, laser guns shoot a harmless red electrical beam.

Laser Tag is a team sport; ideally there are two groups aiming to out-shoot each other. Alternatively, it can be played individually; you have to shoot various targets in order to score points, the more targets you hit successfully the better your score obviously.

The main kinds of Laser Tag

Laser Tag was born in 1979, with the release of the Star Trek Electronic Phasers. Since then it has evolved into indoor and outdoor styles of play. Everyone can play which contributes to its popularity, no previous experience is necessary and there are no serious health risks involved.

Today there are many specialty games available throughout the U.K. such as:

Capture the flag: you have to steal flags from your opponent's base.
Protect the VIP: you have to protect a particular member of your team from the enemy.
Elimination matches: after receiving a certain amount of shots you will be eliminated from the game.
Base-centric matches: you have to protect your base from being seized by the enemy.

The technology behind Laser Tag

The Laser Tag marker uses infrared signaling to track firing. It's the same kind of tech that you'd find in a TV remote. Your armour will keep track of your shooting and the hits that you receive and after the game you can view your match statistics.

If you fancy having a go at Laser Tag, why not browse the Laser Tag sites available in your area. It is a great, adrenalin-packed activity, and perfect for celebrating those special occasions.

How to start diving?

Tanux Fuchsia — Thu, 25 Feb 2010 00:00:00 +0000

Diving is an adventure sport. You experience a sensation of weightlessness underwater. Furthermore, once you have mastered the swimming pool, you can begin diving with wildlife in the sea or exploring wrecks of ships whilst exercising too.

Getting into diving

There are many guidelines to consider. We recommend that you research the various diving schools available and be sure that the one you pick belongs to the International Diving Organization (IDO). Then you can be sure that your money will be well spent and your progress will be structured.

Before attending diving lessons a healthcare specialist will give you the all-clear. It is important that you are healthy, both physically and mentally. Those with diabetes, asthma, claustrophobia, depression or chronic ear infections have to be more careful and it is likely that you cannot take part. The physical requirements depend on the diving certificate you are striving for.

Before the fiirst dive

You do not need to be a professional swimmer and learning is easier than you think. We promise that once you have had a taster session you will be keen to keep diving on a regular basis. Children from the age of 8 years old can start to practice snorkeling and at 14 years old can start real scuba-diving classes. The structure and flexibility of the classes depend on the particular diving school you choose to attend.

Your diving journey

Some of the things that you will be taught in the early classes are underwater signals, navigation, use of diving equipment, etc. After the theory, you will put what you have learned into practice, starting in a swimming pool before hitting the open water. The diving school will provide all the necessary equipment so there are no hidden costs.

If you are interested in learning to dive you will find many certified diving schools listed on Scuba Diving Courses.

Surfboards

Tanux Fuchsia — Thu, 25 Feb 2010 00:00:00 +0000

Surfing is a water-surface sport. A surfer travels through the water on a specially designed board and their skill is measured by the size of waves they manage to ride successfully. It's a challenging sport and demands a lot of patience; you are likely to fall of your board over and over again.

Have you ever been surfing? If you are interested in learning how to surf we have many surfing companies located throughout the U.K. Maybe there is a surfing school closer to you than you think.

Starting your surfing journey

The most important tool that you will need is a surfboard. Although they all look similar, each one is originally designed. When buying a surfboard you have to consider it's manoeuvrability, balance and floating capacity. A beginner surfer will start on calm waters to get to grips with the board, before moving on to waves and learning to stand-up.

The mains types of surfboards

There are many different surfboards models to choose from depending on the kind of waters you tend to surf. Here is a brief description of the two most popular types:

Shortboard: primarily used for surfing big waves, it is between 4 and 8 feet long.
Longboard: this board is better-suited to smaller waves and is the standard chioce for beginners.

Specialist surfboards

Furthermore, these specialised models have one of the following qualities:

Fish boards: designed to use when the surf is not very good. It has a good buoyancy and is easy to paddle.
Retro boards: similar to the fish board, it is suited to calm waters. The design is inspired from the 70s, hence the name.
Gun boards: designed to surf the biggest waves. The perfect board to pick up speed whilst maintaining your balance.
Stand-up paddleboards: ideal for small, gentle waves. The surfer has to be standing at all times, and is able to move the board with a flexible paddle. This board design is relatively new.

Tell us about your surfing experiences below! What kind of board do you favour? Would you recommend it?

Paintball marker

Tanux Fuchsia — Thu, 25 Feb 2010 00:00:00 +0000

Do you fancy discovering the sensation of being a genuine action hero? Can you picture yourself in a crossfire, in search of a deadly enemy? How will you react when you see them and realise that they're within range of your marker? You have to be quick -

Focus, aim and shoot… a paintball!

Paintball and paintball markers

Paintball is an adventure activity, it allows you to reenact scenes from Hollywood blockbuster movies and historical military combat. The most important tool that you will need is the marker, without witch you will be defeated immediately. The paintball marker, or paintball gun as it is more commonly known, is an authentic-looking replica gun. The main, and most important difference, is that it is not loaded with actual bullets but rather large paintballs.

Different kinds of paintball marker

There are several different models to choose from. They tend to have one of the following mechanisms:

Automatic
Semi-automatic
Sliding

You should aim to familiarise yourself with all three in order to find out which one you are best-suited to. Furthermore, each paintball company tends to supply an increasing variety of models making it very likely that they will have the one you want.

Features of paintball markers

It is important that you learn how to use the marker properly, since your survival within the game depends upon it. Here are some basic points:

The trigger frame is your primary contact with the marker. The amount of force you place upon the trigger determines the distance-travelled and accuracy of the paintball.
The bolt and valve assembly found inside the marker is the mechanism which releases the paintball.
Compressed gas is used to propel the paintballs through the marker barrel.
The loaders, also known as hoppers, hold the paintballs in place before they are released.
The loaders are also supported by stick feeds, which consist of simple tubes that are capable of holding between 10 and 20 paintballs.

Take a look at this video about the Tippmann 98 marker, one of the most widely used model in the UK:

Get ready to join one of the biggest phenomenons in terms of adventure sports. We have provided you with the basic information, the rest is up to you!

What is free-diving?

Tanux Fuchsia — Thu, 25 Feb 2010 00:00:00 +0000

Free-diving is a great sport. It is used in various aquatic activities such as spear-fishing and underwater photography. It is also a competitive sport known as apnea; the diver attempts to attain great depths with a single breath! The use of breathing apparatus is prohibited.

Free-diving training

Apnea demands great physical and mental strength. The diver has to be relaxed in order to avoid danger. Training methods involve practice hold-breath walks; the athlete attempts to walk as far as they can with a single breath. This accustoms the muscles to work under anaerobic conditions. Another method practiced before diving is hyperventilating in order to delay the warning signals of running out of air.

The risks of free-diving

As you can imagine, apnea is a dangerous sport. Your body experiences many changes underwater and the consequences become more serious and complicated the deeper you dive. The pressure of the water upon the lungs can have serious consequences such as:

•    Reflex bradicardia; the heart rate drops
•    Vasoconstriction; the blood vessels shrink and all blood is directed to the heart, brain and lungs
•    Deep-water blackout; the lack of oxygen causes the diver to faint underwater

If you are interested in learning more about this extreme sport, you can browse our diving companies throughout the UK. It is a thrilling activity and if taken seriously you can compete professionally.

Three different types of fishing

Tanux Fuchsia — Thu, 25 Feb 2010 00:00:00 +0000

For those of you who are already familiar with fishing, and for those of you that are not, this is a short article about three different fishing methods.

Big-game fishing

Big-game fishing targets big fish, such as tuna and marlin for their sporting qualities. It is carried out on the open oceans, with boats setting sail from ports in tropical and temperate coasts throughout the world. The boat is normally motor-powered due to the strength of the fish. The fish are lured by bait and once they are properly hooked on a line, it is up to the fisherman to reel them in. The fisherman requires a certain amount of strength to catch the fish successfully as they try to break the line.

Angling

Angling is the art of fishing with various lines and waiting patiently for a fish to take a bite. It is used to catch pelagic fish such as salmon and mackerel. You may angle from a boat or a fixed point on land. It is a more recreational than commercial form of fishing.

Spearfishing

Spearfishing is an ancient method of fishing. Basically, you have to catch the fish with a spear. It is a difficult task! Today it may be done using free-diving, snorkeling or scuba diving techniques. It is considered an ecologically sustainable form of fishing as you catch a small amount of fish during a long period of time.

For further information regarding fishing techniques please browse our many fishing experiences.

News and tips about adventure sports experiences

Helicopter Flight Experiences in the UK: The Guide

CONTENTS

What’s so special about helicopters?

How do helicopters work?

Sightseeing flights

Trial Lessons

The types of helicopter

The Complete Guide to Skydiving in the UK

CONTENTS

What is skydiving?

Is it safe?

The perfect introduction to skydiving

On the day

Multimedia packages

Static line

Accelerated Freefall (AFF)

The Beginner’s Guide to Clay Pigeon Shooting in the UK

CONTENTS

What is it?

How do you shoot successfully?

Taster or have-a-go sessions

Clay pigeon parties

Aeroplane Flight Experiences in the UK: All You Need To Know

CONTENTS

What is a light aircraft?

How does an aeroplane work?

The process of organising a flight experience

Pleasure Flights

Trial Lessons

The Top 9 Coasteering Locations in the British Isles

CONTENTS

A home-grown adventure

Coasteering in practice

The 8 Best Rivers for White Water Rafting in the UK

CONTENTS

Grading rapids

The different types of raft

What to pack for a rafting excursion

Complete Guide to Quad biking in the UK

CONTENTS

What is a quad bike?

How do you ride one?

Kids’ and junior models

Full-size machines

Track riding

Quad trekking

Combo activities

The Watertight Guide to Scuba Diving in the UK

CONTENTS

Schools

Organisations

The best watersports on Loch Ness - Monster hunting isn’t one of them!

PADDLESPORTS

How high is the sky? Altitude options for your skydive in the UK

STATIC LINE JUMPS

THE LOWEST HEIGHT FOR SKYDIVING

AVERAGE JUMP HEIGHT

THE HIGHEST JUMPS IN THE COUNTRY

ZERO METRES ABOVE SEA LEVEL?

Tank Tours - The ultimate driving experience

HOW DO YOU DRIVE A TANK?

HOW DOES A TANK DRIVING EXPERIENCE WORK?

HOW DO YOU PREPARE FOR A MILITARY VEHICLE EXPERIENCE?

So you want to be a pilot? Here’s how to fly a plane

PARTS OF AN AEROPLANE

TAKING TO THE SKIES

AERIAL MANOEUVRES

RETURNING TO EARTH

Is laser tag better indoors or outdoors?

INDOOR VS OUTDOOR - IN BRIEF

WHAT INDOOR LASER TAG IS REALLY LIKE

THE OUTDOOR EXPERIENCE

VIRTUAL REALITY?!

Wave, Tide and Rock - how to stay safe when Coasteering

HAVE SOME RESPECT

For the activity

For the guide

For nature

EQUIPMENT IS KEY